A HANDBOOK

TO

EDGAR VINCENT

OOXDSTBEAIi OTTAEDS

AND

T. G. DICKSON

07 ATHSN8

SECOND EDITION, REVISED AND ENLARGED

MACMILLAN AND CO., LIMITED ST. MARTIN'S STREET, LONDON

1919 ' '* ,; ' ) PA

018282 i(]icj

MACMILLAN AND CO., Limited

LONDON • BOMBAY • CALCUTTA MELBOURNE THE MACMILLAN COMPANY

NEW YORK • BOSTON • CHICAGO

ATLANTA • FRANCISCO

THE MACMILLAN CO OF CANADA, Ltd. TORONTO

COPYRIGHT

First Edition {Fcap. Bvo), printed 1879

Second {Crown 8vo) 1881, Reprinted 1887, 1893, 1904, 1910, 1919 PEEFACE.

This book has been written, not to prove a theory, but to supply the want of a practical work on Modern Greek.

In its present condition, Modern Greek is of the greatest

interest to the classical student and the philologist, but

hitherto it has (in England at least) been strangely neg-

lected. By many it is believed that a corrupt patois of

Turkish and Italian is now spoken in ; and few,

even among professed scholars, are aware how small the

difference is between the Greek of the New Testament and

the Greek of a contemporary Athenian newspaper. The

changes in the language during the last 1800 years are

certainly less important than those which took place in

England between the times of Chaucer and of Shakespeare.

To a traveller in the Levant, a knowledge of Modern

Greek is of the greatest advantage, as it enables him to

dispense with the services of an interpreter. Throughout

the East the principal merchants are Greeks, and in Pera,

the principal quarter of Constantinople where Europeans

reside, Modern Greek is as useful as Turkish.

Another circumstance which renders the language inter-

esting is that every year it is becoming more pure and

classical : Turkish and Italian words are eliminated ; old

grammatical forms, which have been lost for centuries, —

iv Preface.

are again brought into common use ; while vulgarisms

and foreign constructions are discarded.

This change is not confined, as might be supposed, to

the literary classes. Education is widely diffused in Greece,

and the which is taught in the National Primary " Schools {drjiioTiKa axoikua) differs but little from the " Parry

which is taught at Eton, while the young Greek is too

proud of his knowledge to use any but the most classical

phraseology he is acquainted with.

The following are the special features of this work :

The Exercises are composed of sentences constantly used

in ordinary conversation.

The English and Greek of the Exercises are given side

by side for the convenience of those who wish to gain a rapid conversational knowledge.

In the Dialogues (Part II) an endeavour has been made

to give reliable information about Greece and the Greeks,

in addition to teaching the requisite phrases. The subjects

mentioned include travelling in the interior, its probable

expense, Greek customs, the pay of dragomen and inter-

preters, the best way of visiting the antiquities, a Greek

lesson, etc.

Some letters have been added to serve as models, com-

prising invitations, applications to have letters forwarded,

orders for rooms, a form of enquiry of the Minister of the

Interior respecting brigands, etc. •

Part III contains examples of the Greek of successive periods from B.C. 850-A. D. 1821. Passages have been taken from Preface.

. B.C. vi Preface.

In a work of this kind, it is impossible to avoid some inaccuracies and imperfections; in view of future editions the authors will therefore be most grateful for any hints or suggestions, which may help to render the book more useful or more complete.

PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION.

A MOST valuable addition has been made to this edition in the form of an Appendix by Professor B.. C. Jebb, of

Glasgow, on 'The Relation of Modem to Classical Greek, especially in regard to Syntax,'

In the University of Glasgow the study of Modem Greek has now for some years been connected with that of the ancient language. With a view to illustrating the relations between tliem, a portion of Xenophon's Anabasis has been published ^ with a Modern Greek version facing the classical text ; and the elements of Modem Greek form a regular of instruction. For more advanced students, special lectures on Modern Greek are given every winter, and at the close of the course an examination is held in Modem Greek grammar, translation at sight, and composition. The results have been most satisfactory in stimulating the interest of classical students, and in laying the foundation of a practical acquaintance with a language so widely spoken in Southern

Europe and in many of our large towns.

The authors are indebted to Dr. J. J. Hornby, Head- master of Eton College, Mr. C. D. Cobham, Commissioner

^ Maclehose, Glasgow. List of Authorities. vii of Larnaca, Professor Constantinides, Professor Daniel

Sanders of Alt. Strelitz, who has translated the work into German, and to many others for encouragement and valuable suggestions.

The Eev. J. P. Mahaffy has very kindly revised the proof-sheets of our text.

April, 1881.

LIST OF AUTHORITIES.

The Modern , in its relation to , by E. M. Geldart, B.A. (Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1870.) Grammaire Abr^g^e du Grec Actuel, par A. R. Rangab^. Practical and Easy Method of learning the Modern Greek Language, by Dr. Ang. Vlachos.

An Elementary Greek Grammar, by Edward St. John Parry, M.A.

TpafifiariKfj Trjs EWrjviKris T^axrcrrjs, (itto T. Ttwadiov.

TpafifiariKT] tj]s Neas ''EXKr}viK.rjs VKaxrarjs, xnro T. VfpaKrj.

Horse Hellenicse, by John Stuart Blackie, F.R.S.E., etc., etc. Grammatik der Griechischen Vulgarsprache, by Professor Mullach. Modern Greek Grammar, by T. Sopliocles. History of the Greek Language, by D. Mavrophredes. (Smyrna, 1871.) Romaic Greek, by Professor Clyde. The Pronunciation of the Greek Language, by Constantinus Oekonomos, (St, Petersburg, 1829.) Compendium der Vergleichenden Grammatik, by Professor Schleicher.

Introduction to Greek and Latin Etymology, by John Peile, M.A. INTRODUCTORY.

It has always appeared to me a great mistake, and one of which our British Hellenists have good reason to be ashamed, that Greek in this country is always talked about as if it were a dead language, and Modern Greek, if mentioned at all, thrown aside as a ^>a

legitimate sense of the word : it is the same language in which St. Paul delivered his discourse to the Athenians from the hill of Mars in the first century, with only such slight variations as the course of time naturally brings with it in the case of all spoken languages which have enjoyed an imbroken continuity of cultivated usage. No doubt there do exist in Greece, and always have existed, certain local perversions of the cultivated speech, which may in a loose sense be called patois ; just as we have a peculiar local type of English in Dorsetshire, another in Lancashire, and that on whichi the genius of Bums has impressed a classical type, Introductory. J. S, Blackie. ix commonly called Scotch. This may be called a patois, in the same sense that the Greek of Pindar might be so called, or the Italian of Milan or Venice, not otherwise. But upon this low stratum of purely popular Greek, we have the Greek of the pulpit, the Greek of the newspapers, and the Greek of a living literature increasing every day in variety and in significance. To call this a patois is to shew an ignorance either of the facts, or of the use of language altogether

inexcusable ; and to throw such a phase of the Greek speech as is now written and spoken in Greece by all educated men, altogether out of view in the study of that famous tongue, can proceed only from a certain limitation of range and narrowness of sympathy, sometimes observed in per- sons whose curious familiarity with dead books renders them averse from the society of living men. The more natural, obvious, and healthy view of the matter is this, that a language which has come down to us in an uninter- rupted stream of vitality, from the time of Homer to the

present hour—nearly 3000 years—and is still spoken ex-

tensively not only in Greece proper, but in various parts of

the Mediterranean, by confessedly the most acute, the best

educated, and the most progressive people in those parts,

has a legitimate claim to be treated and studied as a living

language, and not to be stretched out, as dead bodies are

on an anatomical table, for the purposes of the grammatical X Introductory. J. S. Blackie.

dissector. Such a method of studying Greek would not only

be a clear gain to the scholar by placing under his eye the

whole process of growth exhibited in the history of the lan-

guage, otherwise artificially curtailed by an arbitrary limit

called the classical period : but it would bring the student

of the Christian scriptures directly into the current from

which the writers of the sacred volume, and the fathers of

the Church drew their peculiar phraseology : for that Modern

Greek is in some of its main features identical with apostolic

and ecclesiastical Greek, is a proposition from which no accu-

rate scholar will allow himself to dissent. But further : to

practical men—as Englishmen and Scotsmen are fond by way

of eminence of being esteemed—it must be a consideration

of the greatest weight that all spoken languages are learned,

by hearing and speaking, in a much shorter space of time

than dead languages by the usual scholastic method : German,

for instance, which to Englishmen is a somewhat difficult

language, is for every practical purpose of understanding

and being understood, acquired perfectly by a young per-

son of ordinary talent, conversing daily with native Ger-

mans in six months or less ; and there is no reason in

the nature of things why Greek should not be acquired the

same way; and even without going to Greece, there are well-educated Greeks in London, Liverpool, and not a few other places, from whom Greek could be learned as a living Introductory. J. S. Blackie. xi

language, with as much facility, and with as much effect as

German, Italian, or French. Nor is there the slightest

danger that the practical hold thus got of the language of

Homer and Plato and St. Paul, as a living organ of expres-

sion, will act as a hindrance to the scientific study of the

language : on the contrary, the familiarity with the language,

which spoken use most readily and most abundantly gives,

materials ! will present more ample and more various on

which the generalizing faculty of the philosophical gram-

marian may operate. The present little hook is conceived

upon a plan which I have always recommended as the

only natural and rational plan, not less in the acquisition of

dead languages properly so called than in the more obvious

sphere of spoken tongues. The principle of this plan is

that the ear and the tongue should be exercised largely

from the beginning, and not merely the memory and the

understanding. This implies that no rules should be

learned which are not immediately put in practice, and

that it is wiser to educe the rule from familiar materials

than to inculcate the rule and leave the materials to be

painfully searched for as an after business. Of the prac-

tical utility of such a little book in the present state of

easy and frequent intercourse between people and people

there can be no doubt; and it gives me pleasure to think

that the authors of a volume supplying such an obvious xii Introductory. J. S. Blackie. desideratum in our elementary Greek discipline should have considered my name worthy of being associated with theirs in a work of such manifest utility. Possibly I may yet live to see the time when not only young men in the public service of the country frequenting various parts of the Mediterranean will, as a matter of course, speak Greek as readily as French, but when even the professional in- culcators of scholastic Greek in our great schools and universities will relax somewhat of the rigidity of their method, and institute practical exercises in colloquial

Greek, as a most beneficial adjunct to the severity of their strictly philological drill.^

JOHN" STUART BLACKIE.

College, Edinburgh,

September, 25, 1879.

* As these prefatory remarks are necessarily short, I have to refer those who may wish to see the proof of my views in detail to the three papers on the subject of Modern Greek, Greek Accent, and Romaic Literature in my Horae Mellenicue, London, Macmillan and Co., 1874. CONTENTS.

PART I. PAOB Grammar ... I

PART 11.

Dialogues •••3 174 Letters

PART III.

with translations in [Passages from Ancient Greek Authors, 187 I Modern Greek

PART IV.

Selections from Contemporary Greek Writers . . • .223

PART V.

Vocabulary •• ••57

The Written Character . . . • - • • -280

APPENDIX.

regard to The Relation of Modem to Classical Greek, especially in 285 Syntax, by Prof. R. 0. Jebb PART I.

Introductory. SECT. PAGE 1. The Alphabet ...... i 2. Pronunciation of the Vowels 2

3. Pronunciation of the Diphthongs 3 4. Pronunciation of the Consonants ...... 3 5. Observations on Pronunciation of Modern Greek ... 5 6. Accentuation ...... 6 7. The Acute Accent 6 8. The Grave Accent .7 9. The Circumflex Accent . , 7 10. Special Rules for Accentuation ...... 8 11. Words without an Accent . 8

12. Enclitics , . . . 9 13. Breathings 10 14. Stops II 15. The il

Substantives.

16. Remarks on of Nouns 12

1 7. Classification of Substantives 12 18. First Declension 13 19. Remarks on First Declension 16

* 20. Second Declension ...... 18 21. Diminutives in -lov 19

22. Contracted Nouns of Second Declension . . . .20 23. Third Declension 23

24. Uncontracted Nouns of Third Declension . . . -23 25. Remarks on Uncontracted Nouns 26 26. Third Declension. Contracted '• 27 27. Third Declension. Irregular 31

18. Third Declension. Remarks on Contracted Nouns . . 32 29. Supplementary Declension 32 30. Terminations instead of Prepositions 33 31. Patronymics 34 Contents of Part I. XV

Adjectives and Numerals.

-T. XVI Contents of Part I,

SECT. PAGE Observations 67. on the Tenses. The Aorist . . . .79

68. „ „ The Future . . . .82

69. „ „ The and Pluperfect , 83

70. „ „ The Conditional . . . 84 71. Contracted Verbs 87 72. T»/x(ia; 88

73. KaXio) . . . .91 74. Neuter Verba 55 75. Verbs in -/« 95 76. Impersonal Verbs y6 77. Irregiilar ,. .98

Prepositions.

78. Prepositions. Classification of 107 79. Prepositions governing Genitive 108 80. „ „ Dative 109 81. „ „ Accusative no 82. „ „ Gen. and Ace. no 83. „ „ Gen. Dat. and Ace. 112

84. Bemarks on Prepositions . . . 113

Adverbs.

85. Adverbs ...... 116

86. „ of Time . .117 „ of Place 118 Miscellaneous Adverbs 118

Conjunctions. . . . . , . . . .119 90. Interjections. .«. ..•..120

Syntax.

91. Peculiarities of Modern Greek Syntax 120

92. Observations on the Article . . . . . , .121

93. „ ,. Cases 121 94. „ „ Adjective 122 95. „ „ Numerals 123

96. „ „ Pronouns , . . . . .123 97. „ „ Verb 124

98. Prosody , , , , .129 MODERN GREEK.

§ 1. The Gkeek Alphabet.

The is composed of 24 letters, of which 7 axe vowels and 17 consonants.

Character. —

2 Modern Greek.

Besides these letters there originally existed the following, viz. :

(i) f, Van, or as it is called from its shape, Dighamma.

(2) ^, ? , . Latin Q. Used as symbol for 90.

(3) ~^> , used as symbol for 900. (4) r', , originally a form of Vau: in MSS.=(rr, Symbol for 6.

§ 2. Vowels. Letter. Name. Pronunciation.

a alpha a, in father ; i] rpdntCa, the table : to arixS-

ttXoiov, the steamer.

* epsilon e, in let, met ; tneira, afterwards ; firpene, ought, Imperfect of npfntt.

T) eta 6, in the ; 6 KadT]yTiTfjs, the professor.

« eota same as eta, e in the; f] Kpta-is, the crisis,

judgment ; mva, I drink.

omicron o, in not^; v ^0^0, glory; to owXoi', the gun.

V epsilon e in the ; vyf/r]\6s, high,

o) omegha o in hope ^ ; Ka\cos, well.

§ 3. Diphthongs.

01 e, in met ; 7rfnai8fVfifvos, educated ; 6 nais, the boy.

av af, but before /3, 7, 8, C, \ m> "> P and all vowels, soft,

like V ; avBetrriKos, authentic ; fj avyfj, the dawn.

« 6, in the ; t6 el8os, the kind.

(V ef, but subject to the same exceptions as av ; fvxd-

puTTos, pleasant ; evyevrjs, polite, noble.

tp> ef, but subject to the same exceptions, as av ; rjv^rjcra,

I increased ; v^pa, 2 Aor., I found.

«>. e, in the ; avoiya, I open ; koivos, common.

ov 00, in too ; olros, this ; aiSds, nobody.

VI e, in the ; 6 vlos, the son.

* Very little difference is made in rapid conversation between omicron and omegha. ; Consonants. 3

Remarks.

1. When the latter of two vowels composing a diphthong i? surmounted by a Diairesis (") the two vowels composing it

pronounced separately, xavfievf, poor fellow ; t6 KaiKt, the f:.i'[ae.

2. The vowels rj, t, v, and the diphthongs ti, oi, vi, have all the same sound in Modern Greek, that of e, in me or the.

^. In Diphthongs both accent and breathing stand, over

second vowel, except when the first vowel is in large character.

§ 4. Consonants.

Letter. Name. Pronunciation.

3 veta T ; 6 ^los, life ; dva^aivco, I ascend. y ghamma a sound between g and h; t6 yd\a, milk.

Before e, rj, t, v, it has a sound like y in

yes, or the German j in jeder, (yt'yaj,

giant, is pronounced, yeghas) : y-y and yx like ng nasal, 6 ayyeXo?, the angel,

d dhelta soft voiced th, as in the, then ; Bida, I give

TO SevBpov, the tree,

live, C zeta z, in zebra ; fj^Tco, may he hurrah,

6 theta breathed th, as in thin and death ; r] Secopia, the theory,

K kappa k; before e, t, v, ij, it has a somewhat softer

sound ; koXos, good ; fj icaKia, wickedness.

X lamvdha 1 ; 6 Xetuj/, the lion ; fj av\fj, the court,

/I me m ; TO fifT(cnou, the forehead : for fin see under double consonants,

n ; 6 vaos, the temple ; k(v6s, empty : for vt see under double consonants.

^ xe X ; 6 ^fvos, the stranger ; to ^evoSoxt'iov, the hotel. B 2 4 Modern Greek.

Letter. Name. Pronunciation.

1" pc ; npcTrei, ; after /n, 6 p must as b ; tfXiropos, the merchant, pronounced emboros.

rho r, aspirate P ; ^ piCa, the root ; piuTco, I throw.

a- seghma hard hissing s ; o-woto's, correct : before ^, y,

5, fi, as soft s ; t6 acrp.a, the song.

T taf t ; ToVf, then ; but preceded by v, it is pro-

nounced as d ; (^povTiba, care, pronounced frondetha.

<^ fe f ; TO 0cof, the light.

X he the most difficult letter : in the middle of a word like ch in loch, or German doch. But X is pronounced with the vowel which follows, and not like ch in German, with the vowel which precedes. Ex.

the Greeks say €-x«, the Germans fx-w. At the beginning of a word like the Flo-

rentine c, but soft, as ch in ich, before o h'H)'") x°P°^y the dance; 17 ;(«

Division of the Consonants. Smooth. Middle. Aspirate.

r with p sound tt /3 (^ Mutest „ k „ K y X 1 t „ T 8 6,

Semi- Vowels.

A fi V p a: Aspirated Consonants.

6 X are considered as the aspirated forms of t, tt, k ; when on< of the latter is followed by an aspirated vowel it takes it aspirated form. In the vernacular when two smooth con sonants meet in the same word, the former is aspirated. Pronunciation. 5

Double Consonants.

^ kse, is composed of k, or y, or x> and o", C zeta, „ o- and 8.

or tt, or and a. ^ pse, „ i3, ^,

The following combinations of consonants are used, in words of foreign origin, to represent the sound of letters which the Greek Alphabet does not contain. uTT stands for the sound b ; as, 6 /i7rdp/x7raj=barbas, the

uncle ; 6 Mnaipcov, Byron ; o Mnoraapris, Botzaris. vT represents d; as, to j'Ttj3dw=deevanee, the divan.

§ 5. Pbonunciation.

In addition to the above rules for the pronunciation of each letter, the following hints may be found useful.

1. The closest attention must be given to the accentuation, is the syllable on which the accent falls is pronounced with

1 stress, and is further prolonged to the exclusion of any lifference, in duration, between long and short vowels. For

xample, avdpanos is pronounced dvOpioTros, the first syllable jeing emphasized and prolonged, while the a> (oraegha) is pronounced short, like o (omicron).

2. In many words of two or three syllables, the accented

yllable alone is pronounced distinctly. The Greeks clip iheir words at the beginning as well as at the end (see note

DU p. 122).

3. The rough breathing is written but never pronounced.

A.11 initial vowels and diphthongs are pronounced with a smooth breathing.

4. Particular attention must be paid to the y (ghamma) ind to the x (he), which is an entirely diflferent sound from t (kappa). —

6 Modern Greek.

5. When two vowels are linked together by 'Synize-

sis,' they are pronounced as one syllable. Ex. to. x«/>Tia, the papers.

§ 6. Accentuation.

1. The following rules on Accentuation are such as apply to all classes of words. To add all the special rules affecting each particular class (substantives, pronouns, verbs, &c.) before the words themselves are known, would only cause confusion; they will be given with the words which they afiect.

2. The accentuation in Modern Greek is the same as in Ancient.

3. The accent can never be thrown further back than the antepenultimate.

4. There are three kinds of accent :

(a) Acute ('), o^da, as in ennopos, merchant; iroklrrjs, citizen;

KpiTTis, judge ; which can be placed on any of the last three syllables,

(6) Grave ('), /Sapela, as in fiadrjTrjs, pupil; which can only be placed on^he last syllable,

(c) Circumflex ("), irfpiaircofievT}, as in TifxS), I honour;

(Tufia, body ; which can be placed on the last syllable or the penultimate,

5. No difference is made in pronunciation between the Acute, the Grave, and the Circumflex.

§ 7. The Acute Accent,

I. The Acute Accent can be placed on the last syllable, the word is then called oxytone ; on the penultimate, the word is then called paroxytone; on the antepenultimate, the word is then called proparoxjiione. The Circumflex Accent. 7

2. Uncompounded words not oxytone or circumflex, with

the last syllable long, are accented on the penult ; as, ttoXiVj;?

like English conceited.

3. Uncompounded words not oxytone or circumflex, having

tlie last syllable short, are accented on the antepenult ; as,

.'yyfXof, like English dgony.

4. When the last syllable is long and the accent falls on

the penult, it must be acute.

5. The accent can only be on the antepenult when the last

syllable is short ; as, af6pa>Tioi : in the genitive (dvdpdoTTov) the

last syllable is long, and the accent is brought forward to the

penult^. At the end of a word the diphthongs ot, ai, are

considered short, except in adverbs '.

6. Words only take an acute accent on the final syllable,

when they are followed by a stop or an enclitic; tiV, who, interrogative, forms an exception to this rule, and takes an acute accent, whether in the middle of a sentence or not.

7. When an oxytone word occurs in the middle of a

sentence, the acute accent is changed into a grave : as, 7 TfXerf]

^PX^arev, the service has begun, but ^pxi-

the difference of accent on TtXfTt] in the two sentences.

8. It is conjectured that the Greeks formerly raised their voices at the end of a clause with completed sense.

§ 8. The Geave Accent.

I. The grave accent can only stand on the last syllable.

For rules respecting use of the grave accent see § 7. 7.

§ 9. The Circumflex Accent.

I. The circumflex accent can be placed on the last syl-

I lable, or, if the last is short, on the penult : in the former

* This may not be a scientific analysis of the proceiiB, but it is the

I clearest way of stating the result. * There is no . — H Modern Greek. oase the word is called periepomen, in the latter properi- spomen.

2. ro fx^\ov, the apple, becomes in the genitive rov htjXov ; the accent being changed from circumflex to acute, because the last syllable is long.

3. It can never be placed on a short vowel.

4. If, when the penult is long by nature and the last syllable short, the accent falls on the former, it must be circumflex ; as, ro crafia.

§ 10. Special Bules for AccENTtTATiON.

The following rules, most of which are taken from Parry, may assist the student in determining the position of the accent :

{a) Oxytones are

Verbal substantives in n% ixos, rfip, rpis, rpos ; as, aeiafws.

Substantives in fig; as, (iacnXds, lirirds.

Uncompounded Adjectives in t6s, ikos, /xo'j, p6s, ^s, is; as, pt}ToptK6s, (f)o^ep6s, tipevrjg, fjdus. (b) Paroxytones are

Substantives in la ; as, 86Kip.aa-ia.

Diminutives (of three syllables) in lop, and in iotkos, /Xoir, vXoy J as, veavioKos, iraiblov.

Adverbs in dw?, Ua, brjv, as, avr'iKa, (TvXkri^brjv, TroXXd/cts.

§ 11. "Words without an Accent.

All words are accented except the following, ten in number.

The article 6, ^, ol, al, the.

The prepositions tU, in or into ; cV, in ; tK, out of. The conjunctions d, if; wr, how, that.

The negative ov. Enclitics.

§ 12. Enclitics.

T. Enclitics are words which throw their accent back on to the preceding word.

2. The principal are /lov, /toi, /nf, /lar, o-ov, croi, o-e, orSr, mv, rwy, Ti'y, Ttvor, rives, itoTi,

3. At the beginning of a sentence, they keep their accent,

4. "When the preceding word is accented on the last syl- able, the accent of the enclitic is absorbed.

ffore )LQv. Never in my life.

6 (coXof /iov iraTTjp. My good father.

5. When the preceding word is paroxytone, a dissyllable nclitic keeps its accent, while the accent of a monosyllable £ absorbed.

at npa^ds aov. Your actions.

irpd^eis Tivfs. Some actions.

6. "When the preceding word is proparoxytone or pro- lerispcmen, the accent of the enclitic is thrown on to the ast syllable of the preceding word, and becomes acute. Ex.

TO [iddqixd fiov. My lesson.

TO (r!i>ixa fiov. My body.

7. If several enclitics follow one another, each throws its iccent back on to the preceding one. Ex.

80s fioi TO. Give it me.

This at least is the rule in writing. In conversation a jlreek would say 86s fioi to.

The following words are given as an exercise to be read iloud. The greatest care must be taken to accentuate the proper syllable. The student will be able to form some — — — — — lo Modern Greek. idea how different the intonation of Modem Greek is from that of Ancient Greek, as taught in England. Aiytffdor, 'AXe^avbpos, 'Avriyovrf, 'Aaia, *A;(tXXevr.—Botwr/a, Bopeas.—FajSpiJ^X, Tepfiavia.—AanoKKrjs, ArjfioKpiroi, Aioy/i/?;?. Elpr]vr],''EixTrov

QovuvbiSrii.—'ladpos, 'laoKpaTrjs, ^lavia.— Kakvyj/^o), Kf(paWT]viM

K;;0Kr

(Cybele). AaoKocov, Af(ovi5at, AovKiavosy Avcrlnaxos.—MaiapSpa

MijSeia (Medea), M»jSia (Media). ^awiKaa, ^Tjptvs, NiKoS^juos,-

'OSvcraevs, '0\vp.TTia, "OXvp.nos, 'Op

TT]s.— Po86ni].—2dkap,is, SffxeXt], 2,ina>vidi)Sf SwKpaTjjr. Teiptaia

TtjtioXe(oj», TuSeus. 'YaKivdos.

§ 13. Bbeathings.

1. There are two breathings,

(a) the rough breathing or aspirate (') Baatuu

(6) the smooth breathing (') -^ikr).

2. Every vowel and diphthong at the beginning of a word is written with a rough or smooth breathing.

3. In Modern Greek the rough breathing does not affect the pronunciation^ of the word on which it is placed, al- though when preceded by the prepositions dno, ini, vn6, Kara, fifTa, etc., the final vowel being dropped, it changes the final mute into the corresponding aspirate. (For examples see

par. 6.) 4. V (epsilon) and p (rho), at the beginning of a word, are always written with the rough breathing. "When two ps come together in one word, the former is written with a smooth, the latter with a rough breathing.

^ — Cf. Peile, p. 425. ' Different as was the origin of h in the two lan- guages (Greek and Latin), it is quite certain that the letter was rapidly vanishing in each of them, at the classical period of their literature, or even earlier.' — Declension of Nouns- It

5. p (rho) is the only consonant which is written with a breathing.

EoTA Subscript.

The Eota Subscript is not pronounced. It indicates that

the vowel, under which it is placed, was formerly followed by an eota.

The most ordinary cases in which it is written are the 2nd

and 3rd pers. sing, of the subjunctive {ya Xvi^s, va Xvj]), and the dative singular of substantives and adjectives.

§ 14. Stops.

1. A full stop, TfXft'a (TTiyiif) (.), has the same force as in English.

2. The ava Tf\(la ov fifar) anyfir] (') takes the place of our colon and semi-colon.

3. The comma (wroo-rty^^) and note of exclamation (fVt-

^(our]fjLnTiKni>) are the same as in English.

4. A semi-colon (;) has the force of our point of inter- rogation (JpUTtjfiaTlKOv).

§ 15. Thk Aeticle.

The definite article (r6 opiarriKov updpov), 6, fj, t6, the, is declined as follows ; 12 Modern Greek.

There is no indefinite article {aopiarov apdpov) : its place is

Bometinies sui)plied by els, p.ia, eu, one, or tlie ,

Ttf, ri. For example : a man, ds (or euas) wdpoiTtos or iivSpoy

TTOS TIS,

§ 16. Remaeks on the Declension of Nouns.

1. There are two numbers, the Singular and the PluralU The Dual is no longer used.

2. The Dative is only used in writing. In conversation i is generally replaced by the preposition us, with the Accusa tive. Ex. Adj TO fls rov Ki'piov, and not ra Kvpta.

3. The Genitive Plural of all Nouns ends in mv.

4. In Neuter Nouns, the Nominative, Vocative, and Ac cusative are the same, in each number. Ex. Sing., Nom. Voc. Ace. $v\ov. Plural, Nom. Voc. Ace. ^v\a.

5. The lower classes drop v (Ne) at the end of a word

For example, they say, dia to 6(6, for God's sake, instead o;

5ia rov 6f6v : fls nj bv(TTv\ia, in misfortune, for etc T71 bv(rrv)(iav.

§ 17. SUBSTANTIVES.

I. Substantives {ovopLara oixriacniKa) can be classed in thre< declensions^, viz., two parisyllabic, which do not increase the genitive, and one imparisyllabic, which does.

The First Declension comprises Masculines in -as, -rjs.

Feminines in -a, -»;,

The Second „ „ Masc. and Fem. in -os, -ovs,

Neuter in -ov, -ow, -i{ov).

The Third „ „ All substantives which in. crease in the Genitive.

' This claasificatioQ is adopted by the Greeks. First Declension. ' 13

2. There is a supplementary Declension, used only in the ^;Mlken language, which is not included iu the above classifi- cation.

3. There are three Genders: Masculine (dpafw/coV), Femi- nine {6r\KvK6v), and Neuter (ov8tTfpov).

4. Masculine are the names for men who follow certain professions or trades (o raixlas, the cashier, 6 paTTTTjs, the tailor), all months, and, with a few exceptions, mountains and rivers; substantives in eu?, av and first in ai, T]S,

5. Feminines are the names for women who follow certain occupations (17 pdirrpia, the seamstress), all arts, handicrafts, and sciences, the names of towns, trees, islands, and coun-

a, rj. tries ; terminations in la and first declension in

6. Neuter are the letters of the alpliabet, most diminutives,

and verbal substantives ; the second declension in ov and the tliird declension in fj.a, i, v. The above enumeration makes no pretence to be complete.

It could not be rendered so without very considerable en- largement, which would only confuse the student.

§ 18. FiEST Declension.

The First Declension contains

Masculine nouns in os and rjs.

Feminine nouns in a and t].

I. 'O Taplat, the cashier.

Plural. H Modern Greek.

Like ranias are

6 vfavias, the youDg man. 6 Aco;(Xtaf, the snail.

Some proper names in -as make the Genitive in -a instead

of -ov, as: 6 'hvaviui, 6 Qoifias, 6 Aovkos, k.t.X. (see 6.)

2. 'O iToKiTrjs, the citizen.

Singular. Plural.

Nom. 6 TTokiTTji ot TToXtrai (vern. iroXtVatf)

Gen. ToC TToXtVou (vernacu- rcoi' TToXtrwi*

lar TToXtTIj)

Dat. TW TToKlTrj Tois TToXiruif

Ace. TOI/ TToXlTTjV rot's TToXiVar (vern. 77oXiTatr)

VOC. O) TToXlTa w rroXtrnt (vern. n-oXiVatiV

Like TToXiV;;? are

6 vovTj/s, the sailor. 6 (caTTvoTTwXjjy, the tobacconii

6 TToiTjTTjs, the poet. 6 vondpxrjs, the prefect.

3. 'H yXcoacra, the tongue or language.

Singular. Plural.

Nom. fj yXaxraa at y\S)(r(rai. (yXcio-ffatj)

Gen. TTJi yXoxrcn;? (yXfocro-ay) Tmj> •yXoxTO'wj'

Dat. rfj y\6)(T(TTj TaT? yXaxTirais

Ace. Tiji/ y\u>(T

VoC. (b yXwtro-a 2i yXaxraat (yXoxrcratf),

Like yXwcrcra are

fj SaXacrtrn, the sea. fl TpdneCa, the table, the ban] f) pi^a, the root. f] povaa, the Muse. First Declension. 15

4. 'H Sipa, the hour,

Singular.

Noin. r} copa Gen. i6 Modern Greek,

Like 'Ejra/uftfwvSa? are

6 ECv^a-ydpay, Pythagoras. 6 'Arav/as, Ananias. 6 A

§ 19. Kemarks on the First Declensiok.

1. Masculine nouns in T?;r, ttt;?, apxr]f, fierpris, 7ra>\r]t, a>VT]tf\ rpi^tjs, "karprjs, and the names of nationalities as Uiparii form the vocative in a short.

Ex. Uepa-rjs, the Persian, Voc. Uepaa

vofjuip)^r]if the prefect, „ vop-ap^a ^i^\umd>XT}s, the bookseller, „ i3t/3X»o7rcoXa.

2. In the vernacular all Feminine Substantives of this declension, in a, form the Genitive in ay. In writing, this is only done when the final a of the nominative is preceded by p or a vowel.

3. The Genitive Plural of words of the first declensio^ has a Circumflex Accent on the last syllable. Ex.

Kairvo7ra>\S>v, of the tobacconists. The only exceptions ar feminine adjectives, of which the masculine ends in or, ar is paroxytone, proparoxytone, or properispomenon. Ex. ayios, fj <5yia, Gen. Plur. rav dyia>v.

4. All parisyllabic oxytones take a circumflex in thj Genitive and Dative.

5. In words like S>pa, j3t^Xio;ra)X»jf, 'Errafieivwvbas, althoug| the last syllable but one is a long o, it can only take an acut accent, not a circumflex, because the last syllable is long. Ti\ those cases however where the final syllable is short, it takes a circumflex : e. g. Nom. Plur. ai apai, ol ^i^XionSAai. Simi- larly 6 iro\iTT}s, the citizen, has in Nom. Plur. ol TroXlrai.

6. The Dative Plural originally ended in -aia-i in the first declension and -oia-i in the second. These forms are found in poetry, and in Ionic prose. ; —

First Declension. 17

7. The vulgar form of the Accusative Plural rats fid^at?

'or TOff bo^as—is Aeolic and an acknowledged archaism. It vas originally racr bo^avs. The old v has been dropped, and he vowel consequently modified.

Vocabulary. le cheated, rjnaTri). vas, T)To (fifmi). between us, ptTa^v pas. le accused, tKaTrjyopr^ae (Karrf- it has been dissolved (broken),

yopaj). hey do, Kafivow ((cd/iyw), TVfpi- he became, tyeivt (yipofmi),

iroiovv (irfpiTToiS)). he has not spoken, bev a>pi-

e, she, it is; they are, tlvoL . XjjcTf (6pi\S>). for the last hour, irpo pias apas.

Exercise ^ FiEST Declension. iipqth KA1212.

^he cashier has cheated the *0 raplas fjira-njcre t6v TvoKirqv,

citizen,

'he language of Ananias was 'H yKCxrcra rov 'Avavia tjto

false. "^(vbrfs.

ilence more often arises H a-uonf} Trpoepxerai avxporepa

from stupidity than from « ttjs fiXoKtias ^ eK ttjs

wisdom. (}>ics.

'he prefect accused the book- 'o vopdpxrjt fKaTtjyoprjae rov 0t-

seller. ^\iorna\r]v.

irtues do honour to a man. At aptTai irtpinoiovv Tipfjv ds

Tov avOpoiirov.

J\\&i is the price of that Hoia ttvai f) npf] rov ^i^Xioi,

book 1 rovTov

he country is very barren. 'H x'^P'^ eivai ttoXv Syovos,

^ After once reading through the exercise, the student should cover e Greek, while he translates the English, and vice versd. !

Modem Greek.

How loud the of Epa* Tioaov bwarrj tivai f} (fiavfi rov

minondas is 'Enafitiva>t'8a ! The sailors asked the way to 01 vavrai t^rjTrjaau tov Spofiov the tobacconist's. npos TOV Kairyonmkov, The bank is closed on fete 'H rpdne^a fivai KXtiarf] rat days. iopras,

The sea is a good subject for 'H 6a\a(T(ra (luai KoXof ai^t-

a poet. KflfltVOV bia TOV TTOITITTIV. The between us H fifra^v pas avfjKfxovia tit- was broken. Xvdrj. The memory of that boy is *H pvrpiT) avrov tov iTai8iov wonderful. fivai BavpafTia. The hair of Pythagoras turned 'H Kopri TOV Uv&ayopa tytivf white.

§ 20. Second Declension.

The Second Declension contains

Masculine and Feminine Nouns in or. ovt.

Neuter Nouns in ov, ow, and t{ov).

I. 'o avdpamos, the man.

Singular. Plural.

Nom. o avdpamos 0( Gen. TOV avQpaynov

Dat. TW avdpa>ir

Like avdpanos are

6 vnrovpyos, the minister,

6 d8t\(f>6s, the brother.

6 irokepoi, the war.

6 avtpos, the wind.

6 ai8i]pos, the iron. Second Declension. 19

2. 'H 6io9, the road.

Singular. 20 Modern Greek.

3. These words have no diminutive force in ordinary use*.

4. When two syllables are bound together by the syni- zesis, as in x"P'^i2. the first is pronounced very short, the second with raised tone and a strong accent.

4. To x^pi"'? the paper. Singular. Second Declension. ai 3? Modern Greek.

Exercise. Second Declension. AEYTEPA KAI2I2.

He is a man esteemed by the £(t"7( avdpconos Tifxtafifvos vno people. Tov \aov,

That man has a clever (wide- O avSpcoTTos ovros ej^fi f^vnvov

awake) face. TrpocrioiTOP,

He died of disease of the heart. Anedavfv dno KnpSiaKfjv vocrov,

Put the roses in the glass. BaXf TO. pooa els to norrjpiov.

They often go out shooting llrjyaivovv av\va fls ro Kvvrjyiov. (or hunting).

Iron and lead are the only O (rLhrjpos KCLi 6 fiokv^Sos tivat ra

metals found in the coun- fiova p.fTaWa, ra onoia (irov)

try. ivpi(TK0VTai (Is rov ronov,

Give me some peaches and a Aos poi (^fiov, fif) oXiya po8aKiva

fig. Koi (V crvKov.

New year's gifts are generally Ta 8S)pa TOV veov erovs (u>ai eV

useless. ytVft (i)^pT](rTa.

ship is The small ; you will To Tr\olov etvai fiiKpnv' Set/ 6a

not enjoy the passage. fv\api(TTT]drjTf fls TO Ta^ei^iov,

Go up that street. Ava^rJTe ttjv obbv Tavrrjv (rov

8p6fJLOV TOXJTOv).

You must go straight up the TLpinft va apa^rJTt kot rvOfla

hill. TOP \Q

fls TO ^ovvof.

Bring me the keys. *

Are there any birds 'Ynapxavcri TTTrjva e8S> jrtpi^ about ;

here %

The current of the stream is O povg TOV jrora/toC tlvai jroX

very strong. opprjTtKos.

The departure of the boat O aTTonXovs tov jrXot'ou efipddw

was delayed. {^pyr]

He has a superior mind. 'Exd eKTOKTOP VOVP. The crafty man met with his 'O Kpvy\ripovs (navovpyos) evpt to

match. op,oi6p TOV (to Vaipi Tov\ Simple Nouns. as

§ 23. Third Declension-.

The Third Declension contains all nouns which increase the number of their syllables in the genitive.

Terminations a, t, v, w, ^, p,' o-, v, ^. Nouns of this declension can be divided into two large classes, Simple and Contracted.

§ 24. Simple or Uncontbacted Nouns,

I. 'o ayitv, the contest.

Singular. 24 Modern Greek.

3. '0 piJTWp, Simple 26 Modern Greek.

6 kXjjtt/p, the policeman, Gen. Tov kXtjttjpos.

i] v6$, the night, „ Trjs VVKTOi, 6 rpiTTovs, the tripod, ,, Tov Tp'mobos, 6 ^pcos, the hero, „ TOV ffpaos. f) 'EXXar, Greece, „ Tr)s 'EXXdSov. Salamis, „ Trfs "SfoKapivos.

6 Xifirjv, the harbour, ,, TOV XlfXtVOS. yiyas, 6 the giant, ,, TOV yvyavTQs,

fi XalXa^, the tempest, ,, Tr]S XaiXaTToy,

the grace (favour). „ T?is X^P'^'^os,

ACC. TTjV X'V*"'

§ 25. Remarks on Uncontracted Nouns of the Third Declension.

1. The common language changes the termination of the Nominative in this Declension. Thus, with Masculine words

the Accusative Plural form is used for the Nominative Singu- lar, and the Singular declined after the modern Supplementary

Declension. The Plural is regular. "With Feminine words the Accusative Singular form is used for the Nominative. The

other cases are regular. Ex. 6 aytbvas, 6 alavas, 6 Saifioms,

6 yfiTovas, f) eiKova, 6 apxovras, fj (ToKmyya, t} eXniSa, fj narpiSa,

1} EXXaSa, t] f/3So/xa5a, f] i>pai6Tr)Ta, etc.

2. The Stem of Substantives of the Third Declension ma; generally be found by cutting off the termination -os froi the Genitive. Ex. Xtav, a lion; Gen. Xt'ow-os, Stem, Xtovi yiyas, a giant ; Gen. ylyavr-os, Stem, yiyavr}

3. The accent remains on the same syllable in all cases, the quantity of the last syllable allows it. In the Genitiv<

* (Ovos a nation, gen. iQvtos. Stem idve. If the stem ends witl a consonant, the word is uucoutrsKted ; if it ends with a vowel, it u generally contracted. Contracted Nouns of the Third Declension. 27

Plural the final syllable is long, so that the accent cannot be

iirtlier back than the penult. Ex. npayiia, Gen. Trpdy/xarof, jlen. Plur. npayfiaTuv.

4. Monosyllables are accented on the last syllable, with a

ii cumflex if it is long, and with an acute if it is short.

5. The S, T, and v sounds are discarded before

Ex. Dat. Sing, \afind8i, Dat. Plur. Xafxnaa-i.

„ Xififpi „ Xi/x/

6. V (Ne) is added to the Dative Plural for euphony when- ever the following word begins with a vowels

7. The Accusative Singular of all Masculine and Feminine N^ouns originally ended in -v. This was pronounced after

Consonant Stems by inserting a ; as, 'Xeovr-a-p. In the Plural

;his termination was -vs ; as, Xtovr-a-vs,

§ 26. CONTEACTED NoUNS Or THE ThIBD Declension.

Several nouns of the third declension are called contracted because in one or more cases the final vowel of the root and the vowel of the termination are contracted into one syllable. They may be divided into three classes.

First Class.

llasc. in »7ff ) -- _ . f bren. ovs, rem. in s J

Neut. in 09, ts Gen. ovs.

' Cf. Quintilian, xii. lo. 31, 'Grseci n literam jucundam et in fine pnecipue quasi tinnientem ponunt.* —

28 Modern Greek.

I. 'O ilXij^ijr, the true man.

Singular. Plural.

Nom. 6 a\r]6r)s ol (a\r]6((s) aXrjdds -,

Gren. Tov (a\r]deos) aXrjSovs Tuv (a\T]6€a)v\ aXrjdiov 11

Dat. TW (a\r)6u) aXrjdfl Tois akr]6i(Ti

AcC. TOV (^dXTjOfo) aXtjdi] rovi (aXrjdfai) aXrjdtls

Voc. S) d\r]dis

Like dikrjOrjt are declined all proper names ending in (l>dvr)s, yfvrjs, KpaTTjs, firjbrjs, TTT]6r]s, aOfvrjs, (cXtj;?, and all adjectlves which form the masculine and feminine in jjs, as

6 'Apt(rTo(})avr]s, Aristophanes. 6 ATipotrdfyTfe, Demosthenes

6 Aioyivrfs, Diogenes. 6 fVTvxhs, the happy man.

6 'iTrrroKpdTTjs, Hippocrates. 6 ^(vStjs, the false man.

6 'Apxiiirjbi]s, Archimedes. 6 fyKpar^s, the temperate man.

Attention should be given to the accentuation of the voca-

2> tive of these proper names 2> Aioyeva, ' Apxip.rj8fs, etc.

'O 'UpaKkTjg {-kX(t]s) is declined somewhat differently : Gen.

TOW 'HpoKkfovs, Dat. T^ 'HpoKkf'i, Acc. TOV 'H/jokX^, Voc. S> 'Hpd'

KXetf.

Like 6 'HpoKk^s are declined 6 HfpiicKrjs, AapioKK^s, etc.

2. *H f]x^, the echo.

Singular. Contracted Nouns of the Third Declenstott. 29

3. To iOvosy the nation. 30 Modern Greek,

Like nokii are

{] npa^is, the act or practice. 17 v/Sptf, the insult. nioTis, the faith. ^ i) Kiptja-ts, the movement.

3. tA aoTv, the city.

Singular. Plural.

Nom. TO aarv ra (na-Tfo.) aarr}

Gen. Tov aartos tQ>v aarfotv

Dat. Tw atrTet TOIS aOTfat

ACC. TO aiTTV Ta [aorta) aarrf

Voc. « ao-7-w (aoTca^ atrrq.

Third Class.

Masc. in tvs, vs. Fem. in vt,

I. 'O Uptvs, the priest.

Singular. Plural.

Nom. 6 lepevs 0( {itptes) itpus Gen. TOV ieptms Teov Upeav

Dat. rw Upfl To'is Itpfvai

Ace. TOV lepta TOVS (Ifpeas) Itpfls f Voc. i ifpev w (tf/)«r) iepds.

Like Itpevs are

6 tjnrfvr, the horseman. 6 Kovpds, the harber.

6 /Sao-iXewy, the king. 6 Trpaptvs, the pilot. •6 yovevs, the parent.

2. 'o t'x^vj, the fish.

Singular. Plural.

Nom. 6 Ix^vs 0( (IxQvfs) IxGvs Gen. TOV Ix^vos TtOV Ixdvuv

Dat. r^ IxSvl To'lS txdlKTl

Ace. TOV IxBvv TOVS (Ix^vas) Ix&vs

Voc. a ixOv (Ix^vts) Ix^vs. — Contracted Nouns of the Third Declensiott. 31

Like IxBvs (vern. ro •t) are

o jtovTiKoi), the mouse. 6 /ivs ( f>

TO

use. § 27. There are several irregular nouns in common The following are the principal :

Nom. Gen.

6 avr]p, 32 Modern Greek.

the syllable after the stem if it is short ; a circumflex if long. The other cases are accented regularly.

§ 28. Remarks on Contracted Nouns of the Thied Declension. I First Class. Feminines form the plural like the Second

Declension. Ex. at r]^o\..

All words of this Class have a circumflex on the last syllable in the Genitive Plural. Ex. rav fjxav.

Words of the Second Class form an exception to the general rules on accents. Those which are not accented on the last syllable in the Nominative are accented on the antepenulti- mate in the Genitive, although the ultimate is long. Ex. rod

Third Class. Substantives in evs form the Accusative it ta, and are oxytone in the Nominative. Ex. 6 ^aaiXfvs, ra

/Sao'tXeo.

§ 29. Supplementary Declension.

This Declension is only used in the spoken language : it if composed of nouns which increase in the Plural but not il the oblique cases of the Singular.

I. 'O nanas, the priest. Singular. Contracted Nouns of the Third Declension. 33

2. 'O Ka(/)ef, the coffee.

Singular. .

34 Modern Greek.

§ 31. Patronymics.

Patronymics are formed by adding -ahrjs or -tSijs to tl

stem : as, *I&)uw»;f, John ; 'iwawi'Sijf, John's son.

They are also formed by adding the termination ttoCXo

(anc. TT&iXos) : as, KoKoytpos, a monk (of the Greek Church)] KakoyeponovKoi, son of a monk. The prefix natra before a name indicates that the person

descended from a iranca, or priest ; as, o Kvpios UairabTjfiTjTpaKd

TTovXos, Mr. P., the son of little DemStrS, the son of the monl

Before the Revolution surnames were seldom used by tl Greeks. If it was necessary to distinguish between tw|

persons of the same Christian name, it was done by addii the name of their father or of their native town. Ex. 6 'ladw 6 *AXxt/3*dSou, for 6 vlos toO 'AXxtjStdSov, John the son Alcibiades.

The surname of a man is used in apposition to his title]

as, 6 Kvpios Uap8a\6s, Mr. Pardalus ; but the surname of

married woman is put in the Genitive ; as, ij Kvpla IlapSaXo^

Mrs. Pardalus (lit. the lady of Pardalus).

Vocabulary.

the last century, ^ TrapeKdovaa in the act, iv r^ irpd^ei, orL.

fKaTovTamjpis (o TrapeXOav avro(f)a>p(o. 11

alatpj. escaped, bi.e(pvye (8ia(f)tvya)).

did you see ? ttStrt ; (^X«V»). that I may put, va Btra {6fTco, you forgot to order, fKrja-no- mod. form of ridrjfu).

vr), mod.

yfiKjjs (napayytXKa)) form of Si'Sw/xi). he announced, dvrjyyfiXf (dvay- did he complain? Traperroveiro

yeXXo)). (jrapanovoifiai^ ; he agreed, crvv^vtaev (^a-waivSt). he felt pain, inovti, rjo-Odvero he was caught,

Xa/ijSdco)). Patronymics. zs

Exercise.

Third and Supplementary Declensions. KXtVctr.

The policeman was the hero 'O kKtjttjp ^to 6 rjpcts Tov dy«- of the contest.

The beauty of night in Greece *H apaioTTji TTJs vvktos eV 'EXXdSt

is remarkable. (ivai d^ioaTjfxdaiTos. A Greek has always hope for 'O "EWrjv TrdvTOTf €^(i eXmSa

his country. 8id Trjv narpiba tov,

l]iirke was an orator of the 'O Bovp/ce rjTO pr]T

last century. 6oi

The act was honourable and 'H TTpd^is ^To epTiftos Koi yfv-

brave. vala. Did you see the fine oak on EiSfreT^v (opalav opvv{jr)v tvpiop-

the mountain ? cf)T}v ^aXaviSiav) fTrlrov opousj

\\)u forgot to order the 'E\r]

coal. avdpaKas (ra Kap^ovva^.

Tlie herald announced their 'O KTJpv^ dvfjyyeiXe ttjv npoaiy-

approach to the guard. yitriv TCiv eir tov (f)vXaKa,

The wall (of the city) is not To Telx°^ ^ ^^^ ^^"^'^ 'fa^« i^^i-

well built. (Tfiivov.

He was caught in the act. ^vvekri

TO(}>d)pa).

^ Xot a word escaped his lips. OvSfpia Xe^is 8ie(pxry(v eK rav

X(I-X.(U>V TOV.

\ They have great faith in that E\ovp TroXkrjv TTfnoidrjaiv tls

( remedy. TTju dtpaiTdav TuvTrfv. i The master has asked for two 'O otKoSfcTTTOTTyr (6 «'<^cWijr) €^17-

cups of coffee. njo-c bvo Ka(j>€8fs.

* The wall of a city is to tuxos, 3rd decl. : the wall of a house 6

' roixoi, 2nd decl. P 3 :

3 6 Modern Greek.

The shoemaker wastes his 'O vnobrjiJiaTOTroibs (iranovra-rji)

time in reading country p^avft t6v Koipdv tov dvayiva.

newspapers. aKav ras iirapxuiKas tcjirjiK-

piSas.

He complained of a pain in Uapfnovelro on to ydi/u tov

his knee. iirovei.

§ 32. ADJECTIVES.

^'EiridtTa,

1. Adjectives may be divided into three classes (a) of three terminations {jptKaTaKriKTa), one for Mascu- line, one for Feminine, one for Neuter.

(6) of two terminations {biKaraKr]KTa), one for Masculine and Feminine, another for Neuter.

(c) of one termination (jiovoKaraKr^Kra), for all genders.

2. The Adjective agrees with its Substantive in Number Gender, and Case.

3. Adjectives are declined according to one of the fore^l going Declensions.

A.

Adjectives with three terminations are declined after the subjoined types.

Nom. Gen.

KoKos, -fi, -6v, -ov, -ijs, -ov, good.

BiKaios, -a, -ov, -ov, -ay, -ov, just.

Xpva-ovs, -fj, -ovv, -ov, -rjs, -ov, golden.

dpyvpovs, -a, -ovv, -ov, -as, -ov, silvery.

o^vs, -f'la, -V, -f'os, -das, -€os, sharp.

XapUis, -eaa-a, -tv, -evros, -fora-rjs, -tvros, charming or graceful.

Tras, naaa, nav, navros, ndcrrjs, navros, all.

liiXas, -aiva, -av, -avos, -aivrjs, -avos, black. —

Adjectives. 2t1

The full declension of xaXo's-, -^j, -oy, and o^ur, -(In, -i5, is as follows :

Singular. ; ;

38 Modern Greek.

B.

§ 33. Adjectives with Two Terminations.

To this class belong nearly all Adjectives compounded of

two words, such as f^aiperos {f$ -atpw), excellent, Fem. e^ai-

peros, Neut. (^aiperov ; fmpovos, fnifiovos, eTTtfxovov (eVi -fitvod),

persevering; all adjectives in ijs (for declension see § 26, i),

as akrjOrjs, a\r]6T]s, aiXr^Ofs, true ; and a few in os, as ^dp^apos,

^ap^apos, ^ap^apov, barbarous ; rja-vxos, rjavxos, rjavxov, quiet

»ci'/3SrjXoj, Ki^brjKos, Kij38T)\ov, false, sham ; wcfieXipos, a)0eXt/xoy, bXpfXifxov, useful UKoXovdos, aKoXovdos, J dicoXovdov, following.

I. 'E^aiperos, excellent.

Masculine and Feminine.

Singular. Plural.

M. F. N. M. P. N.

Nom. e^aipfTOS f^alpfTov f^ulpfTOl i^aipera

Gen. i^aiptrov e^aiperov f^aiptTUV e^aiptTcov

Dat. i^aiptra i^aiptTot f^atptTois f^aiptTOis

Acc. f^aiptTov e^aiperov f^atpfTovs f^aipera

Voc. i^aipfTf i^aipiTov t^aipeTOi i^aiptTa,

c.

§ 34. Adjectives with one termination for the Masculine and Feminine without a Neuter are few in number. They are declined after the Third Declension.

6 Kai t] aptra^, usurper ; Gen. tov kcli Tr^s apirayos.

6 Koi f] /3Xa^, stupid Gen. tov km riJ! /3Aa*cof.

6 Koi f} (f)vyds, fugitive ; Gen. tov koI t^s (pvyddos. — Adjectives. 39

§ 35. Ireegulab Adjectives.

The three following Adjectives are irregular :

I. Meyar, great.

Singular. M. 40 Modern Greek. — Coinpartson of AdjcctiveS' 41 ceding syllable is short; and the Superlative by changing I ithe terminations to maroi, orarr], orarov, if the preceding syllable is long ; or araros, (OTaTrj, ararov, if the preceding

syllable is short : Ex. bUaios, just, SiKaiortpos, diKaioTaros ;

C0(f)6s, wise, a>TaTOS.

2. Adjectives in vs form the Comparative and Super- lative in vTtpos and vtgtos : Ex. BadvSf deep, fiadCrfpos,

in >;? and <*s form the Comparative and Superla- 1 3. Those

toTtpos fararos : Ex. ciXo/Sijr, devout, eiXa^eartpos, i tive in and

«wAa/3t(rraTos xapieis, graceful, xa/'»«<'"'"«por> I ; x^P**''''"'"'****

4. Those in av form the Comparative and Superlative

in ovfOTtpos and ovfararos '. Ex. aa(f)pu>Pf prudent, aaxppov

€(TT(pos, aaxppovforaTos.

§ 38. The Comparative is also formed by adding 7rX/oi»

I

or paKXov (more), before the Positive : Ex. anpot, dishonour- I

I able, comp. 7rX/oi» anpot, more dishonourable ; tlxapicrroi,

pleasant, comp. TrX/oj/ (vxapta-ros, more pleasant ; and the Superlative by placing the definite article before the Com-

parative, as raxvs, swift, COmp. TaxOrtpos, SUperl. 6 raxireposy

the swiftest ; anpos, dishonourable, comp. jrXe'oi; anpos, superl.

6 n\tov aripos, the most dishonourable.

Remark.—This form of the Superlative, viz. the Compara- tive with the definite article, is the one usually employed in the vernacular.

f 39. The following Adjectives form the Comparative or Superlative irregularly. Examples :

POS. 42 Modern Greek.

POS. COMP. SUPEIOi.

/if'yar, large, fieydXtirfpos, /i/yioroj.

^'oTtpos, 1 noXvs, much, < ^ ^^^XfttTTOS. I [TrepKraorepos), J

(f)tXos, dear, ^ikrepos, ^tXraro?.

oXt'yof, little, oXtytoTfpor, oXtytoroj and iXdxiOTos.

(TTfvos, narrow, arevorepos, orei/orarof.

The Comparative and Superlative are followed by the

Genitive : Ex. 6 ao(})6s eivai 6 tibaifiovfarepoi, or -raros oKwv rav dvOpoynmv, the Wise man is the happiest of mankind; but napd, or dno with the Accusative, is more generally used in conversation : Ex. eivai nXiov evxdpia-Tov «V ras ^ABTjvas mipa els TOP Unpaid, it is more pleasant at Athens than at the Piraeus ; flade l^rlKoTfpos dno rbv Btiov (ras, you are taller than your uncle.

§ 40. Adverbs formed from Adjectives'.

Some Adverbs of Manner and of Kind are formed by add- ing -as to the stem of the Adjective. Ex.

Stem. Adverb.

&n\ovs, simple, djrX- ait\a>i,

a-axppcov, prudent, aa^pov- (j)p6vas.

The Comparative of this class of Adverbs is the same as the Neuter Singular of the Comparative Adjective ; and the Superlative as the Neuter Plural of the Superlative.

In the spoken language the Neuter Plural is also used for the Positive and for the Comparative Adverb. Ex.

fie^aims, or ^t^aui, certainly. Comp. ^e^aiorepov or /Se- fiaioTtpa. Superl. ^t^aioTara,

* For other Adverbs, see § 85. Adjectives. 43

Vocabulary. indisposed, aSta^fro?. blue, Kvavovs (fJLa^Ci). disposed, Siartdfi^tvos (6ta the railway, 6 cnbTipoBpojios.

OfTCo). the company, fj iraipia. the Piraeus, 6 Ilfipateiis. per cent., rdls (Karov. witty, (v(}>VT]s, TTViVfiaTadrji. yearly, per annum, kut eror. customary,

Exercise.

Adjectives.

What a big ship that is ! Ti (xeytiko {noaov f^eya) n\oiov

aval I

The fruit is small this year ; Ai dnapat (ra onapiKo) dvitt

last year it was larger. /xiKpai f

irtpvaiv tjaav fxtyaXfiTfpai. A short time ago. Upo oXiyov Kaipov. What bad weather we are Ti aaxjipov Kaipov e^ojxev. having.

It is simpler so. Etfot dnXovoTfpov ovras (tTcri).

He was very ill. 'Hto TToXii dadevTji. She was indisposed. Hto dbiddfTOS.

I am not disposed to do it. Afv tiftai diaTfdeifiivos va to

KUflU}.

Time is the best counsellor. 'O ;(pofos flvai 6 KaXXtTcpos

Most of them came late. Ot TTfpKTaoTfpoi q\9ov dpyd.

Athens has 70,000 inhabit- Ai 'ABrjvai txow cjSSo/x^wa x'

ants. XtdSa? KaTo'.KCiiv.

The Piraeus has 24,000 in- 'O Uetpaifvs fx^i fUoai Ttaaa- habitants. pas x»X«a8as KaTo'iKwv.

II was bought for three francs. 'Hyopaa^jj Sta rpla cf)pdyKa. 44 Modern Greek.

What a thin skin this orange Tt \tTTTov (})\oiov Iri •^ikr]{v\ has. <}>\ov8a{v) ) e}((i TO Tropro- KaWiov TovTO,

That young man is stupid. 'O veos ovTos (ivai fuop6s OXd|), is He rather witty than £(cat fiaXkov fv(j}v^s ^

It is not usual for her to be Afv (Tvv€i6i((i va Tjvai t6(to»

so cross. dvft,a)fJL€VT].

They are worthy people, but Eivai d^iOTiixoi ai>6pa>noi dXXd

very simple. TToXii dTrXot.

Tlie railway company from 'H fTaip'ia Tov an 'A6rjva)V (is

Athens to the Piraeus pays Uftpma (Tibrjpodpopov TiKrjpovti

1 2 per cent, per annum. bcabtKa Tols (KUTov Kar' trot

(to €TOi),

The monthly balance-sheet 'O fiTjvtalos icroXoyioytos c'd^/io* was published yesterday. The Numerals^ 45

§ 41. The Numerals.

Of the Cardinal Numbers i, 3, 4 and from 200 upwards are declined. The rest are indeclinable. All the Ordinal Numbers are declined like Adjectives.

Cardinal. Ordinal.

«*? {tvai), fiia, ) I a npaTos, -T], -ov first {i («"«) 3 2)3' SvoorSu6)(8i;«) two dfvTepos, -a, -ov second 3 7 rpds, rpia three rpiTos, -rj, -ov third

48' TfTapros, -17, -ov fourth 1 trapa five TTffiTrrof, ktX, fifth 6r' six (KTOS sixth 7r tTrrd seven f^SoflOS seventh gySoo. (6yb6r,) l-.^^ 8,,' oKra> eight oyooov \ ° 9^ eVrca (eVvfo) nine ej'(j')aroff ninth 10 C S(Ka ten StKUTos tenth 11 (a eleven (vbfKaros eleventh

12 ti3' SuSeKa twelve 8o>8(KaTos twelfth 13 '7 SeAcarpelj {rpiaj thirteen btKUTos rp'iTos thirteenth 14.8' btKariacrapfs, -a fourteen dfKaros TfTapTos fourteenth 15 le' SfKanfiTf fifteen biKoros nffiTTTos fifteenth 16 tr 8(Ka(^ sixteen beKUTOi (KTOS sixteenth 17 'f dtKafirrd seventeen bfKaTos f^8ufios seventeenth

18 t.;' 8(KaoKra> eighteen bfKaros oySoos eighteenth 19 i& hfKaevvia nineteen SfAcarof ^^^(j/^aToJ nineteenth 20 k' uKOdTos twentieth

( tiKoarifvas, -fiia 21 KO. (iKoarbs TTparos twenty-first ( -fv(a), kt\. (rptaKovra or 30 X' TpiaKOOTOS thirtieth Tpiavra f {rfacrapaKovra 40 /i' T€

{(^rjKovra or 60 f i^rjKoaTos sixtieth 7 f^fjvra ,

4^ Modern Greek.

Cardinal. Ordinal. G'^So^^^ovra or? 70 o ^^^^ f^bonrjKooTos seventieth

ioydorjKovra or 80 tt' eighty oyborjKooTos eightieth I

\ ivvfvfiKOVTa OT ) . , 90 y < . - > ninety fwevr]KO(TTOs ninetieth fvvfvrjvra *' ( ^ 100 p' encardi/ one hundred fKarooTos one hundre

200 0-' two hundred SiaKoaiocTTos two hundre -at(aty), -a TptaKotrtoi, 300 T "three hundred TpiaKoaioaTos three hundi ai{ais), -a

400 V [four hundred TtrpaKocTioaTos four hundr( -at(ats), I -a

500 ^' >five hundred nevTuKoaioaTos five hundrt \ -ai(ats), -a

600 x' >six hundred i^aKocnnoTos six hundredtidred \ -at(aij), -a €7rra)co(rto», > seven hundred iTTTaKocnoTTos seven hi ai(«ts), -a

o»cra»cocrtot, 800 w' eight hundred oKTaKoaLotTTos eight hi ai(aty), -a i ~^ \ fvveaKocrioi, 900 nine hundred ivvfaKocrioaTos nine hundrt ^ -ai(nts), -a 1,000 a XtXiot,ot(a(s), -aone thousand XtXtooTtJff one thousan 2,000 ;3 8i;o xtXtaSes two thousand 8io-x«Xtoo-7of two thousajs

SfKawcTYtXtocr-^ ) . . 10,000 ,1 8fKa x«XtaSef ten thousand < J- ten thousan TOS {rrfVTrjKovra ntvrrjKOVTaKicr- 50,000 [fifty thousand jfifty thousai ,x -1 XlXtOOTOf a hundred eKaTovTUKis a hundred t 100,000 p x*- 8(s thousand XiocTTos sandth eKaTopfivptO' 000,000 a millionth (TTOS

000,000 8vo tKarofifiipia two millions < ^"^""""'^'^^^'Uwomilliont 0(TTOS )

In Greek the letters of the alphabet are used as figures. The letters a-0 stand for the units, 1-9. „ «-ir „ tens, 10-90. V, p-w „ hundreds, 100-900. I Numeral Adverbs. 47

cif, Tpetf, recro-npef, one, three, four, are declined as follows :

Nom. cts (evas) /xt'a (/ita) Iv (fJ'a) T-pety, rpi'a reaaapfs, reaa-apa

(jren. evoff /^tas tVor rpiav rtcrcrapiav

Dat. evi /ita iv\ rpia\ retrcrapai

A.CC. eva fiiav ev («»'«). rpctr, rptia. Tftrcrapas, riatrapa.

""^j like SiaKoa-ioi, -ai, -a] x''^'°'> "'"i ^^^v are declined the

lural of an adjective of three terminations ; at KfcpoKai bioKoa-iav dvdpwirav amKonr^crav, the heads of two hundred men were cut off; 7rapjjyyftX« Tpta^i^t'O- dvTLTVTra tov /3i)3Xiou, he ordered three thousand copies of the book.

^tXta; (KUTopLfivpiov ^ and are substantives and are followed in the written language by the Grenitive : Ex. TreWf x'^'«S*^f

TTparicoTav f]Xfia\(OTia-dt]a-av, five thousand soldiers were taken

prisouers ; iv fKarofifivpiov pdyKo>v, a million francs. But in

conversation they are used as adjectives : rpels x'^'oSfs uv-

9pa)7rot, 3000 men.

The numbers tls, ev, «!, eVrd, tKarov, take the rough breath- ing. Cp. Latin, sex, septem, centum, simplus. All others commencing with a vowel take the smooth.

§ 42. NUMEBAL AdVEEBS. Numeral adverbs are generally formed by changing the

:crmination of the Cardinal into qkis, but the first four num- jcrs form an exception to this rule.

iirra^, Once. TTfinaKis, five times.

Siy, twice. flKoa-QKis, twenty times. rpis, three times. fKaTovTiiKis, a hundred times. rerpaKis, four times. XiXiaKis, a thousand times,

[But in each of these batclies there are nine figures and only eight letters, ' ;hree letters which were originally in the alphabet but have fallen into iisuse, are therefore made use of to supply the deficiency, viz.,

{', ~^', r', Stigma or Vau = 6 ; Koppa = 90 ; Sampi = 900.

( When used to represent the figures from 1-900 these letters take an

' i,cute accent : to represent thousands they t^e a dash on the left side

- i below the line. . ;

48 Modern Greek.

Numeral adverbs are also expressed with the word 4>op

(vulgar ^oka, cf. Ital, volta), Ace. (^topav, Plur. ^opia,

Ex. fiiav or fuai^v) (})opc'.{v), once ; 8v6 tpopas {(f)opali) twice fha £Karo(i') (^lopais, I said it a hundred times.

§ 43. Pkoportional Numbers.

Proportional Numbers are formed from the Cardinal Nun bers by changing the termination into an\ovs, anXaaioi, bi the first four numbers are formed from the Numeral Adverb anXovs, single. etKoo-oTrXour, flKoaranXacrtos, binXoxJs, 8in\d(j-ioi, double. twenty fold. rpinXoiii, TpiirXda-ioi, triple. fKarovranXovs, fKarovraTrXatrioi

TfTpanXovs, rerpanXaaios, quad- a hundred fold. ruple. nfVTaivXovs, nfVTanXatTios, five thousand fold. fold.

§ 44. Abstract Numbers.

Abstract Numbers are formed by changing the terminatic of the Ordinal Number to as or a8a : as,

^ fiovas {fiovdba), the unit, is formed from /xowy, alon< eingle.

ai ixovabes, the units.

f] 8vas or 8vd8a, the couple. ai SfKaSes, the tens. at fKarovrdSts, the hundreds.

8

§ 45. Fractional Numbers.

'WfiKTVS, fiplaeia, rjpiav (vulgar fxicr-os, -fi, -6v), half. Ex. ij/iito

(jua-os) xpoyos, a half-year ; fipiafia {fjucrrj), &pa, half an hour j — Dates. 49 th fjfiKTv {fxta-6) fvi)s xpovov, ^las

The other Fractional Numbers are expressed by the defi- nite Article and the neuter of the Ordinal Number, as,

TO Tp'nov, the third. T} bfKarr], the tithe. ri rirapTov, the fourth. 8vo Tpira, two thirds. TO btKOTov, the tenth. Tpla TfTapTa, three fourths.

H av^TjTrjaii Sit]pkf(Te 8vo wpas Koi fifiiaetaVf

The debate lasted two hours and a half. iva 8vo or 8vo-8vo, two by two dva T((T(rap(s, by fourS,

or by twos. dva ftp, one by one. Eemarks. —Per Cent, is expressed by the Dative ; as Five per cent, per annum, mpTt roh eKarov kot ero? {to eros). The ail way pays 8 per cent., 6 aiBrjpoSpofios nXtjpovu okto) vols Korov,

§ 46. Dates.

To express a date the cardinal numbers are used, those hat are declinable being put in the neuter, as—In 1879, [is TO x«^«a OKTOKoaia f^8op.TjK0VTa ivvea. A longer form is also raployed as — Kara to xiKioo-tov oKTOKoauxTTov f^SofiqKoarov (vva- OV €TOS,

In speaking of the time, the substantives «pa, hour, and

(Trr6v, minute, are generally left out. Ex. :

[VTiat o'clock is it ? Tt fipai &pa ; it is one, — two, — three Eivat /it'a, 8uo, Tpetp, ac.t.X. o'clock, t is half-past five. Eii/at nevre Koi paai]. t is a quarter-past seven. Eivm cnra Koi Tfraprov. t is five minutes to ten. Eivai 8(Ka napa irivTt (XiirraS.

-t five o'clock, Etf Tas trevre.

^efore noon. Upo fiearipi^piae, i.fter noon. Mera fitoTjfi^plav, 50 Modern Greek.

Seasons.

The four seasons of the year, ax rea-a-apts S>pai tov frnvv.

Spring, f] avoi^is, TO tap. Autumn, to (l)6iv6napop.

Summer, to. KoKoKoipi, to 6epos. Winter, 6 x"M''"'« •

The Months.

January, ^lavovapio^. July, 'loiiXtof. February, ^e^povapios. August, Avyovaros. March, MapTLos. September, ^fiTTfp3pios.

April, 'ATTpikios. October, 'OKrci/Spioj. May, Maios. November, Noep^pios.

June, 'lovvios. December, /\fic4p^pios.

On the fifteenth of July, Eli Tus bfKaufvTi or ets r»ji/ SejtaTijv nepinriv 'lovXt'ov.

The Days of the "Week.

Sunday, KvpiaKri. Thursday, UfpnTrj. Monday, Aeurepa. Friday, Ilapaa-Kevr].

Tuesday, TpiVr;. Saturday, So/S/SaTov. Wednesday, TerdpTT).

Holidays.

Christmas, to. Xpia-Tovyewa. Good Friday, f) Mfyakr] Ilap

New Year's Day, fj npoiTt] tov (TKfVr].

fTOVi, TO VeOV (TOS. Easter, t6 Ilacrxa, v Aapnpd.

Carnival, at dnoKpft^. The Holy Trinity, f] ayla Tpias.

Lent, ij (jfa)

Vocabulary.

the full moon, f/ 7rava-{\r]vos. the bathing, to \ovea6ai.

in full leaf, ivTf\a>s fjvdiapeva, of the Protestants, tu>v Ata-

on the thirteenth, ttjv deKdrrjv papTvpop,fvcov,

Tpirrjv. I 3

Dates. 51

Exercise.

• Tuesday is a day which the H TpiTTj (ivai fj^fpa, rfjv onoiap

Greeks regard as unlucky. 01 EWrjvfs Oiapoiicnv us dno-

Last Wednesday we went to Tr)v TtapikBovaav TtrdpTi]!) vtttj-

Aegina. yaptv (la rfjv Aiyivav.

Next Saturday there will be To epj^optvov 2o'/3/3aTOi' 6a ^vai

a full-moon. iravaeXrjvos.

At Athens all the Sundays of Els Tas 'ABrjvas oXai at KvpiaKoi

the Carnival are lively if T&v airSKpeco (ivai ^urjpai, iav

the day is fine. fj ^fitpa ^vai wpala, iln Greece January is generally O lavovapios iv 'EXXdSt fti'ai

bright and fine. crvvTjOais Xapnpos Kal apdlos.

The trees are in full leaf by Ta dfvdpa €ivai eWeXw? T]v6i,(Tptva the middle of March. Kara to peaa rov MapTiov, rhe Greek Easter is April To 'EWijvikou UncTxn (Aa/i.7rpa)

I this year. TO flvat ttju -13 fTos rovro I— 1 ^AnpiKiov.

iJverybody in Athens spends ndvTfS fv 'ABfjvais hUpxovrai

May-day in the country. {hidyovcTi) TTjv irpwTTjv Muiov

(Is T^V f$0)(TIV.

rune, July, and August are 'O 'lovvios, 6 'lovXtoy rat 6 Av-

intensely hot. yovaTos flvai acf)68pa Gtpfxol,

)ctober and November are 'o '0/cT&)/3ptoy Ka\ 6 Koep^pios

very pleasant, fivat TToXxi (I'xdpiaToi.

.^he Protestant Church at- H (KKKrfaia rSiv Aiafiaprvpo- tracts many spectators at pevcov irpoaeXKVd noWovs

Christmas and Easter. Gfaras to. XpiaTOvyevva /cat

TO Udax^a,

t is not customary to con- Aev aval avvrjdna va Btatpaxn to

f sider Wednesday as a half- uTToytvpa T^t TfrdpTTjs cos holiday. axoXdaipov.

[e was born on July 11, 'EyevvfjdTj Ttjv ivbeKaTrfv 'lovviov £ 2 52 Modern Greek.

1852, and died on April «if TO xiKux oKTaKoaia nt

21, 1874. TTjKovra 8vo (flio'v^) koi dm

/Si'oxre TTju (iKO(TTi)v jrpwri]

'AnpiXiov (Is TO \i\ia okto

Koaia ejSSo/ijjKoira reaaapt

I shall go down by the half-

past two train. It is only- )(fias Tcov 8vo Koi fjjXKrda

ten minutes to Phalerum fi. fi. Mfxpi- ^aXrjpov 8ia to

by rail, so that we can aiSTjpoSpofiov (ipai fi6vop S/d

come back to Athens by XeTrrd, SxTTf Swapeda va fire

the four o'clock train. veXdupev els 'Adquas 8ia ri

&pLa^o(iTOi\elas toiv Tfcrardpa

II. fM.

§47. PRONOUNS.

The Pronouns may be divided into Substantive Pronouni and Adjective Pronouns.

Substantive pronouns are: i. Personal, 2. Eeflexive, 3. R« ciprocal.

Adjective Pronouns are : 4. , 5. Interrogativ(

6. , 7. Relative, 8. Indefinite. •

Substantive Pbonouns.

§ 48. I. Personal Pronouns.

First Person—^*Eyta, I.

Singular. Plural. Nom. cyw Gen. ffxov—pov

Dat. €p.oi—poi fjpiv \ pas.

fp-i—iii ffxfva fjpds Ace. or ] Pronouns* hi

Nom. 54 Modern Greek.

Adjective Peonouns.

§ 51. 4. Possessive Pronouns.

The Possessive Pronouns are formed by the Genitiv (abbreviated form) of the Personal Pronouns, placed after th noun, and, if emphasis is to be expressed, by the addition

IbiKos, I81KT], IbiKov, which answers to the English ' own.'

Ex. My horse, to nKoyou ftov.

horse did ride 1 Whose you rlvos aXoyov InnexxraTe ; My own, to 18ik6v fiov.

did you for it ? ITwr Si' How pay enXr^paxraTf avro ;

I paid for it with my own money, fnXrjpaaa /ixe to. Ibn

(xov ;(p)7/iara.

My garden, 6 ktjttos fiov, or, 6 18ik6s fiov kjjttos.

Our house, fj oiKia fias, or, f] ISikt] fias otKia.

Thy book, t6 ^i^Xiov a-ov, or, to 18ik6v

Your hat, 6 jrtXds o-ay, or, 6 IhiKos acts mXos.

His letter, to ypdnfia Tov, or, to 18ik6v tov ypdfifjia.

Their ideas, at tSeat tiov, or, at IdiKai Tcov tSeai.

In writing, the Ancient Greek forms, tfios,

Remark.—The article is used with Demonstrative an| Possessive Pronouns, as—This good young man, airos 6 KoKi vioi. Their possessions, to. KTrniara twv.

§ 52. 5. Interrogative Pronouns.

Two Interrogative Pronouns are used in Modern Greek,

(a) TiV, Ti, who, what (lit.).

(6) TToIoff, 770(a, ITo'lQV, who, wliat.

— — 5^ Modern Greek,

I. QvTOi is declined as follows :

Singular. Plural.

Nom, ovToy, avTT], rovTO ovrot, avrai, ravra

Gen, TOVTOV, Tavrrjs, tovtov TOVTdV

Dat. rovT(o, Tairr), Tovrto TovTois, ravrais, roirrots

AcC. ToxiTov, ravrqv, tovto TovTovs, ravTas, Taira,

2. ^Ekuvos is declined regularly.

§ 54. 7. Relative Pronouns.

There are two Relative, just as there are two Interroga- tive Pronouns, one used in literary style, the other in common language :

(a) o(ms, fJTis, o, ti, who, which (lit.).

(6) onolos, oTToia, onoiov, who, which (common).

Singular. Plural.

Nom. 0(TTIS, ^TIS, 0,TI oiTivfs, alrivfs, ariva Gen. ovTivos, ^arivos, ovtivos

Dat. OJTtl't, JJTIVI, (drtCt olarTKTi, aloTKTi, oiaruri

Ace. ovTiva^ {jvTiva^ o,Ti ovarivaSf darivas, driva.

Singular. Plural.

Nom, OTTotoy, onoia, onoiov 6noioi, ondlaif ottoui

Gen. OTToiov, OTToiay, onoiov

Dat. onoLO), onola, onoia onoiois, onolais, oiroiois

Ace. ono'iov, onoiav, onoiov OTTOIOVS, OTToiaS, OTTOia,

The Ancient Relative, or, rj, 5, is used rarely even writing.

The people use 6nov and noi for all cases of the .

Ex. The child that cries, t6 naiBl noD Kkaiti. I receive(

the book you sent me, tXafia t6 ^ilUXiov nov ix fcrrfikft. — Pronouns. $7

(TTis, TfTit, o, I g^^^^^ I ^ ^ ^jjosoever, whatsoever, onoia, onoiov 'Orroiof, | J are declined regularly as above.

Ex. Whoever does it will be punished, oariabfjTroTt or onoiocr-

8t]iroT€ TO KdfjLvti 6a Tinapqdrj. Come at whatever hour you like, (\6f (*^") *** onoiavSrjTTOTe &pav d(\(ts,

3. Tocror, 17, ov, as much.

'Oaos, t), ov, as.

Ex. I bring you as much money as you gave me, (ras ^«p(a

ToVa xpfjjjiaTa oaa (lov fdwaare.

§ 55. 8. Indefinite Pronouns.

I. Ttf, Interrogative, is accented with an acute and is paroxytone in the two-syllable cases throughout. Tu, In- definite, is accented on the last syllable and is enclitic It is declined as follows :

Singular. Plural.

Nom. t\s Ti Tives Tiva

Gen. Tivhs TivS>v

Dat. Tiv\

Ace. Tiva tI Tivas TWO,

Strengthened by the addition of kSv •

Kciv Tis, someone, anyone.

KoTi, something.

Bos ixoi {fiov) KOTi Ti va (j)dy(o, give me something to eat.

2. "AXXor, aXXt], aXXo, the other or next ; frtpus, irepa, hfpov, the other of two, are declined regularly. Ex. The other party, t6 a\\o Koppa,

Next month, tov SKKov prjva.

The one—the other, 6 els—6 trfpos.

3. "OXos, 17, ov, all or every, is declined regularly.

Ex. All agreed, oXot orvv((pciiVT}

4. MfpjKot', at, a, some, a few.

Ex. Some went away and some stayed, fiepiKoi ei^uyov koI fitpiKoi fjifivav,

5. Kdnoios, a, ov, some one.

Ex. Some one told it me, Kairoios not to ffTTf.

6. Ka/iTTotrof, r], ov, a good number, a good deal.

Ex. There were a good many people at the concert, ^ro

KdfiTTOO'os Koafios fls Ti)v (TVvavXiav.

ToiovTos, Toiavrr}, toiovtov, IS 'J. such a one, declined as

follows :

Singular. Plural. N. roiovTOs, ToiavTT], roiovrofv^ Toinvroi, ToiavTM, Toiavra

G. roiovrov, ToiauTTjs, roiovrov TOIOVTOJV

D. Toiovrco, ToiavTi], ToiovTa ToiovTois, Toiavrais, toiovtois

A. TOIOVTOP, TOiaVTtjV, TOlOVTo(v) ToiovTovs, Toiavras, Toiavra.

The common form is rtToios, rtToia, Thoiov, declined regu

larly.

Ex. It is impossible to work with such tools, tlvai dSCvau

va epyaaOfi ris /ue Toiavra or Teroia ipyaKila,

8. 'O cStos, o, ov, \ the,, ^ same.^„^„ , , , / , ( o avTos, 7], o, )

Ex. He died the same day, dneffave TfjV IBiav or rfiv airi

Tjpepav. Come at the same hour to-morrow, A^e ttjv Idiav

T^v avTr}v Sipav avpiov. I went myself, virrfya 6 iStoy.

9. TtVoTf, anything or nothing. Ex. Have you bought anything] 'Hyo'pacray nVoTf or koti n Nothing, TOTOTf.

10. Kamf, Kaupia, Kavev, nobody, supplies the place of ov8fu

ov8(pla, ouS«V, in the common language. It is declined as fol lows :— Singular.

Nom. Kuveis, Kapfiia, KavfV Gen. Kav€v6s, Koppids, Kavtvos

Acc. KavfVQf Kapplav, Kavev. ;

Pronouns. r>9

Ex. Is any one there? tival ns t'/cel; There is nobody,

^€V fivai Kavfis.

II. Kadds, Kadffita, Ka6ev, each, every, is the common form of (Kaa-Tos, t), ov. It is declined like Kaveis.

Ex. Every one did as he wished, 6 Kadeis (eKaaros) (Koftev

Ct7u:s r^Bekf, He told it to each one, t6 flirev els top Kadiva,

12. 'O btlva, n duva, to bflva, ) such, ,-/,., ,. > O TaO€, T] Taof, TO Taoe, ) 'O Tabe and o helva are not declined.

Ex. Give it to Mr. (name forgotten), Ao's to (U tov Kvpiov

Vocabulary. pleased (fern.), TfvxapiaTtjfifvr] they belong, dv^Kova-t (av^Ktei).

((vxapio'Tovfiai^. I leave, d(^iVo). lend (Imp.), Sdveia-ov (JbavtlCeo). they are wrong, fxpvanv a8iKov.

Exercise.

Do not give me all the flowers M17 ftov Sa)077? oXa (navTa^ ra

give me a few only and give \ov\ov8ui, 86s fJLOV fiOVOV fl€-

the rest to my sister. piKo. (fvia),, 86s ra . aXXa els

TTjv dSeX^ijj' pov.

Give me that book. Aoy pov €Kfivo TO ^(.^Xiov,

8oi(T(0 "Which one shall I give you 1 UOIOV Va (TOt f Xot this one, the other. 0;^t TovrOf to oXXo.

I have a horse of my own. E)(co oKoyov IbiKov pov.

It is my turn to play. Eij/at fj treipd pov va nai^u),

Lend me this. Aaveicrov poi tovto.

A friend of mine gave it me. Mot to eboxfv eis Tci)v v pov,

Speak to her about it. 'Opi\T](T€ TT]S (tT)v) JTfpt aVTOV.

This pencil is mine. To po\v^8ok6v8v\ov tovto tivai

ibiKov pov.

Did anybody see 1 2as fi8f icdvfis (jis) you J ;

5o Modern Greek.

Nobody saw me, and I saw Kawts hkv fif (i8e, Koi ryw Sei;

nobody. €i8ov Kavtva,

Are these your gloves % Avra (ivai. to ydvTid (^xtipoKua)

eras',

Yes, they belong to me. MaXtora, fioi dvfjKovtri,

I leave something for you. Ac^iVo) Ti 8i iifias,

Put each in its place. book BdXf tKacTTov ^i^Xiou ds r,

Seaiv rot).

It is yours. Eivai ISiKov crag.

Who called me 1 Uaiios /*' f(f)a>va^t ;

Whose hat is this % Twos fivai TO KantWov (6 ttiXoi TOVTO J

What kind of man is he ? UoLOveiSovs SvOpatiroseivai oUtos

What weather is it % Tt Kaipos fivai J

Anybody can do it. naff rtff BvvuTai va to KapT},

Someone passed here a mi- Kanoios inepatrfv an e8S> np

nute ago. eWff XfTTTOV.

I should prefer something else. Qa eV/)ort/i«j'(7rpo€T«|i(Bj/)aXXo ri

Vocabiilary. the mediation, ^ praoXd^rjaK. for your sake, irpbs x^P*" <'''?• shall you go ; 6a xmdyryrf every day, Kaff fKaiTTTjv (Jiptpav

(xnrdym, present in use, ni)- say it, (Inf TO,

yalv(o).

Exercise.

The neutral powers offered At olSeTepai Svvdpeis iTpo(Tf(}>tpoi

their mediation. TTjV pf(ro\d^r](Tiv T

She went there herself. 'YjTTJytv tKtl Tj Id la.

I saw them fall. Toi/s ei8ov va jrccr«

It was he who did it. AvTos (ivai ooTis TO fKape, Pronouns. 6i

There were a great many Ho-aK TrXetorat KVpiai tls t6v

ladies at the ball. )(op6v,

. I saw the man who heat the Eidof rbv avdpanou oortr iicnma

horse so cruelly. TO akoyov Toaov (rK\T}pa>s ydnapdpwTTas).

Which way shall you 1 Anb TToiov bpopov 6a vnar/riTe go ;

Some one has left his coat. KaTTOios a(pi]iTf TO (fjopepd tov.

I will do it for your sake. Qa TO Kapa TTpos X'^P"' O'T*'

1 1 would not have done it for Aej; 6a to enpaTTov di aWov

anybody else. Tivd,

I want both. Xptid^opai KOI Ta dvo (^dp(f)6Tepa\

I go there every day. Ilrjyaiva fKfi Kaff (KdaTTjv,

Give me as much as you Aos poi oaov Bvvaaai irtpurao- can. Tfpov.

He has as many as you. E^fi Toaa oaa vpets.

There are a good many chil- 'YTrdpxov

What is the matter with you 1 Ti tx^Te ('Atto Ti ; ndaxfTe ;) Nothing, thanks. TiVore, fiixapioTa.

I never saw such a man. OvdeiroTt ctdoi/roiovrov dv6pwTrov :

62 Modern Greek.

VERBS.

Pjj/xaTa.

§ 56. The Verb.

r. The Modern Greek Verb has two Voices {biadio-ds to p^naros), the Active {(i^epyrjTiKov) and the Passive (nadrjTiKou).

There is no Middle Voice ; its place is supplied by th

Passive, which is used with a Middle Sense. The only reli of the Middle is the Aor. Imp. Pass., Xixrov for XvOrjTi (se( under Aorist).

2. The Verb Finite has four Moods {iyKXta-ns) ; the Indica tive [opiariKrj), the Subjunctive {xmoTaKTiKr)), the Conditiona

{inroBfTiKrj), the Imperative (Tvpoa-ranTiKrj).

3. The Verb Infinite comprises the Infinitive {anapffi^aToi and the Participles [peroxdi).

4. There are seven Tenses (xpovoi) : the Present {ivftrrus Imperfect {naparaTiKos), First Future, Second Future (peXXav

Aorist (aopia-Tos) (ist or 2nd), Perfect {napuKfifievos or avfTfXi

Kos), and Pluperfect {inrepa-vvTeXiKos).

§ 57. There are two principal conjugations of the Gree'

Verb (i) in tu, where a connecting vowel joins the tense ster to the personal suffix {Xv-u for Xv-o-pi), and (2) in pi, wher no such vowel is used.

Verbs in

(a) TJncontracted or Paroxytone Verbs.

(6) Contracted or Circumflex Verbs.

(a) TJncontracted or Paroxytone Verbs take the accent 01 the penult in the first person Singular Present Indicati\ Active (Xap^dva, fvpLaKca), and throw the accent back as fa^ as the quantity of the last syllable will allow, througliout

I — — : : Verbs. 6^

the Conjugation (\an^dpov(Ti, eAo'^iSafoi/). There are five

exceptions to this rule, viz. : the Subjunctive, Infinitive, and Participle of the Aorist Passive, and the Perfect Participle Passive, and the oblique cases of the 2nd Aorist Part.

Ex. va \vdS), XvO^vat or \v6fj, \v6(is, XfXu/xe'j/os, tvxovtos.

(h) In the Present, Contracted Verbs take the accent on the 'contracted syllable, except the second Singular Imperative.

is circumflex, if in the uncontracted form the accent was I It on the first of the contracted vowels, if not, it is acute.

, ^iXeiVcD 0iXei. Ex. iX(lT€ y J cf)iX(€, In the uncontracted tenses the accentuation follows the same rules as in the uncontracted or paroxy tone verbs.

§ 58. The Augment.

1. In the Indicative Mood there is a prefix to the Im-

perfect and Aorist. This prefix is called the Augment \

2. There are two kinds of Augment

(tt) The Syllabic, which prefixes <- to verbs beginning with a consonant, as

Present. Imperfect. Aorist.

ypd, I write, (ypa(j)ov typa^a.

Xw

Note. ^

' If the stem begins with p it is doubled after the f, for example plnra, I throw, tppiiTTov, tppi^a.

(6) The Temporal (so called because it increases the length of the first syllable, but does not, like the Syllabic,

^ The Augment was originally a word consisting of the letter o-. It is surmised that it was an Instrument il case of a Demonstrative Pronoun and meant 'there.' At first a separate word, it by degrees coale<*ced with the Verb. : 64 Modern Greek. increase the number of syllables) is employed with words commencing with a vowel or diphthong, as

Present. Imperfect. Aorist.

apx'Cw, I begin, W'f""* 7PX*<^«-

3. The rules respecting the change of vowel or diphthong are as follows Present. Imperfect,

a changes to 1;, aXXdcro-o), I change, ^Kkavauv,

* »» »?> ^PX°H^h I come, VRX^H-l^' e sometimes to «, ?x^> I have, fl\ov.

at. changes to ?/, aladdvofjiai, I feel, jjaSavofirjv.

av „ Tjv, av^dva, I increase, i]v^avov.

fv „ r]v, fvKaipo), I have time, rjvKaipovv. „ o, ofiiXo), I speak, afiiXow. 01 „ w, oiKretpo), I pity, aKveipov.

t, V, become t, v. This has no effect on the modern pr( nunciation.

ou, f«, and the long vowels do not change.

4. Verbs compounded of Nouns take the Augment at tl beginning ; as, otKoSo/zaj, I build a house, aKobopow.

5. Verbs compounded with Prepositions take the Augmei between the Preposition and the Verb ; as, irepipeva, I awai

TTfpiffifvoy Augment is often plac J but in the vernacular the before the Preposition ; as, (nfpiptvov.

6. Verbs of more than two syllables, or beginning with vowel, do not in the vernacular take an Augment.

§ 59. Reduplication.

1. In Modem Greek the Reduplication is only found 1 the Perfect Participle Passive. (See § 69.)

2. Reduplication is used in Verbs beginning with a single — Verbs. 6^

consonant, or with a mute followed by a liquid; as, Xu«,

XcXv/icvor ; ypd(o, yfypafifjifvos.

3. Verbs beginning with a double consonant, a vowel, or p, take the Augment instead of the Reduplication.

4. Verbs beginning with an aspirated consonant take the corresponding hard consonant in the Reduplication.

5. Verbs compounded with Prepositions take the Redupli- cation after the Preposition : in the spoken language these Verbs do not take a Reduplication.

§ 60. Auxiliary Verbs.

1. There are three Auxiliaiy Verbs in Modern Greek, viz., j«;(a), I have ; ufiai, I am ; 6iXa, I wish or will.

2. All the tenses are given below, but the Present and Imperfect only are used in the Conjugation of other Verbs.

3. "ExcD is used in the Perfect and Pluperfect ; eiixai in the

Perfect Passive ; 6f\co in the Second Forms of the First and Second Futures.

They are conjugated as follows : 66 VerbS' 67

Imperative Mood.

Present.

Sing. fx« I Plur. (xfTt

listxil

Infinitive Mood.

(Xft^, usually written txtu

Participle Present.

Singular.

H. P.

Nom. exp {fxovTas) (Xov(Ta (See Xva.)

u. - Nom. Xa^av 68 Modern Greek.

Imperfect.

Sing. ^/ijji/ (jjixovv)

Sing. VerbS' 6q

Imperative Mood.

Present.

Sing. IPlur. tare &s ^vai as ^vai.

Infinitive Mood.

fla6ai or (ivai.

Particijyh

]\Iasc.

Nom. cov (ovras) Modern Greek.

Second Future.

Sing. 6a GiKr^trw Plur. 6a 6f\f](T(oiitp 6a 6fkr]

6a 6fKri(Tri 6a 6(\ri

Subjunctive Mood.

Fresent.

Sing, va dfXco Plur. va 6(Xa>fxfv vd 6i\rjs va 6(kr}T(

va diKji va BiKaari, (la ^/Xovi),

Aorist.

Sing, va 6f\T](Ta> Plur. va 6f\fia-a)fi(v

vd 6i\rj(TT]s vd df\r](rr}T€

yd 6iKr^(Trj vd deXfjaaai (fo df^ffaov

Conditional Mood.

Present and Imperfect.

Sing. 6d rj6t\ov Plur. 6d r]6f\ofitw 6d fj6(\ts 6d r]6(ktTt

ed i}6i\i 6^ iiOfkov,

Imperative Mood.

Present.

Sing. 6(\* Plur. 6€\fTt as 6(Xp &s 6(\(o(ri (&i BtKovp) Verbs, 71

Infinitive Mood.

Prtsent. 72 Modern Greek. Veris. 73

§ /< Ol b '^ 74 Modern Greek.

7<5 Modern Greek. Verbs. 77 — — 78 Modern Greek.

§ 65. Obsekvations on the Tenses, and on thk Formation of the Stem. The Peesent.

The Tenses of Verbs are formed from the Root or the Present Stem.

The Present Stem is itself formed from the Root by

1. Lengthening the Vowel or -changing it into a Diph- thong ; as. Root. Present Stem, rpay rpwy^, I eat.

evy-u>, I flee.

2. By strengthening the characteristic letter j as,

rvn TUTTT-o), I strike.

3. By inserting a syllable between the Root and the ter- mination ; and at the same time in many cases strengthening the Root; as, (vp tvp-i

Xaj3 Xafi^-dp-m, I receive.

4. By prefixing a Reduplication to the Root ; as,

Of Tl-drj-fu (Mod. 6(Tw), 1 place.

5. The Present Stem is sometimes the same as the Root, as m Xv-«, Xry-».

6. The peculiar forms of the vernacular in the Present are \iovfif{v) for Xvopfv, \iovv(f) for Xvovai ; and in the

Passive, \if

'kvovvToi for Xiovrai. Some of these forms are certainly archaisms, which have been preserved in the vernacular, while they have died out from the cultivated language.

7. The final v of the Present Infinitive is generally dropped; as, Biko) Xvei, for 6f\(o Xvfw.

8. The Present Subjunctive changes the t, ft, o, ov of the — Veris. 79

Indicative into >?, 17, a : in all other respects the Subjunctive and Indicative terminations are identical ; as,

Indicative. Subjunctive.

Xvft, va \vjj,

Xv«r€, va. \vrjTe,

\vofi(v, va \va)fitv.

9. The Present Participle Active is formed by adding v to the Present Stem ; as, Xv«, Xvcbi* (originally Xvovts, con- sonants dropped, vowel lengthened by compensation). In the Passive it is formed by changing fiai to fitvos; as, \vonat,

\v6fitvos. The Participles are declined regularly.

§ 66. The iMPEKrECT.

1. The Imperfect only exists in the Indicative. It is formed from the Present by adding the Augment and chang-

ing the termination -a> to -ov in the Active, and -ofxai to -6^r)v

in the Passive. The vernacular changes the -ov to -a, as eXva

for IXvoi', and •ofirjv to -ovfiow, as (J)\i!ovfiovv for iKvofajv.

2. In uncontracted verbs the accent is thrown back to the

; )3X«7r«, antepenultimate in the Imperfect Active as, t^Xtnov \ \va, (kvov,

§ 67. The Aorist.

1. Modem Greek has retained both the First and Second Aorist, but in no one verb are both forms in use.

2. The First Aorist is generally employed. The follow- ing verbs are the chief exceptions, and employ the Second

Aorist : Pies. — — —

8o Modern Greek.

Pres. Aor.

TTtVo), to drink, IWiov. tpxo^Mi, to come, ^Xdov. Xan^dva, to take, eXa^ov, ^dW

rpexoo, to run, fbpaixov.

^XeVa), to see, (Ibov.

dnodvrja-Ka), to die, dnedavov.

The common language joins a First Aorist termination to a Second Aorist stem, as, elna, I said, for etnov.

3. In the Indicative the Second Aorist has the same ter-

minations as the Imperfect ; in the other moods as the Pre-

sent, with the following exceptions :

(a) The Infinitive is accented with a circumflex, as etn-etf.

(6) The Second Singular Imperative of fpxoyMi, evpla-Ko

Xe'yo) is accented on the last syllable, as, firre.

4. The Second Aorist Passive is formed from the Acti\

by changing ov into iji*.

5. The First Aorist Active is formed from the True Ste

by prefixing the Augment, and adding -a-a, as, Xv, eXvaa ; rv sTv^a. The First Aorist Passive from the First Aorii

Active by changing -aa into -6r]v.

6. The Greeks avoid such combinations as 6a; etc. ; the

of the First Aor. Act. therefore coalesces with and modifies tl preceding consonant in the following ways. The of the Ac] Pass, likewise changes a foregoing tenuis into an aspirate

dental into a sibilant. Thus if the Root ends in

TT, Pass, (pdrjv. /3, (f), the First Aor. Act. and end in \ira and

y, «, X, » i> „ ^« and x^l"- a6T]v. 8, 6, T, p, „ „ „ a-a and

TT, c7-(r, „ „ „ a-a or |a and x^l

(For Contracted Verbs see § 71.) —1

Verbs. 8

Ex. First Aor. Act Pass.

rpi'/So), to rub, tTpiyjra, irplcfidriv.

avvdya>, to collect, eavva^a, iavvdx&rjv.

KoranfiOui, to pei'SUade, KaTtTrdtra, (€)KaTan(ia0ijv.

Taaao), to arrange, era^a, eraxOlv.

7T\fKu>, to weave, orXf^a, inXtx^lf'

7. The Aorist of Liquid Verbs does not end in -a-«, but -a; while the vowel of the stem is lengthened as follows : a, ai=^d; f=et; t = t; i=:v; as, otAXw, to send, e

8. Liquids which have a«, ft, XX, in the stem throw away the second of these letters in the Aorist, as napaLvu), to wither, ifxapava ; ^aXXa), to put, €/3aXa.

9. If t occurs in the stem of a monosyllabic liquid, it is changed to a in the Aorist Passive, as, (TTiXXa, fo-TaXrfv. 10. The vernacular uses (Xva-es, eXva-tre, for eXvcrar, iXva-oTt, and fXvdrjKo, K.T.\. (perhaps a vestige of the Perfect), for (\vdTjV, K.T.\,

11. The Aorist Subjunctive is formed from the Aorist Indicative by dropping the Augment and by changing the termination a into a in the Active, and rjv into co in the Passive. The second and third persons singular take an eota subscript in both voices.

12. The Aorist Imperative Active is formed from the Aorist Indicative by dropping the Augment, and changing a

uto ov (high style) and e (common) : fXva-a, Xva-ov, or Xva-f.

11 the Passive the vernacular uses Xva-ov for XvdrjTt. This

urm is the classical Aorist Imperative Middle of verbs in

fu. Compare to-rao-o with the modem forms (TTaaov, be^ov.

13. The Aorist Infinitive Active is formed from the Indi- ative by dropping the Augment and changing the termina-

iion a into at, as, tXvaa, Xvaat. But when the Aorist Infini-

live is used with the auxiliary verbs, exw, BeXa, it is written

instead of ai, as OeXco Xvaet, Xvafi. I' ex*"

[ 14. The Aorist Infinitive Passive is formed by dropping

> 6 82 Modern Greek.

the Augment and changing Gr\v into 6r\vcu. (lit.) or 6ri (com- mon), as, i\v6r]v, Xvd^vai, or \v6rj.

15. The Aorist Participle Active is formed from the Indi cative by dropping the Augment, and changing a into at as, eAvo-a, Xvcraj. It is declined regularly, like nat, iraora, n-Si

16. In the Passive the Participle is formed by droppinj the Augment and changing 6r)v into Beis, with accent on the lasi

17. In the higher style an Aorist Middle is sometimei though rarely used. It bears an active (reflexive) meaninj

It is formed from the active by changing -a into -aiir}v and i; the participle into -afitvos. Ex. e\v(r-anT}v, -to, -aro ; -dfifda,

-aaOf, -avTO ; partic. Xvadnevos ; thus eKpv^dfvrjv, Kpv^dufvoi, etC.

§ 68. The Future.

1. The Ancient Form of the Future is very rarely used it may be considered as lost, and is replaced by compounde tenses.

2. There are two Futures in Modern Greek:

(a) The First (or Imperfect) Future (MeXXcoj' napaTaTiKos)!

(b) The Second (or Perfect) Future (MtX\a>v avvreXiKos). (a) The First Future, expressing a continued or repeate action, is formed by 6d (see § 67, 5) and the Present Sulj junctive; or by ^«Xw and the Present Infinitive, as,

6a nr}yaiva> Ka& iKaarrjv (jca^e f]fxepav), I shall go every daj

Bikoa trepinara} Ka&e Trpwt, I will walk every morning.

' The usual method is to form the Future from the Present and the First Aorist from the Future. But in Modem Greek the Ancient Future has been lost. The Second Future, which might be mistaken for it, is nothing but the Aorist Subjunctive preceded by 6d. 6d is perhaps a contraction of OfKti ii/a. Thus 9(\a iva = 0i\fi va = 6i va = Od. Other writers maintain that this contraction is quite without analogy, and regard Od as a particle or a fragment of rdxa- Mr. Geldart thinks that we have this very particle 6f or 6d in the optative interjection (t6( also and alOf : ei9e tXdoi is in Modern Greek (X9( vd eKOr/, which might be written ti 01 vd eXOij. He is the more inclined to regard Sd as a simple particle, because its use with the Subjunctive corresponds to the use of «e in Homer with the same word, while its employmer' — Ferds, 83

(h) The Second Future is used when reference is made to an action to be performed once, without prolongation or re- petition, and is formed by 0d and the Aorist Subjunctive, or by 6(\ci) and the Aorist Infinitive, as,

6a xmayw a-f]fiepov, I shall go to-day.

6f\(i) ufpinaTTjcrei^ anoylre, I will walk this evening. &

3. In the Passive the two Futures are compounded in precisely the same way as in the Active.

§ 69. The Pebfect and Pluperfect.

1. The Ancient Form of the Perfect is found only in the Participle Passive, which is formed from the Aorist

Indicative Passive by changing 6r]P into ixtvos, and the Aug- ment into the Reduplication, as, iickridrjv, Ke/cAjj/xej/or (accent on penultimate).

2. The Modern Perfect is formed by the Present of e^o) and the Aorist Infinitive (both in the Active and Passive), ex« Xvo-ft, ex

Participle Passive and the Present of diiai, as, XeXu/ixtVor tlfmi.

The Perfect Active is occasionally formed in a similar way, as, fx"^ \f\vix(vop, -T}u, -Of, -ovs, -as, -a.

Ex. e^fo (yejypafxpevTjv rrjv fTriaroXfiv, I have Written the letter.

with the Imperfect, as, 6ci lirtOvfiovv, answers precisely to the classical iwf6vfiox/v dv. * The Second Form of both Futures is frequently written with an y ^nstead of a, as, 5«Acu Trriyaivri, 0(\aj tnTayr). This is done on the sup- position that the word is in reality the third person of the Subjunctive, Bod that ya has been elided. It also supposes that the form of the libird person singular has come to be used for all the persons, singular

(Old plural> Ex. Original Form, 9(\u va irrjyaivTi ; Modern, OeKei rrrjyaiypi 'tkUf -(IS, -ti, etc., injyaivrj. 6 9 84 Modern Greek.

3. The Pluperfect is formed with the Imperfect of ex<*>. the Perfect is formed with the Present, as, ilxov Xvo-ei ; e?x«

4. The Perfect and Pluperfect are very seldom employe^ All degrees of past time are expressed by the Imperfect o Aorist.

§ 70. The Conbitional.

1. There is no Optative Mood in Modern Greek ; it replaced by the Conditional.

2. The First Conditional is formed by (a) 6a. and the

Imperfect ; or by (6) the Imperfect of Qikta and the Present

Infinitive ; as, 6a fXvov, or rjBiKov \v(i,, I would lose.

3. The Second Conditional is formed by the Imperfect of 6t\a and the Aorist Infinitive, as, ^de\ov Xvo-et. There is the same difference in sense between the First and Second Conditional as between the First and Second Future, namely, that the former is used to express a continued or repeated action, the latter with reference to an action performed once without prolongation or repetition. Ex. If I wrote to-da he would receive my letter to-morrow, iav eypacfiov afjixepo

^de\e Xa/3ei ttju eniaroXrjv fiov avpiov. If visits did not preve^j me, I would learn my lessons, iav 8eu fie ennodtCov at e'lrtaK

^eiSy rj6f\ov fiavdavfi to. fia6f]iiaTa fiov.

4. The Pluperfect Conditional is formed by the PlupevfeU Indicative preceded by 6a, as, 6a tlxov Xvaei, I should have loosed.

It is generally replaced by the First or Second Condi- tional. Ex. If visits had not prevented me, I should have learned my lessons, eav 8ev fie elxov efinobia-ei al e7n(TKe\lAeis,i ij6t\ov fiav6dvei Or fia6ei (very rarely 6a. elxov fia6ei) ra fia6f]fiaTa fiov.

The fact is that, in Modern Greek, ^6eXov fiav6avei can answer either to (i) fiav6avoifii av, I would (repeatedly or continuously) learn (in a supposed case), or to (2) efidvdavov Verbs. 85

av in either of its two classical senses, viz. (a) I should now

he learning [if something were now happening which is not

liappening], (6) I should then have been learning [if something had then been happening which was not happening]. In old

Greek it is only the sense of the context which determines

whether tfiavdavov av refers to the present or to a continued

act in the past : and just the same ambiguity attaches to

^BfXov fiavdduft.

Similarly fj6f\ov fiddti can answer either to (i) (fxadov Su, I should have learned (at some definite past moment— if

something had happened which did not happen) or (2) /xd^o»/i« uv, ' I should learn' [at some one moment—not repeatedly or continuously] in a supposed case.

The structure of the Conditional sentence is one of the points in which the discriminating power of the Modern

language is strikingly inferior to that of the Old. It is here

that the loss of the optative is most felt.

Vocabulary.

tried, irpoacirdSritTf (npoanaBo)), something, K

tainted, iXiiTo6vfxi](Tf (Xitto- I am weary, bored, ^apvvofitu,

dvfjuoS, the excursion, ^ fK8ponrj.

Exercise.

If I was rich, I should Ai* ^prjv nXoiKTios, rjOtkov ntpi-

travel. Tjyfla-dat (6a eVa^f/Sfuoi').

If you had heard Mrs. R. B., Av rJKovei ttjv Kvp'iav P. B.

you would have fainted ijdfkfs XiTrodvjirjafi tK rrjs

with pleasure. ^Sovjjs.

The gardener in vain endea- O KTiTTovpbi (Is p.aTr)v TTpotrdrd-

voured to undo the rope, 6r]

and was obliged to cut (Txoiviov Ka\ T]vayKda6r] va t6

it. 86 Modern Greek.

She fainted when she cut her '£KvKo6v[ir](Ttv ore txo\//'f tov

finger. SaKTvXov rrjs.

He succeeded in loosening KarapOcoaf va \v(r]] ra dfcrfxa

his chains. TOV.

If you find that anything is *Eav aLvr]Tai ort!

•wanting to make the room Xeinet rt 8ia va KaracrTad^

pretty, say it at once (freely). TO BcolJUlTtOV KOff^OVf filTf ToJ fKcvQtpai.

They were absent, (they failed) "FXdirov ore irepiaaoTepov tovs^

when they were most wanted. fi)^ov dvayKt]!/.

The aide-de-camp was not at O v7ra

the Te Deum : something bo^oKoyiav' irptntt va Tea

must have happened to (TVVe^T] Kan Tl. him.

The seeds of these plants Ot anopoi tS)v (jivrav Tovrav^

should be collected when irpeTTft va auXKeyavrat orav

they are ripe. apifidaaa-i,

"We thought he had announced ''Evop.i^op.fv oTi eras dvfjyyfikt

to you the news. (fiXf dvayytiXfi) Ta via.

"We thought that perhaps you *Evop.!(nfxfv OTi «ra)s Tjdekeri

would come this way. TTtpdafi air eSco.

The last hard winter was 'O TfXeuraiof Spiiivs ;(«/za)v jrp

foretold by the shep- tXe'xdr] vno rSiv TTOifiivav (dffi

herds. Toiii Troififvas).

They generally forecast the 2vvfjda)s TvpoXfyovai tov Kaipov weather accurately. dKpi^w.

He wrote such nonsense in Eypa^e Tocras avorjaiai (is to

the magazine, that he could TTfpioSiKov, axTTe ^To d8vvaTov not be admired. va Oavfiaadp.

They are delighted with the Tols dpeaKfi noXi) ff nokts odev

town, so that they are never bev ^apvvovTai va Trjv firaivaxTi

tired of praising and ad- Ka\ va TrjV Savpd^axri.

miring it. I admire your picture (por- Qavfid^o) TTjv (iKQva eras* tivai — Verbs. 87

trait) : it is above all avcoTtpa naPTos eiraivov. praise.

I admire his courage and Qavfid^a Tfju dvbpeiav tov koi

foretell a brilliant future 7rpo\eya> 81 avrov Xa/x7rp6v for him. fteWov.

1 bought the paper ruled. 'Hy6pa(Ta to x^'P^' {,'^^)x°P^~

KOiflfVOV.

I cannot write Greek cor- Afv fipnopSt pa ypdcfxo opdas ra rectly. EWrjviKa.

Tell me why you knit stock- EtTre pov 8ia ri TrKfKus KaXraas,

ings, when you can very d

easily find a woman to va (vpr]s yvvaiKa va ras TrXe^j/. knit them for you.

They made an excursion (pic- 'E^eBpapov fts Trjv EXevtrtj/a Kai

nic) to Eleusis, but when fv a> ^pxi-(TUP TO yeiipA Tav they began luncheon, they ti8ou on (XfiTTOP TO paxaipia found that the knives and Koi TO nfpovvia, forks were missing. They were disheartened when H.(Tav aTrrfKntape vol ore tvpov they found how many nova irpdypaTa eXfinop. things were missing.

§ 71. CONTRACTED VERBS.

1. In Ancient Greek there were three classes of Contracted Verbs, those in aa, ea, and oa, but the Modern language changes oa into ova and conjugates it as a simple verb. There are therefore only two classes

(a) In aa>, as Tipdm, I esteem, I honour.

(b) In CO), as KoKfoo, I call.

Both of which contract into S>, npS), xaXw.

2. The contractions only occur in the Present and Im- — —

88 Modern Greek.

perfect of both voices, which are given below. The other tenses ai-e conjugated like those of simple verbs.

2. The following are the Rules of Contraction : First Class. Second Class.

an, = a fo, (ov = ow aov=:o) or ov *'? = '?

Those verbs (Sii/rao), TTfti/ao), etc.) which in Ancient Greek formed an exception in contracting 6m into fi are now regular.

3. In the common language the Imperfect Active (gener- ally without the Augment) employs the following forms :

-ovaa, -oicFii, -ovcf \ -ovcrafiep, -ovo-ere, -ovaav,

4. Schleicher observes that all contracted verbs formerly ended in aw. It is noticeable that the common language

has returned to this in many instances, viz. n-c/jin-araTe for

TitpiTraTflTf, (rjTatt for fijret.

5. The Aorist of Contracted Verbs is formed regularly it

6t]v aa and ; but the vowel of the stem is generally lengthened, as, KTvirda, fKTvmja-af 0(Xeo>, ((ptXrja-a,

First Class.

§ 72. Tifidw, -w, I honour.

Active Voice.

Indicative Mood.

Present.

Sing. Ttudoi -S) Plur. nfiaontv -Zfiep ,

Tifjtafis -as rifidfTf -are

Tifiati -a Ttfxdovai -Sxri (TifiovvY, Verbs. 89

Imiwrfect. Slug. Plur. (^Common) (Common)

(Tifiaov -0)1/ -ovaa fTi[xaofjLfv -(Ofjifv -ovaa/Jifv

(TifULti -as -ovate fTlftdfTf -UT( -ovatTf fTifxaf -a -ovae irifiaov -a>v -oiauv.

Aorist, «Vi'/iJj(ra.

Future, 6a rtfiqaa, or ^e'Xo) rt/i^ffei.

Subjunctive Mood.

Present.

Sil)g. va ri/iao) -a Plur. va Tifxaatjifv -Zfifv

va Tifidijs -as va Tifxdr]T€ -are

va Tifiarj -a vaTifiditicri-Siai (varifiovv).

Imperative Mood.

Present.

Sing. Tifiae -a Plur. TifiafTt -arf

as Tifia ^Ttyxa/ro) -aro)) as Tifiovv {rifiaiTOiaav

-drwcraj').

Infinitive Mood.

Present, rifiauv -av (ti/z^I in compounded tenses).

Participle Present.

Singular*. go Modern Greek.

Plural.

Nom. Ti\ia.ovr(i -S>VTfs riixdovaai -Sxrat Tijiaovra -wvra

Gen. TifJtaoirrov -a)VT

Dat. Tifxdo

Acc. Tiixdovras -mvras Tifiaovaas -axras Tifidovra -mvra.

Passive Voice.

Indicative Mood. 1 Verbs. 9

Imperative Mood.

Sing. Tiftaov -w, -oD, -lov Plur. Tifideade -acrQt -Uade

in Tifxarai (rifiatado) Ar TificovTai (TLft.a(cr6aicrav -aa-daxravy Commou

&s Tiixiovvrai.

Infinitive Mood.

Present, nixdeadat, -aadat.

Participle Present.

Singular.

M. p. N.

^OXH. Tiixa6fifvos-oi>fj,(vos TifiaofiiVT] -afxivrj ruiaofievov -atfievov

Gen. Tifiaofifvov -coufvov Tifiaoixevrjs-cofxevrjs Tifiaojiepov -afxevov, etC.

Plural.

Nom. Ttfia6{ifvoi -afifvoi Tifiao^fvai -afifvai rifiaoneva -ayuva

Geo. Ti.yMOfj.ivav Tifitonevuv, etc.

«

Second Class.

§ 73. KaX^u, -w, I call.

ACTIVE VOICE.

Indicative Mood.

Present.

Sing. KaXco) 'U> Plur. KoktOflfV -OVfl€V

Ka\e€is -eif Kokeere -etre

KoXUi -d Kokfovffi -ovai (koXovv). 92 Modern Greek.

Imperfect.

Sing. riur. (Common) (Common)

(KoKtOV -ovv (J^KaXovara eKoXenfifv -ovfifv -ovaafifv

(KoKtfi -(IS -ovafs (KokeeTf -tire -ovatrf

(KciXef -ft eKoKiov -ovv -ovcrav.

A orist, (KuKeaa, of f»?rea) {CnTa>), to seek, f'Cn^W"-

Future, 6a KoXtaa or 6(Xo) KaXeaei, da (^tjTtja-a) or 6(X(o fijr^fffi.

Subjunctive Mood.

Fresent.

Sinor. va KaX((o -S> Plur. va KaX((t>fifv -a/ifv

pa KaXfTjs -fjS va KdXfrjre -^re

va KdXei; -5 va KoXeaxri -aai.

Imperative Mood.

Sing. KoiXft -ft Verbs. 93

Plural.

Nom. KaXfovTts -ovvT(s KoXtovcrai -ovcrat KoKiovra -ovvra

Gen. Ka\(6vT0)V -ovvrav Ka\(ovaS)V -ovaav KoXeovrtov -ovvrcov

Dat. Kokfovai -ovai KoXtovcrais -ovcrais KoXeovcri -ovcri

Acc. KoXfovras -ovprai KoXeovvas -ovaas KoKiovra -ovvra.

PASSIVE VOICE.

Indicative Mood.

Present.

Sing. KoKeofiat -ovfiai Plur. KaXfOfifda -ovfifda

Ka\e(i -et KoKitaBf -flaGe

KokefTat -tirai Kokiovrai -ovvrai.

Imperfect.

Sing. Plur. (Common) (Common)

«»caX*o/xTji/ -ovfiT]v -ovfxovv fKaK(6fi(6a -ovfifda -ovfiacrde fKoKfov -ov 'ovaovv fKoXifade -tlaSf -ov

€Ka\f(TO -eiro -ovvrav fKoXeOVTO -oCl/TO

Aorist, (K\r]di]v: f^rjTrjdrjv.

Future, 6a kKt]6S> or diXa K\r]6rj : 6a CnTT]6a) or ^eXw fijTJj^^.

Subjunctive Mood.

Present.

Sing, va KokfCifiai -QOfioi Plur. va KaKeafifda •afieda

va KaXerj -fj va KaXf'rjarde •rfade

va KdkerjTai -ijTai va KoKiavrai -wvrat.

Imperative Mood.

Present. Sing. Kokeov -ov Plur. KaXeeade -fiade

as Kokrirai (^KoKftirda &.S KoXStvrai (Ka\eea6(c-

(Tov -fiadoxrav^. 94 Modern Greek.

Infinitive Mood.

Present, KokteaBai -eiadai,

Particijile Present.

Singular. M. F. N.

Nom. KaKf6fxevo<: -ovfifvos Koktonevrj -ovfievrj KoKeSfitvov -ovfitvot

Gen. KokfOfievov -ovfievou KoKeofievrii -ovfxipr]! KoXfOfitvov -ov/jLtvox

Vocabulary.

hold ! tparfjcraTe (^Kpar-eat -w). Prime minister, 6 npcoBvirovf she washes, nXvpei. yos.

the linen, ra aanpoppovxa. the foreign minister, 6 inrovf

I would that ! €nf6vp.ovv va, yoi tS)v f^ayrepiKup.

tl.6( vu. the minister of war, 6 vnovpyh warm the plates, C^arave ra tS)V (TTpaTiaTlK&V. invaKia (jnaTa). meeting, awebpLaa-is ((tuXXoXij

the boys sing, ra naibla ^//aX- TTipiov).

Xovtri (rpayaSovp). he made a speech, i^t^cavriat

at the concert, ds -n^v a-wavXlav. \6yov. orange, to nopTOKaXiov. eloquent, tvyKmrros.

they smell sweet, fvabid^ovn, the troops, to. (rTpaTflp-ara.

he was appointed, diwpia-dij. feelings, to. ala-dfjiiaTa.

Exercise.

Avvaade va poi bavfiarjTf tv (ppdyKOV va nKrjpixrai rov ipa^rfKaTqv^

*E6avpxi^ov vTTfppoXiKa rfjv 6iav (K rov AvKa^TjTOv. "EKpv^e ttjv

i(f>T]pepi8a. 'Pi'\|/'oj/ TO Ttpdx^ia ravra rov xdpTov fls to Kaviarpov

(top KaXadop). 0* dKkd^a ro bmpArioP pov' (ipai rroKv yjrvxpop,

Kparure ttjp opTrpeWap pov plap (TTiyprjP ; 4>atV«Tat on 6a

^pi^l). Upend va paKpvvtjTe to (p6pep.d eras. UKvpei ra av Verbs. 95

•npoppov^a TToXv KoKd. Upenei va liKvvoi iraKiv ras X"P"5 /^ow.

^Enfdvpovv (fi^f) va ^crav (pwevpfva ds tov KrJ7T6i> (to Trtpt/SoXt) yuou ra avOrj (XovXovdia) (Keiva. Ziarave ttjv arovnau (tov fw/toj') Koi elne fls TOV pdyfipov va ^fO-Tavr) to. jrivaKia. Ta naMa ^dWovv ttoXu mpaia

(Is TTjv 'PcocrcriKrjv (KKKrjaiav, Tfjv tJKov(Ta va "^dXrj (rpayovbrj^ fls Tfjv avvavKiav tov 'QSciov. Ta nvdr] tuvtu ttjs TTopTOKoXfas fvaSid^ovai.

Afv divavrai va TT)

(TWfBpiaaig iytv€T0 X^^^' E^fcftavrja-e [xaKpov Ka\ €vy\a)TTov "Koyov. 'O 0aai\(vs fVf^fwpijtrc to (TTpaTeiifxaTa ttjv TrapfXdovaav e^So/LtdSa.

'E^f^aiaxrav tov Trpta^fVT^v Trepi tcov (f)ikiKS)v alaStjpaTav tuv irpos

TrjV 'EXXdSa. Ei6e pa ^to dwuTov.

§ 74. Neuter Veebs.

Neuter Verbs are either Active or Passive in form : as, mjyaiva, I go ; \vnovpai, I grieve. They are conjugated like Active and Passive Verbs of similar terminations.

§ 75. Veebs in -pi.

Verbs in -pi are still used in the higher style, but in ordinary writing and conversation a second form in -« 13 employed : as,

crraiva), aT^vcii = lOTTjpi, I set up.

ffero) =Ti6-qpi, I place. S/Sco z=8[d(opt, I give. 8fiKvv(o =8eiKwpi, I show. (evya =^fvywpi, I yoke or harness. —

96 Modern Greek.

§ 76. Impeesonaii Veebs.

The following verbs are used impersonally:

Present. Verbs. 97

Vocabiilary.

it grieves me, iit \vn(1. besides, iicrhf rovrov, lame, ;^o)\oy. Hymettus, 6 'Yprji-ros. dressed, ivbtbvfifvos {ivhvofxai). is covered, dvai KeKokvpiifvos

during the clay, Kara ttjv ^fxfpav. {KaXvTrTa), fresh, cool, 8poa(p6s. the base (of a mountain), ol even in summer, koI Kara t6 irpOTTobfS,

dfpos (^KoXoKoipi), there was a hailstorm, en-fo-e

the frost, 6 Trayeroj, fj nayatvia. xd\a^a (TTiTrrw).

is setting (of the sun), 8v(i., dead, vtKpos j of animals, yj/o-

^aaiKfVfi. ios.

the evening, rA /SpaSu. seldom, oTravtag.

it is very stormy, flvat jxcydKr) to expose yourself, va tKTfdrJTe

Karaiyls, (eK^eVo)).

Exercise.

Me XuTTft (\virovpm) va ae /3Xen-« \iaKaivovTa rScrov. ^alvtrat

Srt fKrinr)a'a rov ttoSo fxov irepiaaorepov d

ariyfirjp (Ktivqv. ^aiverai OTt eiaOe \iau d8id

trtati. Bpateid^ti' e^opev 5e ttoKvv hpqpov va KdpafxfV, Eivai roarf

{^fOTTi Kara rfjv f/p^pav' ai vvKTfs o/iwf ivravOa elvai TrdvTore Spoaepal

Koi Kara to KoXoKalpi (6(pos). Tfjv napfKQovuav vvKra ^to irayoavid,

dkXa vopl^o) oTi oi ndyoi BifXidrjaav. 'O rjXios 8vei (/SatrtXevft)* 6

fjXios e8v(T( irpo pids &pai. iretpa^et va f^fpxT}(Tde orav 2as ^ptXH t

TLptttei va Tvpo(T(XJ)T€ orav rjvat. vypbs Kaipos. Uperrtt va ptivrjre

ioSt TO ppdbv, (ivai peydXtj Karaiyis. Aev

orav ^povra Kai dcrrpdiTTd, 'O oiipavos (ivai Kadapwrepos' dWa Btv

€irava€ aKOfit] va ^pe^V' Xtoi/ifft ds to. povvd, 'O 'YfiryrTos tivai

KtKciXvppfvos (TX(86v pfXP'- "^^^ irpon68a>v, 'H X'^'^C'^ fOTraaf ^Bpavae) oXa (tx^^ov ra jrapdBvpa iroWav oiKirnv, Koi fKorovTabts

ftucpuv 7rov\iS>v (nTrjvwv^ (vpeOrjaav yjrocfita (veicpo) tig tovs k^ttovs.

3mavu)s avp^ivn tovto 81s koto, tijv avrf/v &pav tov eirovf, Aci* 98 Modern Greek. eirpeirt va eKTtd^e ovra. A(v titpfnt va vndyrj rrjv vvKra ravrrjv'

§ 77. Irregular Verbs.

The Vernacular in the case of verbs ending in dya, tya (a/yw), myoa leaves out in the Plural and in the second person

Sing, not only the y but the vowel which follows it. Thus

Xeyw, I say, Xeyf tf or X«f, X«(y)et ; Xe(yo)/xf (i/), Xf (yf)rf , Xe'youfft

or \i{yov)v. Similarly, 7ra(y)ci), Tray, irdfi ; Ttufxtv, Trare, ndv{t). The following are the principal verbs, which form their tenses irregularly. There is no Middle Voice, the Perfect and Pluperfect are formed from the Aorist; the Second

Future is the same as the Aorist Subjunctive, thus the

Aorist is the only tense which in most cases need be given here.

Present. Verbs. 99

by loss of the f and metathesis become (J)^ya(oi>, (e)/3yaV(o,

(f)3yaXXa), to take out, ifx^d^a, (fj-QdWco, to bring in.

Present. English. Aorist.

^iv(o, chiefly used to go, f^rjv. compounded, as dva^iva, Kara-

^aivu), e^yatVo),

fiapivofxai (papeiov- to be weary, (^apvv6r]v (e^apf6r]i>), Fut ^a

A*at), to be bored, iSape^co, Partic. Perf. (/3«)/i;(t-

pf/xeVof.

/SXeTTO), to see, fldop.

j3oc7-(ca) {poaKfa -aY to pasture, f^6

^pfX<^t to moisten, t^pe^a. yrjpda-Ka, to grow old, (yrjpaaa.

yivofjuu to become, fyeiva or eytva,

Sayjcai/a) (Anc. SoKvo), to bite, fddyKoaa (PasS. e8^;^^i»).

cf. Tvyxdva),

hipva (Anc. S/pca, to beat, eSeipa, Pass. f8dpi}v, Part. Perf.

f to play), (Sf^Sap/xe^of. .

. BdKVVd), to show, c8ft|a.

, di8dcrKWy to teach, tdida^a,

i dtxopat, to receive, fdex^rjv.

t'So), to give, tB(oaa or eSwKa.

Bivapaiy to be able, rjdvvTjdtjp (i8vv^dr]v).

Exercise.

Have you seen Paul? he has Ei8«t< tov llavXov; iyrjpaat iroKv

grown old very fast, and rax^ois koL 6i\u va ytivrj Ka- wants to become a monk. \6yepos.

What a fearful day ! I am Ti rpopeph fjixepa I i^pdxnv oXor,

through, /** ^ wet and the dog 6 6e ctkuXos eSayKao-e. li has bitten me. n 2 lOO Modern Greek.

He beat me because I showed M* %h(ipt 8t

him his caricature and said ytXoioypacjilav tov, koI /** etn-t,

to me, ' I will teach you to * 6a ai 8i8a^a va /** ffinai(r}s' laugh at me.'

At what o'clock did you give Kara Trotav &pav tSwo-are rfiv

the letter to the messenger 1 cTrto-roXijv tov dg KOfuoTTjv ; because I did not get it till Start 8(v TTjv TKa^ov npb r^f

eight in the evening, and he 6yb6j)i TO ecriTfpas, Koi 8(v 6a

could not take more than fKupf ntpta-a-oTtpov dno (iKoat

twenty minutes coming. XfTrrd va fX6i}.

Present. English. Aorist.

(f )j3yati'

hit, epxopai, to come, ^X6ov, Imper. fX6f, TXdtTe, com-

monly TXa, fXare, Fut. dd (X6o}, fvpi(TK

f^Tf, fwo-t {^ovv), Cfj6i, (rjTa; (^re, {^Tjraa-av, tipiropS> ^ (e//7ropw), to be able, r}fnt6pf

T}^(vp(i> (f^fipw), to know, tj^tvpa.

6iXa>, to wish, T}6fXt]a-a.

dera, to place, f6taa.

' In Anc. Greek dnopfoi, to be at a loss, and (v-nopiw, to succeed, pros- per, are found, ^ftvopw is probably a corruption of the latter.

I Verbs. lOI

Present. 102 Modern Greek.

Very well, thanks, but I want IIoXi) Kaka, fix^aptara)^ aX\i

to sit down. 6f\

Do you know where Colonel Tvatp'i^tTf trov KaroiKel 6 avvray

R. lives? Near the Cafd fiaTdp)(i]S P ; I]\r](TLOV to\

Solon, I think. Ka(f)evfioV ^6\(ovos, vopi^ui.

Let us sit down here ; it is As KaB-qaapfV e'So)' eivai ttoXi

very hot walking about; the ^(orq va TTfpmaTi] ris' 6 ijXiai

sun has burnt up the trees. fKovae TO. 8fv8pa.

do you do ? What are Tl KdpVfT€ How J

you doing ]

I go every day to Phalerum. Ilrjyaivai Kaff fKadTTjv els Ti

I go out in a boat and ^dXrjpov' nrjyalvat fxe rr)

bathe. "Xfp^op Koi Kopvio \ovTp6v.

A capital plan, but take care IIoXv KoKa KapvfTf, aWa Trpoa

you are not drowned. The t^are (jltj TVViyTJTt. 'O avepo

wind blows tremendously TTveei, (K^ohpoTara iviore. sometimes.

Let us walk a little; you As TrfpiTraTTjcraipfV oXiyoV de

need not go far without f;^6Te dvdyKTiy va {rtrdyqi

sitting down. paKpav X^P'^ ''" iia6r]crT}T€,

Present. English. Aorist. itXaici), to cry, eK\av(Ta. Kptpva, Kpepu) -do, to hang up, (Kptpaira, Xap^va, to take, re- fXa^ov.

ceive,

XavSdvoftai (com- to be mis- i\av6dar6T)Vt mon \a6fva>, to taken,

err, eXa^ev

Xf'-yoj, to say, tmov, Subj. va (et)7ra), Imperat.

(ft)7r/ or {fl)n(s, Pass, (in

high style) eppedrjv. Part, pc

6(U, Perf. I'art. dprjpevos.

vddp to learn, (padov. Verbs. 103

Present. ;

104 Modern Greek.

pulled my hair. Be quiet, j8;;£f ra \x.ah\ia.—Ka^^(rnr«

or you shall both suffer for fia-u\a I aXXojf 6a nddtjTf ko

this. oi 8vo aas 8i avro,

Go straight through the town, nr/yaivt Kur fxiBdav tia r^t

and take the road to the 7t6K«os Koi, Triipe tiji/ irpos ra

left, which will bring you aptartpa oSov, iJTis 6a ui tps

to the railway station. You (h TOP aTa6fi6u tow criSi;

cannot make a mistake. Spofiov. Atv Tjpnopfls va ko-

ptjs Xddos.

How much do you get a Tt pia6bv Xap^dvfTf Kara prjva ; month? Only 300 francs Movov 300 (jipdyKa Kara

a month as Professor, but prjva COS KadrjyrjTrjs, dWa Ktp-

I make something more by 8i(a> uKoprj Kan Ti ypd(j)a>v di

writing for the papers. rets ((prjptpidas.

Get up, or I will send the Si^KO), aXXa>f 6d tov hi-

master with a stick. Do SdcTKaXov pi rfjv pd^buv.—'

you think I care for him % 'Sopi^fts OTi TOP (jio^oipai

The boat has stopped; will 'H Xtp^os (

they put us ashore 1 $i^da

Present. English. Verbs. 105

Present. io6 Modern Greek. tired, Kovpaajjitvos, tiresome, evoxKrjriKdg. the siege, fj TroXiopKia. wet, ^ptypfpog. a year ago, irph iv6s trovs. silly, fixopoi. the parcel, t6 dtpa. the post office, r6 Taxyhpofidov, the interests, ra

Exercise.

Atv inidiipo) V avc^S) rhv \6(f)ov arjpepop fitra p.trrr)ix^piav' fifiat

Kovpacrpfvos, "ETrpcTre va tov avayKaar^re v dpaipftrj) o, ti tin€,

'H TToXtopjcta ^p6r} (bifXvdr]) rrpo fvos fruvs. *E7^^rp«^^aTe poi » d(f)fj va to irapa els rf/v (iTi(rTpo(f)i]t pov, *A(})fj(raTf pt va (ftpovricra dvd vpav 8ia to. (rvp

BaXtre to KaOiapd eras irKrjaiov tov irapaBvpov. Ilrjyaivoi €X« aira{

TTJt f^8opa8oe. 'Yirdytre t/cei octoj' bvvacrOe avxvoTtpov, Tivtcra isoKv ivo)(\T)TiK6s, Eipai ^ptyptvos. 'EyrjpacraTe noXv Koi fiadt pcopos. 'Pirjft Tan fnidroXas Tavras fls to TaxySpopdoy, Ati^oV poi Ti dvaywaaKeis,

Vocabtilary.

I can, I could, bivapai : Aor. to sing, Tpayovba.

T]dvvrj6r]v (Lit.). fjpnopS) : to accompany, avvoSfva.

Aor. fjpnopea-a (Com.). exactly, just, lata taia, dxpi^as,

I will, I would, ^cXo), rjQekov or to refuse, dnonoiovpai.

r]6fkr]

I ought, 6(f)ti\(0, TrpeTTti, the country, rj i^oxh-

I must, irpenfi, dvayKa^opai. to use, treat, peraxeipi^opai.

I should, firperrf. the duty, to Kad^Kov.

information ^, «* 7r\r}po(f)opiai, however that may be, owwi

the affair, ^ vnodtais, Ka\ &v fXU-

the decision, ^ dn6(f)a(ns, to understand, Karakap^dva.

to yield, give in, eVSi'So). to allow, firiTpenai.

' Found in the New Testament, with meaning, fulness of assurance certainty, cf. i Thess. i. 5, Coloss. 2. 2, Heb. 6. 11. The verb w\Tjpoopft has in 2 Ep. Tim. 4. 5 the sense of ' to fulfil,' and in the Pass, of thing • to be fully believed,' Luke 1. 1. ; Prepositions. io7 to catch (a train), Trpo(f>ddvci>. what can have hecome of? H the misunderstanding, ^ naptv-

Exercise.

Uoioi arrh Trjv diT6

(iX^es f\6fi) pa(v pas fls ttjv 'Pa>pr)v. "Enpfne va (vbacra). 2v f/pTopt'is va (pyaa6r]s' to (vplaKca (ixapioTortpov va ae ffXtnto ep- ya^opfvov, 0a erpayovbovcraTe tav 6 8i8d(TKa\6s eras r/ro foS> Ota va aas

l\ov Tov OKoprf piav (popdv. Tt 6a fXfyef fav ijpxfTO arjpepov

'HBfXopev vjrdyei fls t^v f^oxrjv avpiov, iav r} d8f\(})r] pas 8ev rjadfvei.

"EKapfs io-ia taia to ivavriov d(f)^ o, ti enptTTf va Kaprjs. IlpeVet va p( d(f>T}

Xtyrj o, Tt ^f'Xff Kav(\s bev tov niaTfiifi. "Otto)? koi hv fxjj, 8iv

€ivai ISiKTi aov bovXfid (it's no business of your's). Aiv bvvapai va KaToXd^a) Ti ivvofi ypdffxov TOiavTrjv iiTKTToXijv. Aei/ Trpenei va to

«7rirpe\^)7. "Eirpfire va virdyrjs oTav crov fina' Ta>pa eivat dpya i:\fov.

'Eav 8ev iTpo(f)6d apd^r]S. UpfTTfi va xnrdpxjl Kappia TTcpfvvorjais ptra^v twj/. Tt va tytvf rh irathlov', eirpttrt va ^to «8w vpit pias Stpas. Eyw ff

dn(iroi6vpT]v, aXX' avTr) 8fv 8vvaTai v dpvTjdg TinoTf, Ti's 6a to

{tIs fjdtXe irurrevcTti iniaTtvt I to ;)

PARTICLES.

§ 78. Prepositions.

I. In Modern Greek many Prepositions govern other cases than in the Ancient language. — :

io8 Modern Greek.

2. The Accusative is often used instead of the Genitive and Dative.

3. There are 18 Prepositions, which may be divided into 5 classes : (i) 4 Prepositions which govern the Genitive. (2) 2 „ „ Dative.

(3) 3 »> „ Accusative. (4)6 „ „ Accusative or Gen-

itive. (5) 3 » n Accusative, Geni- tive, or Dative.

§ 70. Prepositions which govern the Genitive : irpo, dvri, fK, airo,

1. "irpi (does not drop the omicron before a vowel) : (a) of Time—before : ^\6ov ds ras 'A6r]vas irp6 rpimv (tS>v,

I came to Athens three years ago ; (larjKdt rrpo e/xoO, he entered before me ; npb ttoXXoO, a long time ago.

(6) of Place —in front of, before : 17 Atyiva KtWai. npo tov ntipaias, Aegina lies in front of the Piraeus. 2. dm—instead of, in exchange for: poi eSuKf yaierras {x(^Kov)dvT\ dpyvpav vopiarpdrcov, he gave me coppers in exchange for silver coins ; vTrrj-yt dvr tpov, he went instead of me. In composition dvrl has also the force of 'against'; as dtnUtipai, to be opposed to, to be set against. Followed by vd and the Subjunctive it means—instead of; as, dvri va imaTpeyjrD fidCs, instead of returning at once.

3. ^K, before a vowel e'l

(a) out of, from (of place) : as, f^^Xdtv (tV) tov Btdrpov, he came out of the theatre.

(6) made of, of : as, rb haKTvkibi dvai (K xpvaov, the ring is made of gold.

(c) from (cause, origin, agent) : as, dirtdavtv tK nvptrov, he died from fever. : ;; Prepositions. 109

((?) from (of time), since: as, i^ (K(ivf}g ttjs &pas, from that hour.

4. diro

(a) from, since (of time) : as, dvat «8« an6 rpimv i^Bo/iddav, he has been here tliree weeks (since three weeks).

(6) from (of place) : as, (({)vy(v duo ttjs olKtas rov, he fled from his house.

ano is frequently used with the Accusative : as, t6 rJKovtra

dir avTov, I heard it from him ; dno ^v\ov, made of wood

(^uXivor) ; dno rov 'lavovdpiov, 1 833, from January, 1833.

5. The following Adverbs can be used like Prepositions

with the Genitive case : fvtKa, on account of; avev, 8(';^a, 8ix

f**" ^.s, until without ; irXfjp, irdp($, except ; ptxPh ^XPh so xdpiv, for the sake of; ikto^v, dpdpta-a, among, in the middle

of, between ; 8ikt}v, like, as ; indva, over, upon ; vn-oKaro), below,

under; (pwpoaBtv or tfjurpos, before, in front of; oTrlaa, KaroTnv,

behind; Kovrd (from Byz. kovtos, short, cf. Kovrovpos, short-tailed,

Achmes. I53)» nXrjo-lov, near; 6 Xoyvpa, Tpiyipw, round about;

dvTiKpi (vern. dyvdvria), opposite to ; /xnft, with ; npiu, before. These words are generally followed by tls or dno with the Accusative, and bear the meaning of the above-mentioned

prepositions—upon, under, before, etc. Ex. : 'EKadtfro ttXtjo-Iov fls TovTov TOP aphpa, he sat near this man. Before the mono- syllable pronouns, the demonstrative pronouns, and a few other cases, they can however be followed by the Genitive,

without any intermediate preposition. Ex. fKadrjTo irXrjaiov

p.a^v /iov, ; irp\p fiov, he sat near me ; with me toC ;(e(/ioM'or, before the winter.

§ 80. Prepositions which govern the Dative : eV, avp.

iv, in : as, cV avTjj rfj x^P9y ^^ this country. Replaced in common language by tls with Accusative.

aok, with (lit.) : (generally replaced by fitrd or pt), as, oiKoyfveia dptx^pw^ ^^ ''il tov, he went away with his family vvy e«w, by the help of God. : : no Modern Greek.

§ 81. Prepositions which govern the Accusative : «<$•, ova, fie.

1. CIS :

to, towards, in, into, at : as, 6a xmdya tls Tfjv IloXiv, I shall go to Constantinople (Stamboul) : 6a ^fxai tU ttjv oIkiop ivros fvos TfTaprov, I shall be at home in a quarter of an hour.

Used in an elliptical construction with the Genitive : as,

6a (TVVaTTavTr)6a>fjL(v tls tov vnovpyov, for, 6a avvanavTT)6a)fi(v (Is rfjv oiKiav TOV vnovpyov, we shall meet at the minister's.

2. avd

(a) up, upstream : as, 7rXe« dva (t6v) norapov, I sail up the river.

(b) by (signifying divisions): as, abtvaav dva Tfaa-npas, they marched by fours.

3. (ic, the common form of utrd, is always followed by the

Accusative—with, together with : as, fie Trjv 6vyaTepa tov, with his daughter ; eKrinrja-e to SXoyov fie ttjp pd^bov tov, he struck the horse with his stick.

§ 82. Prepositions which govern the Genitive and Accu- sative : p-eTd, nepi, 8ta, vtto, KaTd, xmep,

1. (icrd :

(a) With Genitive—with, together with: as, fieTo. tUv dbe\(f)(bu tov, (or, fui(\ pe tovs dbiKcfioiis tov), with his brothers.

(6) With Accusative—after (of time) : as, ptTo. ravra, after this ; pera Tpels prfvas, after three months. 2. irepi (does not drop the eota before a vowel)

(a) With Genitive—about, regarding : as, opiXovptp ntpl TOV ^aaiKecDs, we are talking about the king.

(6) With A ccusative—round, about (of time and place) : as, vnriyov ecfji-mros Ttepl ttjv 'AKponoXiv, I rode round the Acropolis.

3. Bid (vulgar form yid) : (a) With Genitive—through, by means of: as, ^Xenopei, biu tS)v 6(f)ddXp.S>v, we see with our eyes. : 1; Prepositions. 1 1

(J) Of place, motion : as, hva t^j TroXeaj, thi-ough the city; hia BahaatTTjs, by sea ; 8ia r^s yiaa-araXias, via Marseilles,

(c) With Accusative—on account of, for the sake of: as, eraf dyaTTw 8ia ttju fxryrepa aas (or X^P'" ''^^ firjTpos craj), I love you for your mother's sake ; iparci 8id nva, I ask for some one

Tov inaivSi hia ttjv diaycoyrjv tov, I |)raise him for his conduct

fiia Ti ; Why 1 On what account ]

(d) In the direction, for : as, 6a dvaxatpfjcra) avpiov Sia ttjv TaK\lav, I shall start to-morrow for France.

(e) Followed by va and the Subjunctive—for the purpose

of, in order to : as, (ptpert poi vepbv feoToj» bia va ^vpiaOw, bring me hot water that I may shave.

4. uTTo

(a) With Genitive—by (agent) : as, to fii^Xlov elvat ytypap.- fifvov vno TOV Ka6r)yr]Tov, the book is written by the professor.

(6) With Accusative—under (of place) : as, t6 Biarpov tov

Aiovva-ov ('BdK)(Ov) dvai invo Ttjv 'AKpoTToXiv, or, vno Kara dno ttjv

'AKp6no\iv, the theatre of Dionysus (Bacchus) is under the Acropolis.

(c) Under (of rule or sovereignty) : as, at 'IvStut tivai Inb

TT}v BaaiXia-aav ttjs 'AyyXias, India is Under the Queen of England.

[d) Upon, on (of conditions) : inh tovs Spovs tovtovs, on these conditions.

5. Kord :

(a) With Genitive—against : as, S dpxriyos t^? dvTino\iT(v- a-(ats fKap.( \6yov kuto tov inovpyflov, the leader of the opposition made a speech against the ministry.

(6) Down to, down on : as, enfat koto yrjs, he fell to the ground.

(c) With A ccusative—according to : as, dvai dpiarovpyrfpa KOTa Tfjv yraprju pov, or, Kar ipf, it is a masterpiece to my mind ; KaTa Tag ntpiaTdaus, according to circumstances. a ::

II Modern Greek.

(d) With Accusative —at (in point of time) : &s,€ytvvTi6r] KOT fKfivov Tov xp^vov, liG was born at that time.

6. uTT^p

(a) With Genitive for, — in favour of (opposed to Kara) : as, «a/xf \6yov iirtp rfjs 'AyyXiai, he spoke in favour of Eng- land ; vnfp irarplSos, for his country, With Accusative (6) — over (motion) : ix'^PW^*' ^^^p 'ra f(rKafifi€Pa, he exceeded the bounds of decency ^.

(c) Over, more than : as, firj Siafifivtjrf virep ras rptts Stpm, do not stay more than three hours.

§ 83. Prepositions, which govern the Genitive, Dative, and Accusative : irapa, tm, npos.

I. irapd

(a) With Genitive—from, by (agent) : as, eXadov Sapov nap' aiiTov or an avrop, I received a present from him ; eypdcpr) Trap' aiirov, it was written by him.

(6) With Dative—by, with, and at the house of : as, ij apert) Kadtarq f/pas dyanrjTovs napa dea Kal dvBpwnois, virtue renders us beloved both by God and by men.

(c) With Accusative—near: as, napa rfip BoKacraav, near the sea.

(d) With Accusative—against, in contravention of: as, enpa^f napa rrjv ovvdfjKijv, he acted in contravention of the treaty.

(e) With Accusative—less, minus : as, tig ras oicrm napa 8€Ka Xenrd, at ten minutes to eight.

' This expression is interesting. In A no. Greek tnrip rcL fffKanpeva aWecrOai, meant to overleap the mark (Plato, Cratylus), tcL tOKapfiiva is generally interpreted 'a trench as the limit of the leap of the irtvraexoi' but the Modem Greek phrase would rather sug^'est that the meaning was the same as t6 cxdnfta,—a place dug out and made soft for the leapers tc slight on.

I Prepositions. 113

2. litl'.

fVi (a) Wi(h Genitive—upon, (rest) : as, ^ ((fuj^fpis Ktlrai

TTJs Tpane(T]tf the newspaper lies upon the table.

(6) In the time of, under (of government, or king) : as,

^ fj.fyd\r] iravmKrjs Tov Aov8ivov crvvf^r) tVi KapuXov B', the great plague of London occurred in the time of Charles II.

r/rl (c) With Dative—on account of, for, on : as, Xwrrov/Ltai

Tji da-Btvfia eras, I grieve on account of your illness ; eVt toutw, whereupon, upon tliis. {d) With Accusative—on, upon, down on (implying motion) : as, tppi^t t6 nui8\ tm to tdacftos, he dashed the child on the ground.

(e) During : as, fVl uapavra rjjxtpas Sec ((payf Kptas, during forty days he did not eat meat.

3. irpos: (a) With Genitive—(elliptical construction) for the sake of, by : as, npbs Qtov, for God's sake.

(6) With Dative—in addition to : as, npbs toIs aWois pds tint, in addition to other things, he told us.

(c) With Accusative — to, or towards: as, dnerddrj irpos tfif, he addressed himself to me ; dirjvdvvdr] npos ttjv BovXrjv, he went towards the Chamber

§ 84. Remakks on the Prepositions.

. Prepositions (except tv, tls, «) are oxytone before their after their case many are paroxytone, but in Modern k they are seldom found in this position. 2. All Prepositions may be compounded with Verbs.

3. "When followed or compounded with a word beginning writh a vowel, prepositions drop their final vowel. IIpo and irtpi are exceptions to this rule. If the word has a rough breathing, t and n final are changed to 6 and ^. I 114 Modern Greek.

In composition : «V aiiv 4. — and change their final i» to ^ before 3, tt, <^, \^, to y before y, »e, Xi I, aiid before X, /x, p, o- to these letters. N.B. "When avv precedes f, or o- followed by another consonant, the final v is dropped : but with iv the final V is retained. Ex. ^ o-vfijr^o-tr, the debate ; (vantipa, to I instil.

Exercise.

I lean against the wall. 'S.Trfpi^ofiai (Is Tov Tolxov.

Close to the sea. Kovra (nXrjcrlov,

6aka

From what illness did he Ano itoiav d

die ? From fever. E(C nvperov.

I know him by his voice. Tov yvapi^co ano rrfv (Jxovtjv

On November 12. Tr/p 8ct>8(KaTr}u roi) 'Noep^plov,

I do not care about that. Aev pi /ie'Xet Si' avTO.

They borrowed money at 30 E.bav(ia6rj(Tav ^fjpara irpos rpv

per cent, on their monthly cLKovra Tots eKarov Trpo(^o(piX.r}'

wages. (Tames tov ptjvialov purBov twi^

I rely upon you and your Baffi^opai els eVe /cat (Is rr/i

promise. imocrxfo'iv aov.

After the rain, the sun ap- Y(jT(pa ano rqv ^po^riv (ti pears. v(Tai 6 ^los.

For three weeks, two months. Aia rpfis (^8opd8as, 8va pijvas.

In Ancient Greek aud Mo- 'Apxaia 'EXXijwfca Koi N/a 'EXXij-

dern Greek. viKa /cat v(o('KKr}viKa (vemar

cular, Pcu/xau/ca).

A quarter to eight. 0/cro) napa rirapTov.

I come from England. Epxopai dnb rfiv 'AyyXlav (h

T^s 'AyyXt'aj).

Outside the town. E^w ano r^v noXiv or (ktos ryi

TToXecof.

Nobody except you. Kavfvas (ktos crov. Prepositions* 115

Yesterday I was at your *X^

TO i>po\6yi6v iiov /tn^i'

me. fiov.

Be took him by the hair. Top (TTtaa-fv arrh ra fiaXXtd.

Death for the fatherland. '0 VTTfp narplbos Qavaros.

For the present .... for the Kara to napov . . . , tov XoiwoC Or

future however. tlTTO TOvbf Koi fls TO f^qS, .

His love towards me. H npos ffJif aydnr] tov. ^bout 9 o'clock. Hepl Tas ivvia,

Inside the town. *Ewos TTjs TToXco); {jj.io'a tts rifv

TToXip).

On the table. 'ETrdvo) (Is TO Tpani^t (ejri t^s Tpan(Cls)'

wonder at that. AnopSt St* airro,

Che money changers asked a Mlau 8pa)(pf]v ittpiiiKfOv f^rfrovv

draclime too much for 01 dpyvpapoi^ol did Kadf XP^~ every gold piece. aovv vopurpa.

Cvery two days, Kddf dvo) fiptpcts,

iefore the door. Upo Trig 6vpas, fpiirpos els ttjU

Ovpav.

•"ive minutes to twelve. Am8(Ka napa nivTt (XeTrrd).

k.t that time. Etf or Kara tov Kaipov (K(Ivov.

!liey sell the oka (about To iTdiKovv or TrwXctrot npos btKa

3 lbs.) at I o drachmae. dpaxpMs TT^v oKav,

Vocabulary.

) run, Tp(x

le wisdom, fj aroia. marble, t6 pAppapov,

16 integrity, fj tipiottjs. the shop, TO paya^eiov, to fp~

pright, honest, Tipios, yaaTTjpiov.

W prison, fj (f>v\aKrj, the cage, 6 kX«]36s (to kXw/Si'oi'). I 2 1 ;

1 6 Modern Greek.

to draw caricatures, (cd/xv« the sponge, 6 (nroyyof. be quick, ypfjyopa. mind your own business, kvt- the corner, 17 yavia,

Ta^f TTjiv'^ bovKfia(v)

the police, 17 darvvonia. my wife, ^ av^vyos fioo.

to wipe out, (|aXe((u.

Exercise.

He ran up the hill, "Why are you always speaking against me and in favour of my rival] Because in my opinion

(according to me) he is far above you in wisdom and in-

tegrity. What do you know about wisdom 1 In two years' time, you shall be in prison with your wise and upright friend. Go through the town, and look towards the East on the hill you will see a house with marble walls. In the

shop was a man in a cage, and beside it two black slaves.

It is against the law to draw caricatures on the wall. Mind

your own business ; the house was built by me, and I shall

put anything I like upon the walls or inside it, on the top

or underneath it. The police are coming. Quick 1 give me

something to wipe it out. Come and stand in front of it to

hide it from the eye of the law. Throw me a sponge out of the window. For goodness' sake, be quick, or they will be round the corner. I shall be bound with chains and torn from my wife and family.

§ 85. ADVERBS.

I. Adverbs of Manner and of Kind.

Those Adverbs of Manner and of Kind which are formed

from Adjectives have already been mentioned in § 40. Of the rest the following are the most important. 7

Adverbs. 1 1 aXXccdf, otherwise.

Xaa, straight ; Ex. Go straight up, Ujjyaivt to-a inava. taa, itra, or tana, lo-tn, exactly.

(Tai, thus (ovTui). fTai K fTtrt, pretty well, so so. Ex. How are you ? ns>s

flvOf ; Pretty well, ero-t < frai. ncos, how.

Kadas, «f, on-cos, thus, as.

§ 86. Adverbs of Time.

x6(s, yesterday.

(TTjiMfpov, to-day.

avpiov, to-morrow. npoxSis, the day before yesterday (used for any recent day).

fudavpiov, the day after to-morrow (used for any inter- mediate future day). ajrd^e, this evening. e^eVof, this year.

irtpva-i, last year.

Tov xpoyov, next year.

iTore, never. Ex. -noTe p.ov, never in my life.

TTOTt ; when ?

irdvTore, always. * Tore, then. Tapa, or Topa, now.

(Is TO f^TJs, for the future. €i6vs, immediately.

uptaas, immediately, at once. aKopr], yet.

ciXoefa, oXovev^ Continually, incessantly. - liS Modern Greek.

§ 87. Aiverhi of Place.

oirov, TTov, where. navTov, everywhere.

fSco, (VTfiOfv, here, hence.

cKfi, fKfidev, there, thence. ava, tnava, up, above. Kara, down. Under, below.

ftfra^v, between, among.

fioKpav, far.

fftTipos, forward, before.

oTTtVo), behind.

eWo'y, ;xe(ra, inside, within.

tKTQs, besides, outside, without.

Tikqcrlov, near.

Adverbs of place have the following terminations • —

(a) 6i, rest in a place, avr66i, there.

(6) 6(v, motion from, 'HX^of (KfWtv, I came thence,

(c) a-f, and 8f, motion towards, 'YTrrjya (Ktlcrt, (trnevaa

oi(caS«, I went thither, I hurried towards home.

§ 88. Miseellaneotts Adverbs,

vat, yes.

fiakia-ra, certainly.

Sxi, no ; oxt 8a, no indeed. bfv, not (with Indicative).

(ifi, not (with other moods and the Verb Infinite).

TToXv, napa ttoXv, much, too much,

(Txf^ov, nearly.

trcos, perhaps.

Kav, for Koi au, at least, even. ——

Conjunctions. 119

frX/oi/, more. Ex. AtV fjfinopco 7r\(ov va npoxap^a-u), I can go on no more.

troAtj', again.

\iav, very. TO £x. 'Yirfiyfre ; have you been ? Nat', yes. AivaaSe va

KafiTjTf ; can you do it 1 MaXia-ra, certainly. t6 eKofiert ; did you do it 1 "Oxi, no. Aiv to fKafta, I did not do it. M^ to

Kdfir)s, do not do it. Uapa TToXw oKpi^d, too dear. 'Iiras 6a

(K0rj, perhaps he will come. Eivat \iav oTrXovs, he is very simple.

OiiBf Kav ((}>dvTi, he did not even appear.

§ 89. Conjunctions.

Kal, and.

if Kai, though, although. ovT(—ovTf, neither—nor. ov8f, neither, nor (emphatic).

nrjTf—fif)Tt, neither—nor. Hfu—be, indeed —but.

6 nev—6 fit, the one—the other. aX\a, but.

ofi(os, however ; olx ^ttov Sfiws, nevertheless.

(dv, nv, if. 'Edv and orav with both Indicative and Subjunctive in Modern Greek.

$ ^, either—or. etTf f'tre, either—or. oTav, when.

ore, when (with the Indicative),

ciuf, until.

irpiv, before (always followed by the Subjunctive).

d(p^ ov, d(})ov, since.

tV «, fvcp, whilst.

a^.a, as soon as.

iioTi, because. 120 Modern Greek,

SxTTf, so that.

iva, that.

va, that (followed hy Subjunctive).

Ex. de\a> va Xva (Anc. 6(\

With the Imperfect it expresses a desire. Ex. Sa tKOfi^tp ainro, Oh, that he would do that.

oTi, that.

ona>s, in order that.

fiTj, lest, that not.

The particles ydp and oSv are now never used in con- versation.

§ 90. Intekjections.

Tt Kpifia, what a pity.

fia Tov Aw, by Jupiter.

Kuvfiivf, poor fellow.

av6f]Tf, you fool.

"Xafinpa, splendid.

tvyt, well done.

finpa^o, bravo.

ZfjTca, hurrah.

ZfiTcaaav ot Baa-iXels, long live the King and Queen.

W apaia nov thai, how beautiful it is.

§ 01. Remarks on the Peculiaeities of Modern Greek Syntax.

The cultivated language for the most part preserves the grammatical forms of the classical period. The relation of

Modern to Classical Greek is most ably treated of in Ap- pendix II. Only the more ordinary cases, where the Modein form differs from the Ancient, will be noted below. The Cases. 121

§ 02. The Article.

1. There is no indefinite Article. In conversation its

place is sometimes filled by ««, \i\.a, ev, or by the indefinite

* Pronoun, tIs. Some ' (partitive) is not translated : as, give

me some bread, 8dr /xot ^/rw/ii, or boi fwi okiyov ^ufiL I have no

bread, otv ?)(ci) i^co/xi.

2. If the Adjective precedes the Substantive, the definite

article is placed before the two ; if the Adjective follows the

Substantive, the definite article is repeated before each : as,

17 i)pala yvvT] or r) yvvr] t] (opala (emphatic), the beautiful woman.

3. If a demonstrative Pronoun {alroi, eKtivos) precedes the

Substantive, the definite Article stands between the two : as,

(Kflvos 6 av6pumoi, that man. *OXov and nas when used in tlie

' sense of all ' follow the same rule.

4. Names of Persons, Cities, Countries, are generally

preceded by the definite Article : as, 6 Kvpior OidbbiyKTutv,

; Monsieur Waddington ; ^ Kvnpos, t6 Aovdlvov, Lon-

don 3 6 (TviTayflorap\i]s OvaiT, Colonel White.

5. In writing, all the words which depend upon a sub-

stantive can be inserted between it and the Article : as, rj

iT(p\ ^s 6 Xoyor fniTponTj, the commission in question. In the same manner dependent words can be inserted

between a substantive and a participle : as, yvvaiKo {yvvrj)

iv Ttj xr)p(ia biareXovaa, a woman continuing in widowhood.

6. The Article is often used in the place of airor, oit^, avro,

he, she, it : as, to (^6ptfx.d tov, his coat ; roij fina, I told him.

In these cases the Article is properly a curtailed form of airos, but no sign is used to denote this

§ 93. The Cases.

I. In Modern Greek the Prepositions are often used to express the force of the Genitive or Dative. The Genitive [23 Modern Greek. is replaced by ano or /^e with the Accusative, and the Dative by ets with the Accusative : as, tXni ro <»? rov vTrqpfTriv, tell it to the servant.

2. The Accusative* sometimes stands in the place of the

Dative : as, /i« (he, he told me, for fxol eint. The Genitive fiov is also employed in the vernacular; as, fxov fine.

3. The Nominative is sometimes employed, where we use the Genitive : as, eva ^ovKuXt Kpaai, a bottle of wine ; tva ^(vydpi ydvTia, a pair of gloves.

4. The Genitive Absolute is used in writing but not in conversation.

§ 94. The Adjective.

1. The Adjective stands before the Substantive, with which it agrees, except when the two together form the Predicate.

Even then, the Adjective usually stands first, as, 6 icaXof avdpcoTTOS, the 6 xmripirrji flvM KoKos avdpconos, or good man J avdpairos Ka\6s.

2. If an Adjective stands without a Substantive, avSpanos, a man, is understood if it is Masculine ; npaypa, a thing, if it is Neuter. Ex. ot irXoiaioi, the rich men ; eivai Svo-koXov, it is a difficult thing.

3. In the written language the Comparative is followed by the Genitive or by napd ; as, eipai KaXl^irepos eKeivov, I am better than that man. In the spoken language the Com- parative is generally followed by otto, with the Accusative,

as, o (fiiKos aas fivai v-^j^rjXorepos air eKeivov, your friend is taller than that man.

4. The Comparative is joined to Verbs by the words, nap

* A very common phrase is, N

o rt, nap otrov, a(ji* o ri, d(f> oa-ov, as, tiuai KaWlrrpog avdpconos nap' o Ti aroxdCtaBf, he is a better man than you imagine.

§ 95. The Numerals

1. When Numerals (up to 12) are employed in the Femi- nine, cipa, hour, o'clock, is understood, as, ds rfjv plav {copav), at one o'clock ; fls rag 6kto> (&pas), at eight o'clock.

2. To denote a date they are put in the Neuter Plural

(fTT), years, understood), as fls ra ;f/Xta oKTOKoaia Trfvfjvra enrd

{fTTj), in 1857 ; or, in more elevated language, kuto. to ;^tXto<7Tow

OKTaKocriocrrop irtvrqKoarov t^bopov eros.

3. x'^'<»f> ft thousand, is properly a Substantive, and governs the Genitive, as, rpfts x*^'"^*f dvdpcmcov, but it is frequently used as a Numeral Adjective, as, rp«s :t»XtaSer avdpanoi, three thousand men.

§ 06. The Pronouns.

1. The Personal Pronouns are only used before the Verb, when special emphasis has to be laid on the person, as, ryot) TO (Kapa o^t fKflvos, I did it, not that man.

2. Tlie monosyllabic Personal Pronouns {pov, pi, etc.) are placed before the Verb, unless it is in the Imperative, as, o-e f?5e, he saw you ; but n^jjo-c pt, let me alone.

3. If two such Pronouns are employed in the same sen- tence, one in the Accusative and the other in the Genitive or

Dative, the one in the Accusative is placed last, as, bos pol to, give it me.

4. In the Compound Tenses these Pronouns are placed before €x<". but between ffeXo) and the Verb, as, tov fx<^ tlnti, I have told him ; 6fKa> tov fXnfi, I will tell him. They are also placed between the Particles, 6d, av, pi), hev, as, vd, and the

Verb, as, 6a to Kapa, I will do it; &s t6 Xd^rj, let him take it. 134 Modern Greek.

5. The Possessive Pronouns can either follow the Substan- tive they depend on, or stand between the Adjective and the

Substantive, as, 6 navpos (tkvXos fxov, or, 6 fiavpoi fiov (tkvXos, my black dog. 6. The Relative Pronoun agrees in Gender, Number, and

Person with its antecedent, but in Case it belongs to its own clause, as, 6 avdpanos, top ottoIov (hioi^av, the man whom they sent away ; iya, oarn fKapa Toxiro, I, who did this,

7. What ! How ! are expressed by ri (indecl.), as, ri iapaia

6ia ! "What a beautiful view ! t» \ap.np6v ! How splendid !

8. Some one (indef.) can be rendered by rls (indef.), as, pLoi tme Tis, some one told me, I was told. The more usual rendering is by the third person singular passive, as, Xeyerat, it is said, or, the third person plural active, as, \eyovai, they say.

9. As in French, the Negative Pronouns, Kavtts (contrac- tion of Koi-av-fls), nobody, somebody, norf, never, rlnort, nothing, require a second negation with the Verb, as, biv tKapxi rinoTf, I did nothing; Kavtis 8ev Bvvarai, no one can.

I o. ' None,' * no,' have not an exact equivalent in Greek.

The sentence must be turned ; as, I have no money, SeV exa

II. It is worthy of notice that in the Modern Forms

(fieva for ffjif and eVeVa for ae the original p of the Accusa- tive is preserved. This v may represent the Sanscrit m, as, mam, tvdm ; but it is more probably a false analogy from ovSeva.

§ 97. The Veeb.

1. In Modem Greek there is no Middle Voice, but the Passive has in some cases a Reflexive and in others a Reci- procal force, as (l) viirrofiai, I wash myself; (2) dyan

2. Neuter Verbs are both Active and Passive in form, but . ;

The Verb. 125

cannot govern an object in the Accusative, tpxcfiai, I come

irqyaivo), I go.

3. The Ancient Infinitive is rendered by vd and the Sub- junctive, or by oTt and the Indicative. Thus GeXa ekfftlv is

rendered 6f\

Only monosyllables can stand between vd, 6a, as, biv, n^, and the Verb.

4. The Participles are much less frequently used. The

language is more analytic. Thus (pxofj.(vos fl8op is rendered

orav f)px6nT}v (ibov ; but in some phrases the relative Pronoun

and the Indicative in English is rendered by the Participle

in Greek. The man who bears this letter, 6 (f}€p

fniarokrjv rairrrjp.

5. The distinction between the Tenses formed from the Present Stem (viz. the Imperfect, First Future, and First Conditional) and those formed from the Aorist Stem (viz. the Aorist, Second Future, and Second Conditional) must be carefully observed. The former have reference to repeated or continued action, the latter to an action to be performed once.

Ex. da Trrjyaiva (First Future) (Is rfjv 'A/cpojroXti' Kaff fKaa-Trjp,

I shall go to the Acropolis every day ; 6a im-oya (Second

Future) arjpepov tls tijj/ Tpdnt^av, I shall go to the Bank to-

day (once) ; typa^ov (Imp.) orav flafi\6t, I was writing when

he came in ; rjyip6r}v (Aor.) orav fla-ri\6t, I rose when he came in.

6. The Perfect is very seldom employed. The Aorist and Imperfect denote all stages of past time, thus, I have been four times, and, I went four times, are both translated by

the Aorist, vTtTJya rerpoKis.

ttv is 7 The negative only used with the Indicative ; p.^ with the other Moods and with the Participles. 126 Modern Greek,

Exercises on the Foregoing Rules of Syntax.

TO APGPON.

©f'Xo) okiyo '^dpi, tfp divaral rn va (fxiyrj fitpiSa ins avT'^P,

Atv Bvvajxai pa aov doxra avfi^ovXrjv riva. Tipos fipcu to apdlop

fKtiPO fiaipov akoyop, to mroiop ^XtTTti tis Kaff fKacTTrjp (Jjpfpap) fls

TOP bpopop tS)p llaTtjcriatv ' To yl^apop^ akoyop dpijKfi fls fpa d^ia>fia-

TiKOP Tov nvpo^qXiKov, * aWd Sep (i8op to /xavpop, Aiari dtp dyopd-

fcTe T^v oIkiov fKfiptfP (}>i\os e8S> ttjp J 'O 6a fjyopa^fp tap fix* to

XptjfiaTa aras. 'O k, Kovp,ovp8ovpos (ipai npudvTrovpyos, Ka\ 6 k, ArjXi- yidpprjs vnovpyos t5>p f^aTtptKap^ (1879). 'O Bopv^os T^f 6aXdavr]S.

'O av6p(x)TTOs 6 OTTolos /i^vft tls TTjP otKiaf fipai avp^das fvrvxris.

'H fPfpyfia Tfjs TovpKias Ka\ r) tcop Avpdpewp ttrxop fnippoijv inX

TovTov, O (rv^vyos ttjs (j)fp(Tai iroXv aaxfjpa.* ivpbs ra TfKva tov.

II.

HAPATHPHSEIS EDI TON lIT02Ei2N.

H X«/i/3os^ TjTO yf/idnj {jiXrjprjs^ VfpoVy axTTf tbaKa fiiap irorca-

ovpa^ {fp pdKTpopf fls TOP xmripfTTjp koI tov tinop pa ttjp cTToyyiajj.

Ta p,dXXipa

iipiXrjaa, dXXd Stp fjdfXrjaf p dnoKpidrj fls ipf. 'YTTTjpeTrjaf rpia

fTTf fls TOP OTpaTOP Koi TOTf fifTfTfdr]^ fls TTIP ((fifbpfiau. UXrjpaat

TOP dpa^dp 8vo (f>pdyKa Ka\ pjxro t^v mpav. O difpprjptvs* f^Tft f$

(fipdyKa rT)P rjfifpap. Hoias fjXiKias fiuai 6 Aidboxos ] Eifat fphtKa

fToip. E;^€Te fpa ^evydpi vnobrjpaTa^* pa fit Sapfiatyrtl

' Grey. " Artillery oflBcer. • Minister of Foreign Affairs. * Be- haves very badly. * The boat. • A mop (Turkish). ' Coolest. * Was transferred. • The interpreter, cicerone.. *• A pair of boots. ;

Exercises on Rules of Syntax, 127

ni, EniGETA.

'O \LtyaKoi jxavpos tricvKog tlvai Kakos (f)v\a§. OJ apxcuoi Kpl*

^ vovrai imo Tti/av ort iiTTJp^av fjpideoi. . Ot

KOfivovv pupias fPiore. EiVcu noXv fxaKpvrtpa dno Bpfintcriov fis

'AXf^dvBpfiav fj UTT 'Adrjvav. Eifat KoXkiTfpov va vndyj] Tis 8ia

^rjpas* fj 8ia BaXdairrjs. Ta drponXota ttjs TaKXiKrjs eVatpi'as' eivai

KoXXiTtpa tS)v aXXav (Taipiap. Oi 6po/iot Ttjs KiovaTavTivovTroXfus tlvai voXv Ppanepoi* (^aKuOapToi).

IV. APieMHTIKA.

fivat "Eivai TeVcrapey. 'ExrvTr/jaei' Ka\ (^pttrtiav) Tt &pa J 1^ fua^ J MaXtara jrpo fjfuafias (opas. Kara iroiov tros fyfPVTjdr] 6 Hirr',

Ets TO \iXia inraKocria irev^vra ivvia Koi eyeive TrpaBimovpyos (Is ra

;(iXia (irraKocria oyborjKovTa reaaapa, Ei/cocri pi^iXidfies cTpaTov

tjbvvcuno va bia^Sxn ra aivopa,

V. ANTQNYMIAL

las X/yo), Kvpif, on ey« irptnti, va XajSca to xpfjpara^ kcu oxt fKelvos.

'O^i, d(f)fVTr],' eya (Kapa oXt]v ttjv fpyaaiav, Avros poi (vntv ort

trii TO *ix^s 8ft)

^vaKTvnf](Ta).'' ©a tov (paxaipcova,^ dXXd pe (paxaipaxTfv avros

irpcoTos. To pavpov (^opfpd pov fivai atcoviapfvov.* To SaicruXt'St,

TO OTTOioi' eSoxra fls ttjv d8(X(f>rjv pov ftckdirr}.^^ *E/xt, 6 onolos eicapa

itdv hC ! t6 avTovs, ptraxdpi^ovraL TocovTorpoiras I Ti apaia irpaia

Tt KoXos avdpmnos irov eii'ai ! OibiiroTf "^eCdfTai, aXX' al irXrjpo-

(fwpiai^^ TOV fivai aTfXtls. Aev TXa^ov tiriaToXas urjpfpov.

* Are regarded. ' By land (literally, dry). ' Messageries Mari- times. * Dirty, foul. * That I ought to receive the money, • Master

a corruption of aiOfVTrjs ; adopted by the Turks as a title and re-intro- dnced by them into Greece. ^ I will hit you back. • To stab with a kiufe. * Dusty. ^ Has been stolen. ^^ His information is incomplete. 128 Modern Greek.

VI.

PHMATA.

'Ew-VTr^^v' iv w tnai^a (or Trat'fw*') to cricket. 'H/xTropov^fv ^a fior)0a>iifp dWr)\ovs (por]da>fif6a) tav <7V fifivrjS ttkttos. IlTjyaLvei vii (TVfi^ovkfvdfi Tov larpov. "HKovcra on biu tivai KoKd, axrvf rjkOov va fptoTTja-oi TTfpl aiiTov. Qa nrjyaivrfre^ tts to Btarpov rov ^fipmva

TovTovi *0x' ''^oXii frvx^d, 0a rwayto' avpiov ro fcmtpas va iSw ' II TrOVatore' kot f^aipfo-tv.* AiapKova-ris rrjs tnavatTrdtTtas'^ oi

*E\X»;i'«r firoXtprjcrav ytwaicos. 'O nv6pa>nos, 6 onolos (kr]

(Ivai 6 TpantCiTrjs pov. Aupxcrai rtr tov Kmpov rov evx'^piarcos rrat'fwv iridvo (KktiboKvp^aiXov). "E^w ypdyj/d (ey/iat^a) (Is tov iv

AofSt'fO) vpdKTopd'' pov. "Eypayf/a ar]pfpov fr/roii' irfpiaaoTfpa XP^poTO. hiyovcriv oTt 6a o-vp^rj noXiTiKr) Kpiais. AtaSt'Sfrat * oti

6 npecr^vs iv KcovcrTavTivovnoKfi TraprjTTjdrj Ka\ on avriKaTfarddq

VTTO TOV A. Kanoios po\ dnev on ^a6e els tov x^pov ttjv napeXBovcrav vvKTa, 'A

VII.

nPOGESEIS.

Uriyawe tts rh BiaTpov dvr ipov. *0;^i, (vxapia-Tto, t(v 6a ff(\6co eK Trjs oIkios tvtKa tov yj/^ixovs. 'Earddrj irpo tov (piroptKOv (ot/cou)'

KoL fTpdfiri^e to. pdK\id tov, ftrfiTa St Tpt^as koto, tov toixov f

^prjv "EWijv ; Miav Tiprjv, Kvpit, fxopfv St' oXovs. KaXa, No/xtfa)

^^ on 1 2 <^pdyKa ttjv fjpfpav 8t o\a elvai apKerd. Aev irXrjpovoi irepteraoTtpa. BaX« rd wpdypaTa ^^ pov tU ttjv apa^av.

^ I was struck. ' Faithful. ' Note the force of the two tenses. * As an exception. ' During the Revolution. Genitive Absolute. • Who was robbed. '' My agent. * It is reported. * Shop. '• Than you would ask. " For all. " Put my things. — Prosody. i'29

§ 98. Prosody.

T. In speaking, the Greeks emphasize and prolong the accented syllable, to the exclusion of any diflference in dura- tion between long and short vowels. The Prosody of Modern

Greek is founded upon this practice.

2. Accented syllables are treated as long, with the ex- ception of a few monosyllables, where the accent is not pronounced. Unaccented syllables are treated as short.

Thus avTo? is considered an iambus (*-»-).

^

avdpanos is considered a dactyl (-"^iv^).

fvyfvf]i is considered an anapaest (^v.^).

3. The principal and more simple ancient metres are used by the Greek ])oets of to-day. Perhaps the most con mon

metre in tlie longer poems is that called the ' political/ of which the following lines will serve as examples,

Aristophanes, T/ie Wasps, 244:

r 2 3 4 __ 5 6 7 eV avTov as k6\ afxev \ovs a>v ^6i/c|^o-eV aK\a quantitative. | | ) I I || J

On p. 189:

^ ^ 3 1 , 4 5 ^7

kC OTuPf I iTftoliaX T] avy\ij, ae 86^a ! 6puiLaa\\ievfj 1) \ |j j accentual. All I 1234 5 67 ii{J) I captatn bold 6f Halijfax lived In country quarters. j whS | \\ ( A |

'be metre is trochaic tetrameter catalectic, with anacrusis,

e. with a syllable at the beginning of the verse which is not

' e'ckoned in the metre, but serves as a back-stroke ' {avuKpov

[)lii»|w)> preparatory to getting the metre under weigh. In (i)

'lis syllable is in, in (2) kC , in (3) 'A.' A trochee is — o : E —

130 Modern Greek.

* a trochaic metre ' = a trochaic dipodia = two trochees (or

their substitutes) : a trochaic tetrameter ought therefore to contain 8 trochees. The above verses contain only 7 : they

' ' are therefore called catalectic/ imperfect ' : though this term is more commonly applied to a trochaic tetrameter which lacks only one syllable.

As to caesura, the rule requires that the first pair of dipodise should terminate without caesura : thus, e. g., in

(i) the rule would have been broken if, instead of ovi sZv\\tj^Xk.\ fjaev we had oiJs oi\\6Sv tJTraerp^ej/. The scheme of the trochaic tetrameter catalectic metre is as follows,

lacru PAKT II.

DIALOGUES AND LETTERa

CONTENTS.

Dialogues.

PAOV 1. Ordinary Phrases 133

2. Travelling by Steamer (Corfu to the Pii-seus) . • .13+ 3. Arrival at an Hotel ...... 139 4. With a Greek Master 142

5. With a Guide 145

6. Asking the Way 146

7. Presenting a Letter of Introduction 147 8. At the PostOfSce 149

9. Athens 151

10. About a Family in which to Reside . . . . • 155

11. With the Head of a Family (Terms, etc.) . . . .157 12 Arrival in a Family ...... 159 13. Meeting in the Street ...*.... 161 14. In a Cafi£ 161 15. With a Washerwoman ...... 163 16. In a Bookseller's 164

17. In a Stationer's . . ., . , . , .166

I 18, Travelling in the Interior ...... 167 19. Shooting . . ...• •.•.171 £ 2 132 Modern Greek.

Lettees. PAGE

1. Invitations. Answers . . 174

2. To the Director of the Post-OflSice . ^ . . . .176

3. To a Greek Master 1 76

4. To Engage Rooms at an Hotel , . . . . ,178

5. To a Doctor 178

6. Requesting a Letter of Introduction 180

7' To the Minister of the Interior, asking whether it is safe

to travel in the Interior . . , , . . iSo

8. Reply to No. 7 182

9. Information about Athena . , 1S2 PART II.

DIALOGUES.

(1) Ordinary Phrases.

Good morning. How do you KaXfju ^fiepav (pronounced koX*

do 1 How are you 1 Tjfjifpa), Ti KcifivfTf', UwsfLcrde;

Good bye. Au revoir. Good XaiptTt, Kdkrjv dvrdiicoiTtv,

night. KaXfjv PVKTa (pr. KaXtjvvicTa}.

Excuse me. It is mine. Give SvyyvwixTjp, Eivai IBikop fjiov,

me that, please. Aos (boTf) fioi fiidvoy napa-

Ka\S>,

I cannot understand you. Aep bvpafiai va

Please repeat. Please speak 'E7ravaKd^eT€ napaKokS). Op.i-

slowly. Xijo-are dpya, napaKoXci.

Can you talk English, French, 'O/itXeiTf 'AyyXtKo, FaXXtKa, Tep-

German, or Italian ] HapiKa TJ IrdkiKa ',

to, Ti Write it down. What do you Tpa^ari ivvoure J Atv

mean ] I do not know. rj^fvpoi. Very well. Splendid. Thank rioXv Koka. Aafinpa, Kv)(apurToi>. you.

I am much obliged to you. 25? (ifjuu TToXu vTr6)(p(a)s. You are most kind. Eiadf TToXv KoKos.

Never mind. I do not care Aev TTfipdCti. Aev [Xf fifXei St* about that. avTO. I am very sorry. AvTTovfiai noKv.

Please tell me your name. Etn^«(Te) poi TO ovop.d aov irapa,'

KciKai,

KaTOlKflTt Where do you live 1 Uov J

S)pa (Ivoi What o'clock is it 1 Tt f ;

134 Dialogues.

When do you leave for Con- Ilore ai'a;^a)peTrf 5*a n]v Kcov-

stantinople ? VTavrwoxmoKw ; Take care. Go faster. Stop, Tlpoae^e. Ufjyaivt yprjyopuTfpa

coachman. Turn to the (pyXrjyopaTepa). ^Tacrov ajia^a. right—left. STpfyjre 8t^id — apiarepd,

Go on. Wait. Return at Upoxapeij or ffjLwpos. Ileptpfve. II p.m. EiriarpeyJAt els ras fv8(Ka p.. p. (jifra pecrrip^plav),

How far is it % Il6(rov paKpav (ivai\

(2) Tkavellino by TASEIAION (nEPmrHSIS) Al' Steamer. ATMOnAOIOY.

Corfu to the Piraeus. 'Atto Kfpicipas (Is Ileipaia,

Has the steamer from Trieste ''E(f)da(Tf rb dTp,67T\oiov (k Tep-

arrived ? y((TTr)s ; It will be late to-day, on ac- 9* dpyrjo-rj (rfjpepov tvfKa t^s

count of the bad weather. KaKOKaipiag.

When does the steamer for XIoTf d.va)(()>p(i TO urpoTiKoiov Bia

Pirseus sail 1 Tov Jldpaid In two hours. MiTci 8vo &pas,

Is the captain on board ? I *0 Tfkoiapxos fivai tig t& dr/mJ-

want to speak to liim. ttKoiuu^ ©eXo) va tov 6piX^(Ta>.

Yes, sir ; I will take you to MdXtora, Kvpie' 6a ads oSijyjJtrw

him. irpos avTov.

AVhere is my cabin ] Uov tivai 6 daKapiaKos pov j

TTOcra a.Top.a, Kvpit For how many persons, sir ? Ata J I am alone. "Eipai povos.

"What luggage will you have Uo'ia irpdypuTa (jrolas dnoaK(vas)

in the cabin 1 6f\eT€ va exr}T€ fls tov Qakapiv Kov aas 'f

I want all my luggage in. GcAci) Ska Ta Trpdy/iaTa p.ov. Corfti to the Pirceus. -^^^

You are not allowed, sir, to Aei* firirpeTTfTai, Kvpie, va e^'/''"* have the large box iu the TO fitya K10UITIOU tls tov 6aXa-

cabin. fltCTKOV. Well, bring the bag and hat KaXd' (pfpf TOV aaKKOv Koi t^v box. KaneXitpav (niXodr'jKTjv), Steward, bring some water Tpocf)o86Ta,

At what o'clock is dinner % TLolav a>pav fivai rb yevpa (to delnvov^ J There will be no dinner on AtV 6a fxn yfvpa iv t» dr/xo-

board to-day, sir. nko'm (rrjpfpov, Kvpie.

I must have something. Give Upentt va (ftdyca kuti Tt. Aor me an omelette, some beef, pot {hoae pov) piav opfXtrrav, and a bottle of Corinthian oXiyov IBcoBivov Kal piau (f>iuXi]v wine. KoptpdiaKov Kpacri.

When will you have it, sir % ndre Ta deXere, KvpW, At once. As soon as we start. IlapavTa. "Evdiis dpa dvax<>>p']0'a- p(v.

Let me be aloue in the cabin QeXa va ^pai povos, tl bvvarov, iv

if possible. T(S 6aXapi(TKa,

There is only one sheet on the 'Yndpxfi ev povov vivbovt fts to bed. Kpf^^dri.

That is the custom here, sir. OvTa avveid'L^trai fvravda, Kvpit.

I do not care what the custom AeV pe peXti iro'ia fivai fj

Are we iu sight of Cepha- BXeTTopev Tr)P Ke((>aXXr]viap j

lonia ? Yes, sir; we shall arrive in MaXtora, Kvpit' 6a (f>6a(ran€v

half- an-hour. fitTO. ^piatiav &pay. ;

136 Dialogues.

Put some hot water in the BdXf oKiyov ^«jtov vepbv els rrjv basin, and clean my boots. XeKavriv koi Kitdi'purov {yvaXiat)

TO viTo8r]fj.aTd fiov,

Bring me some coffee and a ^fpt fjiov vXiyov Ka(f)f Koi tv

biscuit. na^ifj-dSi {Slnvpov).

Yes, sir ; will you have any- MiiXlffTQ, Kvpif' 6i\(T€ r'iTIOTt

1 riXXo thing else J

I should like an egg, but be Gt'Xo) (V avyov, alCKa Ki'ifit oyKf)-

quick about it. yoapa,

rj AVhat is the name of this town? nw9 ovofid^erai TroXts avrr) ; Argostoli. *PipyocTTokiov.

Is it the first time that you E(i/a( T} irpoiTT] (f)opa, KaQ^ riv

visit Greece? inicTKenTfadf rr/if EXXn'da

No ; I have been in Greece *0;^t" rfkOov tls rfjv 'EXXdSa before, but I have never iiX\oT€, dXX' ovbtnoTf rj\6op 8ia come this way. T^s obov Tavrrjs.

The view is very fine. 'H 6ea fivai wpaiordn;.

That mountain is grand. To opos avTo f ij/at fifyaXoTrptnts.

% fj 'l6aia) Where is Ithaca Tlov ewai j

There, far away on the left. E»cei fiuKpav trpos ra dpicmpa.

What a ban'en'rock it looks. Tt yvfxvos ^pd)(os (palvfrai,

Is this island Zante 1 'H vrj

Yes, ' Zante, Zante, Fior di MdXtcrra'

* Levante.' In summer it is T] ZaKVvBos, T] ZdKVv6os,

like a lovely garden. TO I'lvdos TTJs 'AvaraKrjs . .

Kara to KoXoKoipi 6p.oia^(i /xa-

yfVTlKOV Krj770V.

"WTien shall we reach Patras ? ndre 6a (p6da

We shall be there at 7 p.m. Qa rjpLfOa tKe'i els Tas fTTTO. fi.H.,

and stay till 1 1 p.m., and 6a p.eivaip.ev fJtexP'' '''V^ eu8f-

reach New Corinth at 6 to- KaTrjs fi.fi. Kai 6a pfv els

morrow morning. Tijv Neai' Kopivdop els tus e^

avpiOV TO TT/JCOl. Corfu to the Piiccus. ^Zl

Do you intend to go ashore 1 SKOTTfverf va f^iXdrjTf fi? Trjv

irjpdv ;

How much do you charge to Uoaa 0€\ets vd fie ^yaXr]s e^oo

] {va fie aiTo^i^aa-rfs^ take me on shore ; Two francs. Avo (ppdyKa.

That is too much ; I will give Eivat napa iroKv' 6a aov bdicru) you one. tva.

Very good, sir; here is my Hokv Kcikd, Kvpie' e8a> eivai fj

boat. ^dpKa pov (17 Xf'/i^of pov). Bring that luggage. ^epe aira to itpdypara. Have you put all my things "E/SoXff oka Ta Trpdypara pov

? els TTjv in the boat \(p^ov ;

How many packages are there ? ndca tefiara (^dirotrKtvaV^ eivat ;

Three, sir. Tpi'u, Kvpie.

There ought to be four. Look 'Y-Tvpene va rjvai T((T(rapa' Kvrra^e

for the other. 8ta TO aWo. fToipos Now are you ready ? Push EtVat Tupa J Epvpos

off. (aTru>6r](Tov).

There is a franc for you. 'iSoii fv (fypdyKov. Have I time to go to the Con- "E^co Kaipov va imdya eis to

suhite before the steamer Upo^fvelov irplv dva^upriarj to arpoTvKoiov starts ] ]

Yes, sir. The steamer does MdXtora, Kvpie' to aTponXoiov

not leave for four hours, and bev 6' dva)((i)pff(Trf Ttapa fieTa the Consul lives close by. Vfcraapas wpns, Ka\ 6 Trpo^tvos

KaToiKel ir\T)criov.

Is this New Corinth 1 AvTT] eivai ij N«a K6piv6os^ Yes. We have to disembark M

Tov 'icrdpov. the Isthmus. ((f> dpd^r]s

Shall I not have time to Aei/ 6a ex<>> Kaipov v dva^at etj

ascend Acro-Corinth % TOV ^AKpoKopivdov ; No; the steamer sails from "Ox^' TO aTpoTTKoiov avaxcope'i Kalamaki as soon as the (K TOV KdKapaKlov ev6vs dpa 138 Dialogues,

passengers have crossed the 01 iin^uTai hia^axri rov Icrd'

Isthmus. fxoc.

What carriages are there 1 Tt fidovs Sfia^ai vnap^ovcriv ;

The Steamboat Company has H aTfioTrXoiKr] iraipia ex^ei afin^av,

carnages, but I recommend aXXa eras crvviarco va fxio-daxrrjTe

you to hire a private one. filav idtaTiKrjv. Aclxrare TrtVre

Give five or six francs. fj (^ (fipayKa,

Steward, how much do I owe Tpofpobora ^TratSt), ttocto

ofpeiKd) you? ;

Ten fraacs in all, sir. Ev oXo) 8//ca

Here is a 20 franc piece. 'I80V fv vofiirrfta xpvcrovu tS>v

Give me back ten. eiKocrt (f>payK(ov. Entarpf^ov

fioi (80s poi oTTiaoy) fieVa.

I have only paper and cop- E;^a) fiovov X^P''"' '^''' X'*^'f°''> per, sir. Here is half a Kvpif, *l8ou TO fffiiav fvos X^P~ ten franc note and eight TovoyLicrpLaTOS ratp 8fKa (ppayKcov

francs of copper. Koi 6kto> (fypayKa tls x«^'"'''» You are giving me too much. Mol Bidfis ndpa TroXXd.

No, sir; paper and copper *'0;^t, Kvpif' TO )(apTov6fU

are depreciated (1879). 6 xoKkos (Lvai viroTfTip,T}p€Pa. Please irapUKaXo), put this copper in Ti;Xt^f (li X"P'"'0''>

paper. Tov ;faX(c6i' TovTov.

Can you take me to Kala- Avvn

maki, coachman 1 ajxa^rjXaTa KakafiaKiop, J

I am engaged, sir. E)(a> dyaiyiop, Kvpie.

Send another carriage for me. 2T«tXe fiov aWrjp a/ia^ap,

Put my luggage on the car- BaXe TO npayfiwra fiov (n\ Ttjs

riage. Quickly. afia^rjs. Ta;^ecar. Tpfjyopa.

Drive on. Stop ! Go faster. 'n.p0Xpf]O'0P (ffiwpos). 'Sracrov.

Do not beat your horses IlTjyaiPf TaxvTfpop. M^ KTxmas like that. €T(n TO oXoyd aov.

Is that the steamer for Piraeus 1 Ekupo fivai TO dr/xowXotov 8ia

I will go on board at once. TOP IlfipaLd j Qa iiri^i^acrBS)

dfiia-ms. Arrival at an Hotel. 139

Steward, I want some break- Tpo^oSdra, Btkut va. irpoyfvfia'

fast. Let me have some fish TiVw" 86s fxoi oklyov 'yf/'dpi, Koi and lamb. dpvdici. Give me some red (black) Aos fioi oKiyov fiavpov Kpaai. wine. I cannot drink the Avine Aev fjpTropu> vu jtiw to peTaivdrov resin6. Kpaai. Shall we pass Salamis and Oa ntpdaapep dnb rrjv 2ci\apiva

Aegina 1 Please point them Koi Trjv Atyiuav ; Ad^e pov av-

out to me, when we are rdf, (ri irapaKoKS), orav (1p(6a

near them. 1t\T](TioV. Are those mountains on Ta opt) fKelva npos ra Se^ia (ivat

TTjs Tl(\onovvfj(TOv the right in the Pelopon- I

nesus ? Yes; they stretch far away MaXtora* iitrtivovTai irokv paKpav to the south-east. irpos Ta voTtoavaroKiKd.

(3) Arrival at an A*ISI2 EI2 TO XENOAO- Hotel. XEION.

Can you tell me which is the 'HyJTopftTe va poi eiTnjre ttoiov

best hotel 1 eivtu t6 KaXXiTfpov ^fvoSo-

Xf'iov ; There are no good hotels at AeV imdpxovv KoKa ^evo8oxf7a the Pirseus. tls Tov Ilfipaid.

In what part of Athens is the Elf TTolov ptpos Tap A6t]v5)v fivai

hotel you recommend 1 TO ^evo8oxf^ov TO onolov auft-

(TTOTf ; The best hotels are in the Ta KoXXt'rfpa ^(voSoxtta tivat eU Square of the Constitution. TTjV TrXuTf'iav TOV '2vPTdypaT0i. (Kevdepa Have you any rooms free 1 'Ex^Te dapdria ; We want a sitting room and QeXofifV filav aidovaav koL bvo two bed rooms. bapaTia tov vttvov (jcoiTiouas^. 140 Dialoo^ues.

How much do you charge a noo-oi/ ^r]T(iTe fKaiTTrjv fjfifpav Sta

day for the three rooms % ra Tpia dtofiaTia ;

The price is twelve francs a H Ttfif) fivai 8o)8eKa ippayKa Kara

day for each pei-son, includ- iiTOfiov, fif TO (Payr^Tov, ing meals.

Will you dine in the public OeXere va •yev/iaTifjjre tls to

dining-room ? fCTTiaTopiov ;

We prefer to have our meals npoTinS>fifv pa Tpmyaptv (Is to

in our own room. Safiariov fias.

Let us have dinner immedi- As dftnvrjaafifv evdvs' Oikofifv

ately; we want to go to bed va irXayidcTiOfjiep ivwpis. early.

Make a good fire in the sitting Ava'\fr€ KaXfju (fxoTiav tls Tfjv room. aWovaap,

We are covered with dust, I Eififda KeKaXvfinevoi airo ctkovii

should like a bath. {KoviopTov), (TTtBifiovu va Ka/iO) XovTpov.

If you want it we have every- 'Eav dyoTtuTf, ()(0{i(V to navra

thing ready. frot/Liu.

Waiter, show the gentlemen YiTTjpeTa, Sfi^ov tls Toi/s Kvplovs

their rooms. Tu hmpAria toiv.

If you take the rooms by the 'Eav fvoiKiddrjre to. BcofxaTia KaTa

month, it will be much fxrjva 6a j/vai iroXi) (vdtjvoTtpov, cheaper.

Waiter, bring my luggage Ynrjpera, (})epf to. irpdyfiaTa (Is

into my room. TO 8a)p.a.Tt6v fiov.

Where are my things % Uov (ivai TO. TrpdypLard fiov J Are you sure tliat the bed is Etcrat ^(^aios on to Kpf^^dri

quite dry % (ivai (VT(Xci)s (TT(yv6v j

The sheets seem very damp. Ta aiv86via (f>aivovTai noXv irypd.

You must change the sheets. Upend V aXXd^r}T( Ta aivSovia.

Tell the waiter to make tlie EiTTt (Is TOP viTr}p(Tr]v va (Toipdarj

bed and air the room whilst TO Kpf^^aTi Ka\ V depiaj] to

1 am out. tfOfidnov, (p ci) c(/xa( e^to. Arrival at an Hotel. 141

There is no bell in the room. Liv inapx^fi kwScop (Is to Sw/uJ-

TlOV, At what o'clock do you wish Kara noiap Supav tnidvuuTt va

] arjKoicrovp ttju to be called in the morning aas irpaiap J

1 think I shall require another No/JtX

blanket on the bed. aXXov xpapiov (^naraviat, OKf-

•ncKTp.aTOi),

My head is too low, bring nie To K((paKi puv (ivai TraXv ^^afirjXd,

another piUow. Put out the <^epf fiov Koi ak\o pa^iXdpi

light. (irpocTKKpdiKaiop^, 2j30

S)s.

Bring me some hot water at 4>epe fxov ^((ttop vtpop (Is raj

half-past seven in the morn- (TTTa Koi Tjpiadap to Trpaii. ing.

Where are my boots 1 Uov dual TO. nanoi/Taid pov (ra

inrobjipaTo) ',

Have my boots been cleaned 1 'EKadapiadrjaap ra InoBripaTd

fjLOv;

I want more towels. 6(Xa) Tr(pi

(irpotToylnaY

I have forgotten my tooth 'E^e;^a(ra ttjp ^ovpTaav ra>p ddov-

brush. Go and buy me one Tdv. Ilriyaiv( pa [lov ayopdarjs as soon as you can. uiap TO Ta\vTtpop,

Take my clothes and brush Udpe TO. povxd pov Koi ^((TKOPiae

them. Ta.

My hair-brush is in the port- 'H (iovpTcra tS>p p.aWiS)P dpai

manteau. Have you found (Is Th biadKKiop. 'Evpts to

KTevi my comb 1 pov J Bring me some better soap. 4>€pe pov KaXKirepop aanovpi.

Put plenty of cold water in Bake a(f>dopov Kpvov pepop ds t6

my bath. \oxrrp6v pov.

I should like to have four ^'EneBvpovp vd e;^

candles instead of two. pLaT(T(Ta (Krjpia) optI 8vo. prefer UpoTipaTe piap \dpnap Would you a lamp ? ^ 142 Dialogues.

Waiter, bring me tlie bill. Ilaidt, 0(/>e \iov rhv \oyapia(Tfi6r,

Have you made out our ac- ExafifS Tov Xoyapia'jfwv /xaj ',

count ?

You charge a great deal. ZrjTUs iroWd,

(4) Conversation with a ATAAOrOS nPOS AIAA2KA- Greek Master ^ AON THS EAAHNIKHS FAQSSHS.

You are very late this morn- IIoXu rjpyTjcraTe rrju rrpcoiav rav-

ing. It is now a quarter past Tr]v. Eivai o/crw koL rirapTOV,

eight, and you said you would Koi eiirere ort da ^ade eSw t^v

be here at half-past seven. e^b6p.r]v Koi fjfxiafiav,

I am very sorry, sir, but we AuTTOv/xai TToXu, Kvpie, aXXa dvvd-

can make it up by going on pfda V dvairKTjpajTaipfv tovto

longer at the end of the les- napartivovrts to tsKos tov fia-

son. GrjfiaTos.

Yes, but that is not the same MaXicTTa, dWa bev (tvat to avTo

thing. I must insist upon Trpayfia. Qa fnip-elva va ^crOe your being more punctual. aKpiSforfpos.

Have you written anything 'Eypd-^art TtTTore o^/zfpoj'J

to-day 1

I have translated an entire 'M(Tf(f)pa(ra oXokKtjpov (rKrjVTjv €K scene from this French play. TOV TaWiKov TOVTOV BpdpaTot.

You are very industrious and Eiade TToXu eVt/xeX^r Ka\ Kafivtre

are making great progress. TToXXay npooSovs. Qa 8iopda)cra

I will correct this first, then TOVTO irpStTov Koi vcTTepov 6a we will read. avayvdxrapev.

Please write clearly, especially TpdcjXTe, irapaKoXS), Kadapd, Iduog

the kappa and the lamvtha. TO KaTTTta Kal to \dp^8a.

The accent is wrong. Here O TOVKTpOS (lUai i(T(f)a\pfV0S.

is a mistake. 'l8ov (V \ddos.

* For words used in lesson, see Vocabulary, p. 277. With a Greek Master. 143

"What is the Genitive of this TLoia (XvaL i; ytvucfj t^s Xf^eat

word? ravrris',

The Genitive of that word is 'H yeviKT} TTJs \f^f(OS TavTr/s ttvai

not used. aXpi](TTOS.

What is the Present Indica- Iloios fivai 6 fpecTTag t^s opicr-

tliis 1 Tov prjfxaTOS TOVTov tive of verb TiKTJs ; I will look it out in the dic- Ga jraparqprjaa els to \(^ik6u.

it 1 tionary. How is spelt Has dp6oypd(f)fTcu J Hoiov aval

letter % What is the first TO rrpioTOV ypdpfxa ;

Blot that page. "Wipe the XTfyvuXTOTt TT)V (TfXl'Sa TaVTTfV.

pen. 2,(f)oyyiaaTe to kovBvXiov.

pencil 1 Have you a "ExfTt /wXvfiboKovdvXov f Will you take the French HdpfTe, irapaKoKciy to FaWtKbu

copy ; I will take the Greek, din-iypa(f)ov' tyw 6a Trapa to

and you can translate aloud 'EXXijvikSv, vfitls 8* bvvaadf va

what you have just written. ptTat^pdcrqTt ptydXoCpavas o,

It will give you facility in Ti iypdi^aTt rjbt}. Ga (vkoXvv^

finding the words. drjre va tvpTfre tos Xe^fis.

I cannot read it off in Greek Aev bvvafiai va to duayvdxra 'EX-

very fast. XrjPioTl TToXv oypTjyopa.

Well, try as fast as you can. KdXtof ' SoKtfidaare oaov bvvatrde Tax^Ttpov. I cannot remember the words Aev bvvap.ai va ivBvfiSspuu Tas

at the moment, although I Xe^fis els TTjv (TTiyfi^Vy fjLoXovari

know them well. KaXS)s Tas yva>pi^a>. A little practice will remedy 'OXryj; npd^is 6a depaTTevcrr) tt]V

that difficulty. Bravo ! You hv

I will say the dialogue I have Ga eiTTO) TOV SidXoyov, toi» onolov

learned. efjLa6ov, I will read the English. G' dvayvaxra to 'AyyXiKdv,

Now I will say a sentence in Ta>pa 6a Xeyo) (f>pda-iv Tiva 'EX-

Greek, and you shall answer XtjvuttI Ka\ vpels 6d fxoi dnav-

me. Let us suppose that Tare. *As vnoQevanev oti fx 144 Dialogues.

you are calling upon me (TTiaKfTTTfcrai, e^cnv (rvcTTaTiKrjv

with a letter of introduc- fTTKTToikrjv' e'yw fie 6a Kufivco tion. (See Conversation on TO fjiepos fiids irXva-rpai ^ ii/6s this subject.) I will take ^epo86)(ov. the part of a washer-woman or a hotel-keeper.

Before next lesson I will learn Y]po Tov fTTOfifvov iia6f]fiaTos 6a

two or three of the dialogues, fjid6(A> 8vo ^ Tpeis SiaXoyovs, Kal

and then I shall be able to ToTf 6a Tjfxai iKavos va (vvoS>

understand and answer in Ka\ V anavrSi ds to. avriKtifxtva those subjects. Tavra.

You can have the Yocabulary HfiTTopelTe va exV"^ '"^ Xf|tXo-

of the subject open before yiov TOV 8ia\6yov tovtov cipoik-

you. You will be able to Tov ivamiov eras. Ovtco 8e 6a

find the word you require. hvvrjadf va (vpL(TKrjT( t^v Xe'^ii',

TTjv onoiav 6a xpei,d(rj

I must read some modern Ilpmei V dvaywai

poetry to get used to the Tiva irw.TjftaTa, OTrms aTroKTrjcroi

pronunciation by accents. TTjv e^tv TTJs npo(\)opas bia tov

Tovicrpov.

Very good ; we will try some noXii Ka\d' 6a hoKindcrafiiv Tiva

of the extracts. Take care t5>v dnoKTiracTfidTrnv. Upoat^aTf

about the accented syllable, CIS TTjv Tovi^ofjifvtjv av\\a^r]v,

and the other syllables will KOI al aWai (TvXXajSai 6a (ppov-

take care of themselves. Ti^ovv p.6vai TOiv fit tavrds.

The pronunciation is difficult. 'H Trpo(f>opa eivai SuctkoXos. Upo-

Do I pronounce that right ] (f)fpa> TovTO Ka\a>s ',

Not quite. You should learn "0^(1 eVrfXcos* TTpeVet va nd6riT(

a piece of poetry and say it (V Ttfxdxiov TToirjfiaTos Kal va to

aloud whilst you are dressing. Xeyjjre ev a evdverxde.

I am tired of the house. Let ^Eliapvv6r}v TTju olKiav. Ay /x^

us not lose this glorious day. Xd(TCCp.(V TTJV "KafiTTpav TaVTTJV

We will go for a walk to- fjfiepav. Oa TrfpinaTTjarafifV wards old Phalerum. Tvpbs TO nakaiov ^dXrjpov, With a Guide. 145

With great pleasure. We can

talk Greek all the way. AvudfjifOa va 6fii\S>nfv '£XX7-

viKa Kaff oKt]v rrjP 686u.

I do not understand. Tell me Aev fvvoS). EliTfTt fioi o,ti

in English what you said. ciTTaTf, 'AyyXioTi. "EvxapKTTS)'

Thanks ; now go on talking Toipa (^aKo\ov6i]craT( va ofii- Greek. \tjt€ 'EXXijwftd.

Be so good as to speak Greek. AdjSfTf T^v Kd\o(rvvT]v va SfiiX^re

I did not come here to learn 'EWtjvikci. AfV ^Xdov eSco va French. HaSoi TdKKiKa.

Please speak slowly and dis- OfiiKfirf, TtapaKoKS), apya Ka\

tinctly. I am a little deaf. KaOapd, £t/iat oXiyov Ka>(f)6s,

The time is up. I must be O ^pi')Vos irapriXde' irptnei v

going away. dva^f^aprjao).

ndre ^d tXdijre iraXiv av- When will you come again ] J T^u To-morrow at the sametime? TTjv apav avpiov',

I fear it is impossible. I am ^o^oC/xat OTi (ivat dSvparov.

engaged, but I will come in Ex(o SciXTfi virQ

the evening at nine. (Xd(t) TO icnrfpas ets rds ivvea,

Very good. I shall be ready. TLoXi) KoKd. 9d fip.ai erot/xor.

Please be punctual. Good- 'EoTf, irapaKaXS), dxpi/Si)? etj

bye. At nine to-morrow. rfjv S>pav. XaipfTf. Aoiirov

avpiov (Is rds ivvia.

(5) With a Guide. MEG' OAHrOY. r want a good guide, so that Exa avayicqv koXov obrjyov 8«d

I may lose no time in ask- i^ fuf xdvoi TOV Koipov fiov

ing my way. ^rjTav TOV bpoptov,

iVould you like one who can QiXfTe odrjyov opiXovvra ttjv

speak English ? 'AyyXiKT]v ;

];ertainly not. I want one Be3ata)s oxL Ge'Xo) oSrjybv Ofu-

who can speak Greek, that XovvTa TTjv 'EXXrjvtK^v 8ia va

I may practise. KUfivo) aaKT)(rw, '

146 Dialogues.

Eicrat SStjyos Are you a guide 1 J

Yes, effendi. 'MaXuTTa, d(pfi>Tr].

' "What do you charge a day 1 Uocra 6f\(is rfjv fjfiepnv

Six francs a day, sir. E^ (ppdyKa ttjv rjpepav, Kvpit. Do you recommend me this Mol a-vma-TaTf rov uvOpui-nov

man ? • TOVTOV

Yes, sir, he is honest, and MaXiara, Kvpie, tivat rifiios Koi intelligent. f^VTTVOS.

Well, I shall hold you re- KoXa, 6a

sponsible if he cheats me. iav p.e airara.

I shall be here a week, and Qa fielvo) (vraiQa fiiav f^bopdSa

want to see all the most Koi 6(Xco va 18(0 KaXa oXa ra beautiful things well. mpaioTfpa irpayixara. You must always speak Upinn va SpiXfis iravroTf 'EX

Greek. Not too fast. Re- Xr^viKo., "O^i noXv yprjyopa. peat what you said. Say it 'E7ravaXdp.^ave o,ti uTrfg in French, in Italian, in Aeye ro TaXXiKa, 'iTaXuoi English. 'AyyXiKd.

What is that building—hill Tt tlvai to Kripiov roiiro—6 Xd

<^oj — rj oIkIu ? ^ 686s —street—house — ;

of this limy ovofid^erai t) nXarfia avrrj What is the name \

square 1 You must be here at eight Uper^ei va ^a-ai e'Sw avpiov T to-morrow morning. ^rpwi ds ras okto).

Very good, sir, I will be IloXv KoXd, Kvpie^ da rjnc punctual. aKpi^Tjs.

ZHTHSHi TI2 TON (6) Asking the wat in OnOS A Town. APOMON EN THi HOAEI.

Can you tell me where Mr. Avvacrdf vd fioi etnrjre irov Karot-

Coumoundouros lives ] Kel 6 K, Kovp.ovv8ovpos ', Is this the bouse of Mr. Tri- 'H oiKia avTT) (ivai rov k. T/>t-

coupis ? ; ) ' Presenting a Letter of Introduction. 147

Will you sliow me the way 'Evap((TT(l(T6e m (loi Sei^qre tow to the Railway Station—to dpofJiov Tzpos TOP ^TnBpbv rov

the English Legation % 2i8T]po8p6fiov—77/30? Tr}i> Ay-

y\iKT]v TTpecr^fiav J "Which door ought I to knock Iloiau Ovpav TrpeVet va KTwrjcra) atl

Knock and go in. You will KTVTTTjcraTf Ka\ ettreX^erf. 6a find a second door. (vprjTf bevTfpav noprav (dvpavY

Go straight up the hill. Urj-yalvere laia indva els tqv

(7) Peesentinq a Letteb ErXEIPI2I2 2Y2TATIKHS OF Inteoduction. Eni2T0AH2.

Is it far to the house of Eivai fiaKpav ^ oIkio tov k, Mr. V deiva J

No, sii*, it will take three ''0;(t, Kvpie, aTT()((i rpia XfTrro /ne

minutes in a carriage. TTjV apa^av.

Drive to the house of Mr. Tpa^a fls rfju oiKiav tov k,

Go and fetch a carriage Urjyaivt va fpJ]S fiiav apa^av,

choose a good one. Ka\ 8iaXe^( p'lav KoKriv.

Close the carriage. It is KXeTcre tt]v apa^av. Eivat

cold.

Is Mr. at home 1 *0 K. bflva fivai ds to (nriTi

No, sir, he is out. "Oxi, Kvpu, fivat e^co (o$co).

At what hour shall I be most Karo irolav &pav tivai nidavop

likely find 1 evpco to him pa TOP J

will he (Tri

Not before dinner. A(P 6a (THiTTpe^ irpo tov ycv- paTos.

' Prop-r Names are declined. L 2 148 Dialogues.

Give him this letter and my Ady Tov Tr\v iirimoiX^v ravrqv kcX

card, and tell him I will TO €iri(TK€TrTrjpi6v fiov, Koi (ini

call to-morrow morning at TOV oTi 6a Ttfpdva avpiov €is

eleven. ras fv8(Ka.

Very good, sir. IIoXu Ka\d, Kvpif.

Please give him this letter UapaKokS) dos tov ttjv tVto'TO-

and ask him if he will see Xiji/ TavTTjv Kal f'pmTrja-f tov idf

me. 6f\rj va /i€ IBj],

How do you do, sir 1 I am Ti KapvfTf, Kvpif ; Xaipci) St-

delighted to receive any one )(op(v6s Tiva, 6 Snoloi e^^ei

who has a letter from my fiTKTToX^v dno TOV (j)l\ov pov, friend.

You are very kind. Eto-^t jToXv tvyfvfjs. nocrov Kaipov And how long have you been Kal ex*''* ^^Ta^&a \ here? I only arrived the day before Y[pO)(6is povov t^6aa-a. yesterday.

Kai TTws 0atV«rai rj And how does the town ads noKn J

please you 1

It is beautiful and the climate Etcoi iipaia TrdXtf, to fie kX/j delightful. fivai Tfpnvov,

At what o'clock shall I find Kara noiav apav da ads (Zp-

els TO ^fvoSoxf^ov you at your hotel % J

I am always in until twelve. Eipai TrdiTOTf peaa ptxpi t\ bunbfKarqs.

What are you doing to-night 1 Tims 6d irepdoTjTe tt^v ^pabid aas A few people are coming to ©a tkOovv f8a> TO ^pd8v ptpiKi u« and we should be de- Koi 6d (v)(api.(TTr]6Siiptv va ad\

lighted to see you. idoapfv.

Many thanks, but I have pro- 2ar fiixapi ttoXv, aXX vne- mised to go with a friend (j\i6r]V vd vndyco ptTd Tivos TOV 2vK\oyop to the Society of Parnassus (fjikov pov (Is <

to hear a lecture. ' Uapvaaabv ' ottcos aKOV(r»

8iaTpi^r]v Tiva.

i\ The Post Office. 149

You do not lose time. The AeV yavfTf Kaipov. Ot (rvXXoyot Syllogues are almost always (ivai ax^^ov iravroTf avoiKToi but

open to the public TO Koiv6v (Ji)(OV(ri.v i\(xj6(pav rrjv (laobov^,

You will see a meeting adver- 0a ibr]Tf ras

can always go in. Koi bvvaaOe va (laeXdrjTf,

I must go now, sir. "We have npfuft V avax rcopa, Kvpie.

breakfast at eleven at the To npoyfvpa naparidfTat tls to

hotel. ^€vo8o)(f7ov (Is Tos fvSeKa.

Good-bye. I shall have the XalpfTf. 0a XajSo) ttiv TipfjV va

honour of calling to-moiTOW. aas iTn

please let me know.

(8) The Post Office. TO TAXYAPOMEION.

I beg your pardon; could Me crvyx<>ipf'^'''f) S*'' fov Xeyere

you tell me where the Post nov fivai TO Taxv8pop(iov j

Office is ]

Come with me to the Square 'EXarf pa^v pov fls ttiv irkaTelap of the Constitution, and I Tov ^vvTayparos Koi 6a aas

will show you the way. t(i^o> TOV bpopov,

You must turn here to the npent I va yvpiarjTe ebm trpos to.

left and keep straight on apiaTfpa Ka\ j/a 8ifv6vv6i]T€ kut' past the Chamber. (vdflav nepav r^s Bov\tjs.

It is in the same building as "Eivai (Is TO avTo KTipiov p( to the Home Office. vwovpyeiov tS)v Ev. You will easily recognise it Qa TO dvayva)pi(TT}T( (VKoXa dnb by the crowd. TOV naXvv Kocrpov,

Is it that building just above Mi'jTrois (ivai to KTipiov (K('ivo

the English Embassy and the aKpi^ws Trapairdvco dno ti)v

' office of the Ephemeris ' 1 dyy\iKr}v ivp«T^(iav Ka\ to ypa-

(pdov T^s 'ET)p(pi8os j ; ;

I50 Dialogues.

Yes, sir; it Is at the corner MtiXtora, Kvpit, eivat tts rf/v

above. (7rdva> yaviav.

When does the post leave for Uore di'ax<>>pel to Taxv^pofxetov

England ] 8ia rfjv 'AyyXlav;

On Thursday and Saturday TtjV nfflTTTTJlt Kol TO 2d^^aTov

at 6 p.m. The postage is fls Tcis f$ p. p. Ta TaxyhpopiKa

30 lepta for abroad. Tik-q tLvai TpiaKOUTa \ewTa bia

TO e^coTfpiKov,

When do letters reach Eng- Hore c^dduovv al fTriaroXal fls

land ? TTJV AyyXiav

They take about a week. A Xpfid^ovTai piav e^bopdba irep'i-

letter posted on Thursday •nov. Mm iniVToKr] picjiOela-a

readies London on Wednes- (IS TO Ta^vBpopelov ttjv IlfpTrTijv

day, and one posted on (f>6dv(i fls AovSilvop TTjv TfTdp-

Saturday will be received Tr]v, Kai aWt] pi^dilaa (Is to on the following Saturday. Tox^hpopflov TO 2d^^aTov, 6a

\ri(f)dfj TO fnopfifov ^d^iSaTov,

When does the mail arrive UoTf

from ] 'AyyXias England ; Ou Thursday and Saturday Trjv nepTTTr/v Koi to 2dj3^aTOV to

morning. You have only a Trpai, \JAiyas povov (opas

few hours to write replies. eYtre 8ia va ypdxf/rjTt djravT^afis,

Eor Greece, the postage is Ata Tr}v 'EXXaSa Ta Ta;^uSpojui(ca

only 20 lepta. TfXrj fivai fj.6pov fiKoai Xejrra.

Give me three stamps of 30 Aoy poi Tpia ypappaTaarjpa t(ov

lepta and two of 20. TpidKuvra XenTiov Ka\ 8vo T¥

(Xko

Is that right 1 'Elvai (rwcrra

No, sir; you must put on 0)(i, Kvpif, Trpenei va ^dXr]Tt

another 60 lepta, aKopr] fv TOiv f^rjirra XfTrroJi/,

But it is ' Papiers d' Affaires,' *AXX* (ivai )((ip6ypa

Y'ou must write it on the UpfTrei va to ypd'^f/ryre air f^co ko

outside, and leave the ends V dcpTjoTjTf Ta oKpa dvoiKToi Athens. 151

open. Then it will be suffi- Tore 6a. f)(rj ri irpiirov raxy- ciently stamped. hpofiiKov TiKos.

Are there any letters for me \ Mi^TTCDf vnap)(nv(Tiv emoroXat bC

is name, sir ? ofOfid^eade, Kvpif What your Has J There is my card. I80V TO €TnaKfinr]pi6v pov.

No, sir, there are none. Oxi, Kvpit' 8iv vndpxfi Kappta.

If any come, will you send Eav eX^wcrt rivfs, fvapta-TTjdrJTe

them to the Hotel d'Angle- va Tas irtpy^Tt els to ^(vo8o-

terre—des Etrangers—New Xelov Tijs 'AyyKtas — Tav Sevau

York ; and please send them —Tijs Ne'af Y6pKr]s' Koi irapa-

as early as possible, as they KakS> arelXaTe ras to to^v-

may be important, and re- Tfpov, bioTi KTcof fwai anovbaiat

quire answers. Koi XPuCova-iv aTravTrjo-eas.

You can rely upon me, sir. • MdvaTf T](rv)(os, Kvpie, Koi BtXco

(jipovTiaei.

Take these letters to the post Hrjyaive Tas eVtOToXay Tavras els

and stamp them. TO Taxv8pop(7ov Koi /SaXe ypap- paroarjpa,

Ask whether the post haa EpdiTi](rov iav ri Ta)(vbpopfiov

arrived. f(f)6a(Te,

No, sir; the boat has been "O^i, Kvpie' TO aTpoTrXoiov Kad-

detained by bad weather. VarepTja-fv (vtKa KUKOKaipias*

(9) Athens. AI AGHNAI.

The Museums are open to the Ta Movo-eTa (Ivai avoi

public on certain days in the yomai) 8ia to koivov Kaff i>pia--

week. p€vas r]pepas t^s f^bopdbos.

Is the ITyeense collection on *E^(T(6t] fj o-vXXoyi) t&v MvKrjvai/

view at Athens 1 'Adljvas 6iav ds npos ; Yes; it is in the Polytechnic. MaXtora* dvai us to lloXvre-

Xyfiovt 15* Dialogues.

There is a large piece of Mo- 'Yrrap>;«t \i.iya MaxraiKov ivros

saic in the Royal Garden Tov ^aaCKiKQv ktjttov, Biarripov-

in a good state of preserva- fi(vov (V KoKfi KaTaardafi. tion.

There is a fine collection of Yirdpxfi i>pa[a avWoyfi dp)(n'iwv

ancient coins in the Univer- vomeriiaTuv iv t^ Travfnicrnjixitf.

sity.

Some interesting discoveries 27rov8aia» rives dvaKaXvif/eis

have been made in the vovTo els ras eaxdras yevofxevas

recent excavations on the dvaas irpos rf/v pearjp^pivTjv

southern side of the Acro- irkevpav rrjs AKponoXeats, polis.

There has been an attempt 'Eyevero npocTTrddeid ris va ena-

to revive the Olympian va\r](f)6a)(Tiv ev tw ^TaBico ol

Games in the Stadium. 'OXvfiTnaKoi dywves.

Plato's Academia, and Co- 'H AKabrjpia tov UXdravos Koi 6

lonus, the scene of one of KoXavos, rj aKijurj fiids rpaycobias

Sophocles' plays, are within TOV 2o(f)OK\fovs, KelvToi els

an easy walk of the city. fxiKpav divoaTaalv ex. T^r tto-

\ea)S,

The best view of Athens is H apaioTepa 6ea t5>v *h6t)vS>v\

from the top of Lycabettus. et,vai eK ttjs Kopv(pjjs tov Avkw

^rjTTOV.

You can reach the top in half Avvaade v dva^rire els rrjv Kopv-I

an hour.

Mars Hill is on the other side 'O "Apdos Hdyos, (6 Xd^of tow of the town, close to the "Apeuts) eivai Trpos ttjv a\\rj» i

Acropolis. TrXevpav rrjs noXeas, nXrjaiov \

Ttjs AKpondkeois.

The view of the Temple of 'H dea TOV Orjaelov e7vai ttoXw ;

Theseus is very fine from a>paia eK tov (Tibrjpobpofiov afia

the train as you enter the elcreXdere els tov (rradpov, station.

The Ceramicus is also very 'O KepupeiKos eivai enlarjs noXv j Athens. 153

near the railway station. nXTfatov ToC aradfiov rov aibrj-

po8p6fjiov,

There are some fine monu- Yirdpxovaiv (v avra Tiva lapaia

ments in it well preserved. fivr)fi(ia KoKo)! 8iaTrjpovp(va.

It takes a long day to drive Xpeid^fTai oKokXtjpos fjpfpa va

to Marathon and back. vndyr) Ttf €<^' (ifid^rjs ds Mapa-

BSava Kcu va (nicrTpiy\ni,

Eleusis, through the pass of 'H 'EXevcTJf hia tov trreiov toO

Daphne and along the Sacred Aa(f)viov Koi dta Trjs Upas 68ov

Way, is not too far for a bev tivai ttoXv fuiKpau 8ia xakov

good walker. ire^oSpopov,

On Easter Tuesday the annual Tfjv TpiTTjv TOV Tld(Txa yiverai ^

fete at Megara is held. fTTjcria iopTT) fjy to. Meyapa,

Many strangers go there to EtoXXoi ^€voi irrjyalvovp (Ktl va

see the peasants dance. i8(t)ai Tovs xcopiKoi/s pa \opfv-

(0(TI.

The costume of the peasants At ivSv/jUKTUii tS)v )^a)piKOiv fipai

is very picturesque. ypacjiiKaTaTai.

Another delightful excursion *AXX»7 (vxdpioTos fKbpofiT) (ipai

is to mount Pentelicus. To (Is TTjP UfPTfXrjp, Ata va

be at the top in time to see ^ddarj Tis iyKaipas fls rr)»

the sun rise, one must sleep Kopv(f)t)P, OTTwr idr] T^v dvoToXrjv

overnight at the monastery Toil TjXiov, TrpeVet pa K0ifJiy]6fj ds

at the foot. TO pOPaOTTjplOV (Is TOVS TrpoTTO-

8as TT)P irporjyovpevTjv pvkto,

The marble quarries are well Ta XaTOfjLfla tov fiappdpov d^i-

worth a visit. ^ov(ri va TO fniaK((pdjj tis.

The view from the top of 'H Ofa (K tov 'Ypr]TTov (ivai

Hymettus is also very fine (niarjs ttoXv iapa'ia, dXX oXtytb-

but less extensive than that Tipop (KT(Tap(pr} T^s Bias Trjs

from Pentelicus. nepTfXrjs.

I should like to go to My- ^ETr(dvpovP va vtrdya (ts ras

cense. Is it easy to go Mujoji'af. Eivai (vkoXop pa

tliere ] VTrdyrj TIS eVfiJ ;

154 Dialogues.

The easiest way is by water 'H tlKoKaripa obos tlvai dia

as far as Nauplia, where OaXdiraijs fi^xP'^ Navn'Kiov, onov horses must be hired to npiiTei va fuaGaxrrjrf Ittitovs take you to Mycenae, Tiryns, 8ia va vndyrjre ds rdt Mvkt]-

Coriuth, etc. vas, rfjv Tipwda, ttjv Kopivdov

K.T.\,

How many days does the trip nJo-ay ^p.ipas SiapKtl to ra^d-

take ] Biov

You can see everything easily Awaade va iSjjre ra ndvra Iv

in four days. avian tls -reavapas f/fifpas. Is there anything worth visit- 'Ynapxei n a^iov iniaKt^taa iv

ing at Corinth 1 Koplvda ; From the top of Acro-Corin- *EKT^sKopv(f)T]STov'AKpoKop[vdov

thus you have one of the ^X^ff 6iav e< rSiV Xapvporepav

finest views in Greece. ev 'EXXaSt.

It takes about two hours to 'Yndyfi rtr (VTOs 8vo apZv ((fuTT-

ride or drive from Corinth iros rj e^' apd^qs «k rrjs Kopiv-

to Kalaniaki, whence a 6ov fls t6 KaXap-aKi, 66(v to

steamer brings you back to drfionXoiov ads fjrava(f>€pei tU the Piraeus in about four Ueipaid ivros rea-adpoiv n-fpiVoi

hours. wpcov.

What season in the year JJoiav apav rov erovs 6d e'^fXe

would you choose for tra- yerf fiui ra^eiSiov iv ra iacoTf

veiling in Greece 1 piKa r^s 'EXXaSoy ;

/:xdXXoi' The winter is most enjoyable 'O x^'^l^^" *'""' ° tixd

in Athens ; but I should piaros ds rds 'Adrjvas' 6a i^e choose March, April, or \(yov 8e rov MdpTiov, 'AvpiXio

May for travelling in the rj Md^ov 8ia irepifiyrjaiv ds n interior. ia-coTtpiKov.

Throughout the month of Kafi* Skov t6v 'lavovdpiov 6 olpai January the skies are almost vos dvai a-x^^ov dre^fXor. cloudless. ;

Residence in a Family. -^SS

(10) About a Family in HEPI OIKOrENEIAS EN Ht which to beside. eEAEI NA KATOIKHSHt TI2.

E. I want to find a family E. GtXo) vh. evpca oiKoytveidv

who would receive me into Tiva, rJTis 6a fi eSe;(eTO ftf

their house. TTjv oiKiav Trjs. G. You mean that you wish G. 'Evvoflrf OTi imdv^iUTe va

to have rooms there; not (XV"^ Sw/ita'Tta e/cet, o;^i o/xcay

to have your meals with the Koi va TpcuyrjTe fie ttji/ oIko- family. yfVfiav.

E. No, no. I want to have E. "Ox}, oxi ! ©eXci) Koi va Tpaya, my meals there. You do Aev fiavddvd tis 'EWrjviKa Kor-

not learn Greek by living oiKwv fiovov ev Tfi avTrj oIkIo.

in the same house with fjied' 'EXKtjvcov. Qe\(o va roi/s Greeks. I want to hear aKovci va opikaxri Ka\ va opiXa

them talk, and talk to them Kal iya> n'pos avTOvs. myself.

G, But, sir, it is not the cus- G. 'AXXa, Kvpie, 8(v tivai (tvvtj-

tomhere to receive strangers. 6fia eScd va 8e;^coiArat ^fvovs.

Our habits are so different. Ta tdipd pas eivat noXi) dia(popo-

It will not be very comfort- TiKa. Aev 6a aas fLvai ttoXv

able for you. avairavTiKov.

E. It is the only way to learn E. Ell/at o povos Tponos va pd6r]

Greek quickly, and I shall Ti-s EWrjviKa Ta\€u>s, koI 6a tov

adopt it, whether I am com- 'iTapahc)(6a> eire 6a rjvai evapfcr-

fortable or not. TOV fiTf dev 6a j]vai,

G. I admire your determina- G. Qavpd^io Trjv aradfpoTrjTa

tion. But in a few days (raf. AXX' (vtos oXiycav rjpt-

you will return to yuur pS)v 6d fniaTpt-\lrt]Tf ds rh

iiotel.

E. We shall see. In the E. 0a idwpev. 'Ev tovtois ttoos meantime, how am I to find 8vvapai va evpco olKoyfVddv

a family ? nva 155 Dialogues.

G. I will inquire among my G. Ev)(api(TT(i)S 6a f^fTaaa fit-

friends, with pleasure ; but ra^i) tS)v (fjiKoiv fiov' ahXa (po-

I fear it will be difficult. ^ovfjiai oTi 6a J/i/ai tvaKoXov.

E. I think I shall put an E. No/[*tfc<> OTi 6a KaTa-)(

advertisement in the "Qpa. flboTToirjcriv riva tts rijv ' "Qpav,

G. Such a thing was never G. Toiovr6v T^ oiibfTTOTt rjKovaBrj.

heai'd of It is impossible. £(i/at ahvvaTOV.

E. If it is extraordinary it E. *Eaw T/i/at rrapabo^ov 6a «X-

will attract attention, and KVCrrj TTjV TrpO(TO)^r]V TOV Kocrpov,

that is the object of an Koi ovTos (ivai 6 (TKOTTos puis

advertisement. (l5onoif](Tfa>i.

G. But only a low class of G. *AXXd t6t€ povou f] Kara ra^is

people will answer the ad- TOV \aov 6a X«/3); vn oi//'«' rfju

vertisement. uhcmoir^aiv.

E. Well, I shall go and see E. IIoXii Ka\a, da vTrdya va roi/s

them and judge for myself. ida> Ka\ va Kplvut p6vos pnv. I am determined, so come JLipai diTo(f)aaiap(VOS, uxTTf fXa

and help me write the ad- va pe ^or]6r](TT}s va ypdyp^o) rfjV vertisement. *lbonolq

'An Englishman desires to * AyyXor rtj (ni6vp(l. va flcr€\6rj

enter a Greek family. He f.s riva fXXrjviKfjv olKoyevtiav,

requires two rooms, and E^(i dvdyKr]V 8vo baparLav kcA

wishes to take his meals im.6vp(i va rpuiyjj ptra rm

with the members of the pfXcov r^s olKoyiveias ottcdj opf

family, in order to talk Xfj (\\r]viKd. Tiprj 300 (f)pdyKa

Greek. Terms, 300 francs TOV piiva, Aiddwcris M. A.

a month. Address, IT. A. A(vooox^(iov TOiv Afvmi'. Hotel des Etrangers.'

G. Yes, I think that will do; G. MaXttrra, vopi^a on ()^(i

300 francs a month is quite KaXSii' 300 pdyKa kutci prjva

enough. (ivai upKfrd.

E. They ought to include in- E. UpfTTd Tore va crvpirfpiXap-

struction for that sum. In ^dvTjTUi Ka\ fj 8i8a(TKa\ia fls t6

France, Germany, and Italy TToaov. Elf TTjv VaWlaVj Ttp. ; Residence in a Family. 157

I paid much less. ftavlav Koi 'irdkiav tTrXfipaxra

TToXv o\iya)Tfpov.

G. But here it is not the G. EbS) ofjid)! 8(v (iifoi (TVVTjdaa

custom, and you must pay- Koi TTpfiTft va irXrjpaxTtfTf 7rfpi(T~

rather more. Give the ad- (Torepov. AoTf rqv fldonoirjcnv

vertisement to this man (Is TOV avOpOilTOV TOVTOV, OCTTtP

he will take it to the office, 6a Trjv virayrj els to ypacfte'iov

and pay what is due. Kcu 6a 7r\r]po)

(II) Conversation with synaiaaesis me tina 01- THE Head of a Family. kofeneiapxhn.

G. I have seen your adver- G. EtSov, Kvpie, T^v yvoaaTOTToit]-

tisement in the paper, sir. (Tiv

E. It is very good of you to E. Eicrdf jToXii KoXos Stort fantv- come so promptly. Do you aare va eXdijre. KaraiXap^uvfTe

rt understand what I require ] C'l'^S) ;

G. Certainly, sir. I have G. BfjSata, Kvpie. "E;^© eVot-

taken a new house which is Kiaa-peinjv vtav oIkiuu noXi) fieya-

too large for my own family. Xrjv bia TTji/ olKoyevfiAv p.ov. To The rooms are very good. 8a)p.dTia (Ivai noXv KoXd.

E. Can I E. Avvafiai va Tpaya fia^v (Tag have my meals with j youl

G. I fear it will be difficult. G. ^o^ovpaioTi6ajivai8v(rKoXov,

E. But it is a necessity. I E. 'AXX* tivai dvdyKT]. Armovfuii

regret that we cannot ar- 8f dioTi 8ev (Tvp(pa)VOVfitv. Xai~

range. Good morning, sir. prrf, Kvpie.

G. Yes, sir, if you can eat G. MdXtaTa,Kvpie,&v^fnroprJTtva

our Greek dishes. Tpwyr)T€ TO. fKXrjviKap^s ^ayip-o.

E. I do not mind anything, E. Aev fif p.fXti 8ia riirort, (f)ddvfi

so long as the house is clean. fiovov Tj olKia va fjvai. KaOapd.

G. We have breakfast at G. Upoytvpari^ofiev fls rag

11.45 ^Q^ dinner at 6. In 11.45 *'*' yfVftarif^oixfv tls ras 158 Dialogues.

the morning you could have 6. 'Yr]v iTpcoiav 6a nii>T]T( Ka(j)€

coffee and anything else you Kai o,Tt aXXo ^r]Tr](TfT€. required.

E, Those hours suit me very E. At Sipai avrai eifot ttoKv Ka-

well. What do you ask a rdWifkoi 81 (fif. Tt (rjTf'ire

% Tov fir]va (St firjvaj month (Kaarov ]

G. I cannot take less than G. Aiv bvvafiai va Sf^^^co oXtyco-

350 francs a month, and I Tepov tS)V 350 (f)pdyK

assure you that I shall gain fJLrjva, Ka\ aas ^e^aiS) on 6a

very little. xepSi^o) naiXv oXiyov.

E. Then you must manage E. Tore eiade ttoXv Kaxos oIko-

your household very badly. Kvprjs. AeV 8i8(o nepiacTOTepov

I will not give more than TCiv 300 (f>pdyK(ov Kara priva

300 francs a month for bi o\a, Ka\ fvvoo) va [lol 8i8r]Tf

everything, and I expect ekXrji'iKov fia6r}fia fuas wpas you to give me an hour's Kaff eKaaTTjp, Greek lesson a day. G. But you do not know, sir, G. 'AXXa bev yvcopl^fre, Kvpit, how dear provisions are. it6(tov OKpi^a eivai ra Tpo(j)ipa. E. I know that tliey are E. Tvccpl^d) OTI eivai fvdrjvoTfpa

cheaper here than in Paris, f8S> OTTO Toiis napiciovs, koi opa)s

and there I only paid 300 tKfl fTrkfipavov 300 (jypdyKa

francs in an excellent family. (JLOVOV ft$ a^ioKoyov oiKoytvtiav. G. I hope you do not regard G. Aef Trtorevo) va [xi 6ecop^Te me as a rascal. I am a man Karfpydpt]v. Eipai Tifxios av- of honour, sir, and I assure 6pa>'iros Kill eras fif^aia on you that I shall gain nothing. bev 6a Kepbfjcra (jitpbicra)) W- I will accept with this con- iTore. Qd 8fx6S) inro tov opov vh

dition, that you will stay [Xfivrjre bio p.TJvai TOv\d)(ii(TTOv. at least two months. E. I can promise for one E. 'H^TTopoJ va vrro(rxf6a) b month, but after that I can- tva p-rjva, ciKKa fitr avrhv bfv not be sure. Probably I bvvafiai va r)p.ai ^f'^aios. Uido' shall remain three months. vbv va fiuvci rpfis nrjvas. Residence in a Family. 159

Gr. I hope you will stay at Gr. 'EXTTi'^w oTt Ba fiflmjTf rov-

least three months, as I liave Xa;^i(rTov rpt'is ixrjvas fVetS^

to spend a great deal in 6 avayKaadSi va 8aTTapr](Ta> ttoX-

buying furniture. "When Xct 8ia V dyopdao) fTTinXa,

will corae ] HoTf 6a fXdrjTf you 5 E. I should like to come to- E. 'EneBiifiovu va eXdco avpiov.

^vai TO ndpra eroi/xa morrow. Will everything ©a ;

be ready 1

G. At three to-morrow every- Gr. Eiff ras rpus avpiov oka 6a

thing will be ready for you. rjvai eroipa 8t vfids.

E. Very good. I shall be E. noXii Ka\a. Qa eX^o) fts rat there at 4 p.m.

(12) ABKivAii IN A Family. AGISTS EI2 OIKOrENElAN.

Where is bedroom ] now flVai 6 KOITWV fp«/3' my fXOV J (^

^aroKafiapcn j Here, sir. E^dj, Kvpie,

Are the sheets dry? Why Ta aivdovia (ivai oTfymj Atari

have you only given me one fioi f8a>Kas novov tv aivhovi J

sheet ] Go and get another TlT]yaLV€ Ka\ fp€ aXXo d/ueorwr. directly.

Is there anything in those 'YTrdp)(€i Ti (Is aira to (Tvprdpia ;

drawers "?

Open the cupboard. I want Avci^f TTjv cKtvodrjKrfv (to vtov- to hang my coat up. Xdnij. GeXw va Kpefidaa to

(f)6pfpd fiov.

Clean my boots, please, and KaOdptaov, TrapaKoXS), to. vttoSj)-

call me in the morning at fiard pov Ka\ ^inrvrjat pf to

7. I will take coffee and irpaX els ras 7- ©a irdpa Kaipe

an egg at 8. Ka\ ev avyov fls ras 8.

Bring me some hot water for ^fpe pov oXiyov ^((Ttov vepov 8ta

shaving. va ^vpiadSt.

When will dinner 1 ndrt 6a ^vai iroipov be ready to yevpa J ; ;

i5o Dialogues.

It is now a quarter of an *Hpyr)afP rJSr} tv rerapTOV r^f

hour late. S)pai.

The master of the house is 'O d(fieinT]s (olKobfaTroTTjs) flvai out.

I don't care. I cannot wait Aei* pe peXet. Atv Tjpnnpciy va

I am in a hurry. Put din- TTtpipiva. Bid^opai. BdXc to

ner on the table. (jiayrjTov fts to rpant^i.

like \ (payr/Tov Do you that dish 2aj dp((TK(i TO tovto J

Yes ; I like all vegetables, MaXi

especially haricot beans. "kaxaviKa, Idiass to (paaovXia.

Will you have some salad QeXfTf oXlyrjv aaXuTav pi to

with your chicken ? novKi

{JFor oilier dishes, etc., see Vocabulary, p. 263.)

Thanks, I have finished. 'Ev)(apiiTTSi, (TfKfiacra.

excuse Upeirfi va ($- Will you me? I Me (Tvyx<»pflTe J must go out at once. (X6(a dpeams.

' The Theatre begins at 8, To dfuTpov apxi^d f's TOf OKTOi

and it is twenty minutes' Koi TrpeTrei va ^adiaa (iKocrt walk. XfTTTa.

At what o'clock shall you be Uoiav aipav 6a iinaTpi'^rirf J backl

Ilepl fvbfKa' KaWl- About 1 1 ; but I had better Tas dWa take a key, so that the ser- repnv va ndpco fva Kkfibi, Sta

vants need not sit up. pa pfj ptvuvv ol xmrjpiTai aypv-

Give me the key of the front Aof poi TO KKfi8iov TTJs ipnpoa-

door. 6ivris Qvpas. If the dogs bark at you, throw 'Eav TO (TKv\i.a aas yavyl^nvtri a stone at them, and they plylraTf piav nfTpav Ka\ da will run away as fast as they (f)vyovv TO Taxyrtpov. can.

Thanks ; I have my stick. I ElxapioTw' fx

(13) JfEETING IN THeStKEET. 2YNANTH212 KAG* OAON.

Ti Ka\i.viTi Ilwy iiaQf How do you do 1 How are ; \ you?

well, ; you \ TLoKv Kaka^ fv^apicrra)' v^tis 8e Very thanks and J I have a bad cold. Eifiai jToXw Kpvo\oyT}[i('pos.

I am very sorry to hear it. AvTrovfiai noKv (aKovcav tovto\

"Well, and how are you getting Kal TTcos TTtjyaivfTt els to. 'EXXij-

on in Greek ? viKa',

Capitally. The language is Aafinpa. Eivai fvxapiaros yh.axr-

very pleasant and not so (ra Koi o;(i Toaov 8v(tko\os ocrov

difSoult as I expected. (VOfll^OV,

One learns Avithout working Mavdavft Tts x<*'p'f va KaTaytvrjTai

if one talks Greek all day fav opiXjj 'EXXrjviKa Kad' oXiji*

long. TTiv fjixtpav,

is there 1 Kal ri vea ()(op,^v Well, what news ] Not much. 1 fear there will 0)(i TToXXa. ^o^ovpai iv tovtois

be war, however; the peo- on, 6a yeivrj nokefios' 6 Xaos ple are excited. fivM (^rjppevos.

Have you heard the report HKovdare rr/v etSrjaiv ori 6 Movk-

that Moukhtar Pacha, the Tap naaaiy 6 iTrlrponos inl rrjs Commissioner for the Rec- btappvdpiaeois rav avv6pa>v

tification of the Frontier, dneaiipdrj, koi oti 6d avrtKora-

retired, and will aradr} VIVO Tov 2atS Traara has be J

replaced by Said Pacha ]

It cannot be true, Said Pacha Afv etvai Buvarov v (iKrjdevrj. 'O

will not leave Constantino- 2ai5 iraaas 8ev (f)€vyei dno rrjv

ple. IloXiP.

I heard it on good authority. To rjKovcra €k deTiKrjs nrjy^s.

(14) In A Cafe. EI2 KA^^EION (ka$eneion).

Which is the best Cafe here 1 Uolov ehai to KaXXiTtpov Ka(^nov

(^Ka(f)fvflov) ivravda',

The Cafes Solon and Kout- Ta icaipfla Toii 26Ka)vos, Kal tov M ' ! ; l62 Dialogues.

soukos are the best. You KovTcrovKov tivai ra KaXXirtpa. must go past the Chamber IT/jfTTei va TTfpda-qTf Trjv Bovkfiv and straight on down the KOI va KarafiriTf la-a top Karr]-

hill. They are in the Place (fiopov. 'Eivai fls TTjv 7iXareIai»

de la Concorde. TTJs * 'Ofiovoias.

There is music in the square Ilatfft fiovaiKr) (Is rrjv ifKaruav on Sundays, Tuesdays, and TtjV KvpiaKr]V, rfjv Tpirriv Koi Thursdays. Trjv Ufp.nrrjv.

Give me a cup of coffee. Aos fjioi fva Ka(j)e.

Will you have it sweet or not, T\vKvv rov 6eX(Tf, Kvpie, ^ o;(t sirl

I will take it k la Turque. Tbu SfKco TovpKiKov. Jloaov ex* ' >

How much is it ?

Ten lepta, sir. Ae/ca XeTTTti, Kvpie.

It is not the custom in Greece Aev (Ivai, (Tvvrjdtia els ttjv 'EXXaSa to give tips to the cafe wait- va Bldcoai /irra^iai fls(^va(f)ikfv-

ers. aij Tovs inrjpfTas tov Ka(j)fiov.

Waiter, bring me a sweet- IlniBi, (f>epi fiov (V yXvKi(Tp.a, meat, a glass of water, and (V TTOTtjpiov v8aTos Ka\ to ^a- the chess. TpiKlOV.

AVliat is that liqueur they Tt tvorov tivai (Kf'ivo to onolov are drinking] irivovai ',

It is ' mastique.* "Eivai paoTixa. Tell the boot-black to come EiVe TOV \ovaTpov va t\6r], E, XoCfxrpf here. Here, boot-black !

"Ap.a^a, (dS>. Tpd^a els Trjv Here, cab ! Drive to the club. Tka

Have you any English news- "E^fTf ayyXiKas icfyrjfiepiSas ',

papers ?

Yes, sir. Here are the ' Times MdXtora, Kvpie. 'iSou ol ' KaipoV

^ and * Daily News.' KOI TO. 'Hpfpfja-ia Nea.'

? Will you have a cigarette GtXere ev aiyapov j

No, thanks ; I prefer a cigar. *0;^i, tv)(api(rT(o' rrpoTip.S) tv

irovpov.

i Wt'/A a Washerwoman. 163

Are you ready 1 Let us go. E'o-^e fzoifios ; *Aj vndyaixfv. 1 am tired. I shall go home. Eifxai Kovpaa^iivos. Qa imdyut

(IS TO aniTi,

(1 5)"WiTH A Washerwoman. ME HAYSTPAN.

How soon can you let me have Elf noaov xpovop Tjfinopfls va

my linen back ] fioii ini(TTp('^r]s TO. dairpoppovxd nov;

I cannot send the shirts before Aev fjpiropS) pa (ras OTfiXw rh

Thursday, sir. The other VTroKdpi

row. Tjpnopflrf va ra fXTjre avpiov. Very good, but you must IIoXu KaXd, dWa rrptnei va vno-

promise them for Thursday o'X^^n^t OTt 6a ra

There is a list of my things. I80V 6 KOToXoyos tS)v pov)(Civ pov.

7 shirts, 7 i/jTOKapiaa (^xiTwvfs), 7 collars, 7 KoWdpoi (iTfpikaipia),

5 pair of socks, 5 C^'h^ Ka\T

1 2 pockethandkerchiefs, 1 2 pavbfjXta (Jiivopaicrpa), 2 pair of drawers, 2 (aa^paKa, 3 undervests, 3 (paviXts,

6 white ties. 6 aarrpoi Xaifio^fToi.

You may put as much starch H/xTTopf If va /SaXjjf oaijv KoWav

as you like into the shirt- 6e\(is tls ra TrtpiarijOia tS)V fronts. xmoKapiauiv,

I forgot to ask how much you 'E\r]crp6vr]aa va cpwrijcra) rroaa

charge. 6f\ti.s.

My prices, sir, are rather high, H Tipfj, Kvpu, fivai poiXXov pe-

but the washing, sir, will be ydXr], dXXa to nXvaip^p 6d

thoroughly well done. ydvTi Kadiis npfirfi,

Very good. I trust to you, UoXi) KaXd, 'Epmarfvopai tls U 2 i54 Dialogues.

and remember, not later than eVe, Koi Kurra^e va to. «;(&)

six on Thursday. o^t dpyoTtpa drro ras f$ rrjs

Certainly, sir, without fail. Mcj'Xiora, KvpUj x^onpls

(16) In A Bookselleb's. EI2 BIBAIOnOAEION.

Where is the best bookseller Hov fivai 6 KaWiTtpos ^t^Xio-

in the town ] TTcbXj/f rrjs noXews ',

There are two good shops, 'Yndp\ovai. 8va koXo /St^XtoTrw-

close together, in the Hue Xeia, KftVfi/a to (v nXrfa-Lov rov

Hermes. aXKov (Is TTjv obov 'Eppov.

Wliich do you recommend ] Ilinov (Tvpi(TTaTe ;

"Wilberg has foreign books: 'O BiXpnepy €)^€i ^€va ^i^Xia' tli

at Antoniades'.a little higher Tov 'AiTOCtaSow oKiyov dvcoTepa)

up, you will find all the 6a (vprjTf oka to. eWrjviKa ^if:i-

Greek books you want. Xt'a, TSuf oirolav exerc dvdyKrjv.

I want to buy the 'Papesse QeX(o V dyopdcTco r^v ' UaTricnTav

Jeanne,' by Roides, which I 'ladvvau' inrb Poi8ou, jj onoia

am told is a very clever po\ Xtyovv fivai jroXu ev(pvei novel. pvdiaroprjpa.

Yes, it is the wittiest novel MoXiora, flvai to tl^viaTtpov

in Modern Greek, but I pvdicTTOprjpa Ttjs vecoTepas eX-'

advise you to begin with a XrjviKTJs yXo)(T(Tr]s, dXXa acts

comedy. avp^ovXdco V dp\i(TT)Te pe

piav Kcopcobiap. Buy the French and Greek of 'AyopdcraTe to 'E\Xt]vik6i> kqI some play of Sardou. Read TaXXiKop Keipfpov Ko)pcp^ias through a scene carefully in Tipos TOV ^ap^ov. A.payva>(TaTe both languages. Shut the pfTO. Trpoaoxfjs plap (TKTjprjv Kai

Greek and translate from els Tcis Bvo •yXcoffcras, KXtitrare the French. TO 'EXXt)pik6p KfiptVOP Koi p€- Ta(PpdaaT( ck tov ToXXikov. J :

In a Bookseller's. 165

"What a capital plan ! It will Tt \a\nxpoi rponos ! Oa KufXTf

make the study of Greek Tfjf aaovbrjp rtjs EWTjVLKijs quite amusing. (UTfXas 8ia(TKt8aaTiKt]v.

Yes, and it will teach you MaXtora Koi Bia tov rporrov Tov-

the idioms of the language Tov 6a diSaxS^re ra j'Stco/iara in a very short time. T^f y\cL>a(Tt]s (VTos ^paxyrdrov Xpovov.

When you can read easily, 'Orav tvvTjdrJTe v avayivai(TKr}T€

you ought to begin the his- ilKoKios, TTpenei v dpx^Lcrrjre ttju

tory of Greece, by Papar- IcTTopiap rrjs 'EXXaSos vtto K. rigopoulos, a really great IlanapprjyonovXov, irpaypariKcos

work, or the Histoiy of the p-tya fpyov, Jj rfiv ^laroplav r^i

Bevolution, by Tricoupis. 'EXXrjviKtjs 'ETTavacrTaaeas vno

2. TpiKoinr).

But I wish to learn some- 'AXX' iiTiQvixoi va pa.6a> kuti ti

thing about Greece at once. TTfpi 'EXXuSos ndpavra, Uoia

there % What books are /St^Xia virdpxovcrt J

* There are two recent works 'Yndpxovat 8vo via fpya' fj Nea

New Greece, by Lewis Ser- 'EXXaff VTTo AovSo/3iKOu 2ep^fvT

geant, and ' La Grfece telle Koi. ^ * 'EXXqs Ota tivai vtto

qu'elle est,' by Moraitinis. MojpoIrtVj;. 'AncfiOTepad^ioXoya Both meritorious works. (Tvyypdppxvra.

I have heard of a book called HKovara rrepi tivos fti^'Klov ' Ot

' The Greeks of To-day,' by 'EWrji/ft TT]! trrjjjiepov vno

Tuckerraan, who was Ame- TaKfppaPy 6 6no7os t]TO irpea^vs

rican Minister here. rrjs ^Ap.(piKrjs iv 'Adfjvais.

It is a most amusing and Eivai Xi'aj/ tvxdpia-TOU Ka\ aXtjdfs true sketch of the country aKiaypdtpTjpa toO tottov Ka\ tov

and people. 'Kaov. bvvapai to Where can I buy it t Tlov va dyopdaa J

It is out of print, but I will *H e/cSoertf (^r]VT\ri6j], aKka 6a

write to London for a copy. ypd'^at (Is TO Aovblvov va pov

OTfiXovv ev dvTiTxmov,

Thank you, and please send Ids fv\api(TT(Of Ka\ napaKaXu 1 65 Dialogues.

it to the Hotel des Etrangers "Kfiv^art TO (IS TO ^«i'o5o;^«ioi»

for me as soon as you re- t£>v Stvav, ajxa to Xd^tjrf,

ceive it.

(17) In A Stationee'8. EIS XAPTOnQAEION.

E)(eTe '""'' Have you writing paper 1 x^P'"' ypayf/ifiaTOs J

Certainly, sir ; what size do Bf/3at

«\'fTf avayKqv you require 1 ;

Show me what you have, AfT^e fiov o,Tt

Gf'Ao) (jityaKfiTfpov I want some larger paper than X**/""' ^^^ this, and some envelopes. TOVTO Koi fiepiKovs (})aKfWovs.

The only larger size we have To povov ptya\(iT(pov axw^t '''^

is foolscap. onoiov e^ofifv, ftvai ds TtTapTov,

Q. Ah ! that will not do. I must ! avrb 8(» Kapvft. Upinfi

take this. Please wrap it va napdi tovto, 2e napaKoXS)

TvXi^e CIS ndffoi/ up in paper for me. How TO X°P'"*''

much is it 1

Five lepta a sheet, and you UevTS 'X.cTTTa to (j>vXKov koi have 23 sheets. That will iirripart eiKoiri Tpia (f>vWa' Kap- make one franc. va t6 0X.0V iv (ppdyKov. I will pay you in copper. 0a aas Saxra ^oXkov.

Then it will be one franc Tore Kapvti (v pdyKov Koi btKa-

fifteen centimes ; copper is ntirre XfTrra* 6 xoXko; tivai els depreciated. V7T0TipT]CriV. Is there anything else I can Exfte avdyiajv SKXov tivos, to

sell you this morning 1 OTTolou pa Svpapai va aas irco-

\i]a(i} TTjv TrpcoLav tovttjv ; Yes, I want some sealing MoKiara, 6fX

1 Travelling in the Interior, 167

Why \ They are most useful L.iar'i. \ £(fa( ttoXw )(pi](Ti[j.ai kuI and convenient. KaTakXrjXoi. I fear you have not any Englisli J pens. nevas rov J. No, sir; but you will find "Oxi, Kvpif, dWa 6a tvptjrt rai- these very good. Tas noXii KuXds. I will try a few. Wrap them ©a duKifida-oi pepiKas. Ti;Xt|e up with some blotting-paper. ray pe oXiyov CTTOviro^apTov.

1 cannot bear the sand you Afi» 8vvap,ai va vnoi^ipa) tj]v use in this country. appov, TTjv onoinv peTa\(ipi-

C«rd( (Is rov Tonov roiirov. Hoi) vd oreiXcD t6 Where shall I send the parcel dtpa J to]

Send it to the house of Mr. SrfTXf TO (Is T^v oiKiav rov k. Coupa. Kovna,

(18) Travelling in the HEPIHrHSIS EI2 TO Inteeiok. E2QTEPIK0N.

Can you tell me the name of Avvaade vd p.01 (tnrjre to ovopa

a good dragoman ] I wish KoKov Tivos hupprfveccs J GeXoj

to ride across the Pelopon- va Ta^fibfvcrci ((jiiinTOS Kaff

nese. oXfv TTjv II(\o7r6vvr]crov,

Yes. I know a most trust- MdXtora' yvcopi^o) audpamov nva worthy man. I will send Xiav d^LomaTov, Qa ads tov

him to you. OTeiXci).

Do you know the Tvapi^fTf Ttjv Il(Xon6vvrj(rov Pelopon- I

nese ]

Certainly, sir. Look at these Be^aiwp, Kvpte. Uaparqprja-aTe

testimonials. TCI TnaTOTToiTjTiKd TavTa.

How much would it costi Hodov 6d K0(TTi

I would provide horses, food, *Ey(i) 6d ads TrpopTjdfvu) dXoya, i68 Dialogues,

everything for 80 francs a rpo

day, for all. TJvra (jipdyKa TrjDt'juepav 81 oXovs.

That seems a great deal, but Mol (})nivoiiTai TToXXa, oAXa 6a

I will ask my friends. fpa)Tr]cra> rovt <}}l\ovs fiov.

We accept. "We shall start Sfx^ofieda. G' dvax(opf]aa>fi(v

from Katacolo and ride ano TO KaraKciXov Koi 6a vnd-

across to Nauplia and ycofifv f(f)i.mroi (Is UavjrXiov

Epidaurus. Koi 'Eni^tavpov,

That is a beautiful journey. Eii/at fopaiov ra^dbiov. Qa 'brjTt

You will see the plain of Tr/v 7re8idSa tijs 'OXvpniai, tov

Olympia, the temple of vaov TOV EniKovptlov 'AttoX-

Apollo Epikourios at Bassse, \(ovos, TO "hpyos, rag Mi'(ciji/ar

Argos, Mycenae, and Tiryns. Koi TTjv Tipvv6a. HpnopetTf va

You can retui-n from Nau- €Trav€\6T]T( dia NouttXiov us

plia to the Piraeus, or ride Ileipaia fj va IndytTe ((pimroi,

to Epidaurus and take a fls EniSavpov Kai tKfl va nd-

boat there. pr]Te ulav XffiQov.

"We must ride faster, or it npfTTfi va nopfv6a)p(v ra^vro-

will be dark before we reach pov, aXXo>f 6a vvKTaxrrj nplv rj

Argos. (p6d(T0}pfv fls TO Apyos,

No, sir, the horses cannot 0;^i, Kvpie, Ta aXoya 8iv tjpnO'

gallop. povv va Kokirdacixri,

They must. Drop the bridle. npend. A(f)r}(T€ top )(^a\iv6v,

Is anybody there ? Ostler ! Eivai Tts eSw ; imroKopf.

Put our horses in the stable. BaXf Ta a\oyd pas (Is tov

(TTaiiXov,

Is there a house here, where 'Yndpxd Kappia olna ivTavOa,

we can pass the night % onov va 8vi^6a>pev va St/X^m- vvKTa pev T^v J Yes, sir, follow me. MaXtora, Kvpit, aKoXovBrja-aTf pt. We wish to sleep here, have 'Emdvpovpfv va Koipr}6wp(v iv-

you a clean room ] Tav6a, (X^'f Kadapov dcopdriov^

Yes, sir, here is a beautiful MaXiora, Kvpif, l8ov lapdlov Sw/xa-

room, but it has no beds. TioVy alO^a 8(v e;(€t Kpt^^dna. Travelling in the Interior. 169

Fortunately I have brought Eiirv;^cos «yob ('f)(pa to ISikov

one. fJ-OV.

We are hungry. Have you Ufivcbfifv. "Excels Kavev vovW ^

\ oXiyov apvi a chicken or Eome lamb j

like ? "Would you potatoes ©eXere TraraTts {y(o)fxriKa) J

The meat is not cooked To cf)ayr]T6v dev (ivcu upKfTa

enough. Cook it a little ^rjpifvov, "^tjat TO oXiyov ire- more. piaaoTtpov.

Send our dragoman here. ^TflXf pas e8co TOP bifppTjvta,

Give me a light. Aoi fjiov €v (f)5)S. have to What we payl Tt ()(optv va nXT]pa(Ta)p(» f 100 francs, sir. 'Ekqtov (f>pdyKa, Kvpif.

Show me the bill. I will Af'i^ov poi TOP KaToXoyov, Qa

conect it. TOP biop6(t}(Ta>.

Pay him 50 francs. It is liXrjpaxraTf TovTifVTrjKOVTa (jipdy

enough. Ka, Eivai apK€Ta.

There are 50 francs. Take 'I80V TTfvrjura pdyKa. Hdpe to

them and let me go. Get Koi a({>(s pe va

Drive on, coachman. Let Tpn'jSa, dpa^a, "Acfirjai tov I'a

him talk. Xe'yi?.

Hold your tongue. I shall 2ina' Siv aKovca.

not listen.

We ought all to have brought "EnpeiTt va ^fpa)ptv o\oi to Kpt0-

our own beds, and as much d^Tid ^las Ka\ oatjv f/bwdptda

food as possible. The hotels TTtpiaaoTepav Tpo4>rjv. Td ^(vo-

are abominable. 8o;^fIa fivai dnoTponaia, Order three horses, two for IlapdyyfiXe va eTOipaadaai rpia

gentlemen and one for a aXoya, 8vo Sia Kvpiovs /cat (V

lady, to be ready to-morrow bia Kvpiav, avpiov (Is raj (tttu,

at seven o'clock, if it is fciv Tjvai iipa'ios Kaipos,

fine.

TTpoTipart tva povXdpi Would you not prefer a mu/e, Aev ; (piav

they are more sure-footed 1 Tjpiovov)' jSaStfet dcT(pdX(CTT(pov, —

lyo Dialogues.

No, a mule is so uncomfort- 0;^t* TO fiovXdpi eipai ttoXii a*ca-

able to ride. TaXXTjAoj/ 8i Imracriav.

The saddle is not on properly. 'H (TfXn (to ei^iTnrtoj') bev tlvai

Are the girths right t KaToKXfjXcos ^aXfievr], 'll fcbi/jj

T^s creXas eifot aaiaTci J

Tighten the girtlis. 2(^t^f TTjv ^dtvTjv (ttjv vyykav^.

Loosen the girths. 'AnoKvae ttjv ^o>ui]v (^ecr^t|e Trjv

That bit is too small. Change Ta yKtfua ravra eivai ttoXv fiiKpd.

it. AXXa^e ra.

The reins are very thick. Ta r]via flvai 7ro\v ;^oi>8pa.

Is this horse sure-footed To aXoyov tovto e;^ei a(r(f)aXes

/3uStcr/xa, fivai —rjav^ov^ fast —quiet 1 rax^v He is a little lame. XtoXaivft oXiyov.

No, sir, he always goes like *0;(t, Kvpie, TtavTOTf er^t iTTjyaUfi.

that. It does not matter. Aei* TTfipd^ei.

eivai KoXd Are the shoes all right \ Ta TTeraXa tovtu J Hold this horse while I help KpaTT/iTe TOVTO TO aXoyov, eV a

the lady to mount. e'-yo) ^or)dci) T^v KVpiav v dva^l],

Lead the horse with the bag- Odrjyei to akoyov p.e Tas ano-

(TKfvds.

Can we cross the river here ? Avvdp.e0a va 8iaj3w/iei/ ivTaiida

Tov iTOTafiov ;

Yes, sir, it is only two feet MaXiara, Kvpie, e^fi p-ovov 8vo deep. noboyv ^ddos, Send for the priest of the 2TftXf dia TOV TTOintav rov ^apiov

village — the school-master —roi' bihacTKoXov—tov irpov- —the chief man—the De- \ovTa TOV Ar)pap)(ov. march.

Sir, good day, we wish to KaXrjptpa, Kvpif, eiridvpovpev vcl

pass the night here. 8i€X6a,p€U TTJV pvKTa ivTavda. Welcome. Our accommoda- KaX«br wplaaTf. Ta npos dvd'

tion is humble. itavmv etcat nevi^pd. Will you send a man to SreiXare Tiva irapaKoXovfifv va — Shooting. 171

guide us % How far is it imi obrjyqa-rj. Uocrov fiuKpav

to Nauplial fwai ftos fls t6 NauTrXtov;

How many liours shall we Ilocras copav da KafxoofjLfv va c{)dd-

' take to reach Mycenae on trci)/xe«/ fls ras MvKrjvas {(piUTToi

horseback ]

The road is very steep and H 68of fivai TToXv KpT]fiva)8T}i koI narrow. arfVTj,

(19) Shooting. KYNHriON.

"Where is the wind 1 Atto ttov eivai 6 avtfios j It is in the north. "We shall Etwi ^opeios. 9a f^afiev koKop

have good sport. Kvvriyiov. It is in the south. The birds Eicat voTioi. Ta rrovkia da ^vai will be up in the mountains. (Is TO ^ovvd. Eivai dva^tXis

It is no use going out. va (^eXdcofifv.

"E^fis TO. (^vatKia Have you got my cartridges ? fxov ; Fetch the dogs from the boat. 4>epf TO (TKvKih diro rfjv Xffi^ov.

Have you loaded the gun Eyepiaes to TOvcpfKt (to ottXov) j

the rifle ]

Bird on the left — on the Eu TTovXi npos TO dpUTTtpd—' right. bf^id.

Do you see where they went 1 BXeVrrf ttov VTTTJyov J They have gone over the 'Yniiyov \nrfp to opos. mountain.

I have hit him. I have To (n(TV)(a. To fTrXrjyaaa. wounded him.

Look out. There's a pig in Upoaf^f. 'iboii eicfl tv yovpovvi

those bushes. fls TOVS ^aTOVS (Kfivovs.

Keep the dogs back. Don't KpdTT)(Te Ta onio'Oi aKvXid, M^

make a noise. Kdprjs 66pvl3ov.

There he is. 'EKfl fivai. No to !

Come along, he is wounded. 'AKoXoidrja-ov, fnXrjyadr}. Aiv

He cannot get away. q/iTTopet va yXvTaxTr], 172 DialoFttes.

Give me my l

Take care, sir. Upoae^aTtj Kvpif. All right. I am ready. TloXv Kn\a. Eifiai troifios. Well, how many woodcocks Km TTOcrats ^vXoKorais iKTvnrj-

did you get ? vaTf ; It was too wanii for wood- 'Hto rroXi) ^icrrr] 8ia ^vXeKcSraiy,

cocks. They are in the El fat fts Ta ^ovvd, mountains. Is there any game in that "E^fi Kvvrjyiov tis iKtlvuv tqv

TOTTOV country 1 J

The wood is full of game. To Sdcros tivai ytfrnTQ Kvvijyi (nXripes KVvrjylov).

Take the hag back to the TJrjyaivf rov craxKov (Is ro 6a\a- yacht and get dinner ready. prjyov Koi eroipaae to -yfC/xa. We shall be back in an hour. &a (Travfkdapev fitra piav wpav. LETTERS. 1 74 Letters, LETTERS.

(1) Invitation. Mr. and Mrs. B. request the honour of Mr. A.'s company at dinner on Saturday, the 28th inst,, at 6.30 p.m.

Answer. Mr. A. has the honour to thank Mr. and Mrs. B. for their kind invitation, and regrets exceedingly that he has promised to go into the country to ghoot, from the 27 th inst. to the 3rd prox. Invitation. Dear Mrs, X. I regret exceedingly that my being in mourning prevents !ny receiving you as I should like, but it has been impossible for us to give dinner-parties since my aunt died eighteen months ago. If, however, you would like to come in for a cup of tea in the evening, we shall be delighted to see you, and to hear an account of your adventures at Megara. Yours affectionately.

Answer. My dear Mrs. A. Your invitation to come in after dinner is most hospitable, and I need hardly say how much I should have enjoyed accepting it, but unfortunately I caught a cold yesterday on the Patesia road (which is certainly the most dusty, windy, and disagreeable in Athens), and my doctor forbids me to leave the house. My husband is too busy with his horrid antiquities to give a thought to anything that has not been buried at least 1000 years. I look forward to the pleasure of meeting you at the great ball at the Palace on New Year's Day, to which I am told everybody is invited. Ever yours, with love, Y. X. Invitations. 175 EniSTOAAI.

(1) nP02KAH212.

Kvptof Kol i\ Kvpla B. Xafi^dvovai rrjv Tifjifjv pa Trpoa-KaXfcroxTt

(Is ydfj-a Tov Kvpiov A. rw ^a^^avM, 283 tVra/ieVou firjvos, 6.30/*.//. AHANTHIIS.

'O Kvptos A. Xafx^jvei t^v Tififjv va fvxapK^TTjajf rbv Kvpiop Koi

TTjv Kvpiav B. Sia rfjv tvytvrj iTp6(TKKr]rTlv t

SioTi vnefTxiGif va vndyi] els rfjv f^o^fjv Sta va Kwriyr^arj dno r^f

271JJ icTTajxevov /x«XP' ''^S 3»;s tow irpoae^ovs fJLrjvos, nP02KAH2I2.

AyaTrrpy] /not Kvpta X.

Avnoipai ttoXv 8i6ti (vtKa iTfvQovs ipnohi^opun va aas 8ex0S> ios fTTfBvpovv, aXX' ^TO aSvvarov va Sibmpev ytifiara drro tov Oavdrov rrjs Bfias pov irpo SfKaoKTco prjv&v. Eav iv rovTois fvapfaTrjdrjTf va

(\6rjTf m iTirjTf TO Tf'iov pfff fjpatv to fcrnipas, 6a tixapicrrr]6a)p(v va ads tSw/nei' /cat v aKovaapfv ttjv Sifjyrjaiv Ta)i» ets Meyapa jr(pm(Tfi,oi>v aas. "OXoJs npodvpos. AnANTH2I2.

AyaTTijTTj poi Kvpia A,

'H 7rp6aK\r]ais aras oTTwy f\6a Trpbs xipds ptTa to Stlirvov eivai

\iav (}>iK6^tvos, koi Sei/ €)(

Tci)v Uarrjcricov (JJtis tivai ^(fiaioas fj paXXov KoviopTutbrjs , npocTTjVfpos

Ka\ bva-dptaros (Is 'AOrivas) Koi 6 laTpos pov h(v pot f7rtTp(nei va

(^(k6a Tijs oiKias. O av^Dyos pov (ivai Xiav dnrjcrxoXTjpevos fls

Tas naXaioapxaioTrjrds tov, woTe vci pfj (TKcrrrrjTai irepl aWov tivos pr} T(6appfVov Toi\dxia-Tov eVt lOOO (Trj. 'eXttI^

€vxapi(TTr](nv va ads avvavTrjaa els tov peyav dvoKTopiKov xopbv ttjv npaTTjv TOV veov erovs, els ov, po\ einov, ndvTes irpoaKoKovvrai,

"EipX fUTa iroXX^s dydinjs f/ (J)iXtj aas, Y. X. 1/6 Letters.

(2) To TIIE DiEECTOB OF THE PoST OfFICK. Sir, I beg to inform you that I am now living in the house of Mr. Coupa, near the palace, and request that you will have all my letters sent there.

I am, sir, your obedient servant.

To THE Same. Sir, I beg to draw your attention to the following cases of negligence on the part of the Post-office. On Thursday last the mail came in at 1 1 a.m., but the postman did not bring my letters until late in the afternoon. On Saturday the mail came in at lo a.m., but I did not receive ray letters until late at night. As the mail for Europe goes out on Thursday and Saturday at 6 p.m., I was unable to answer the letters I received, and iim forced to wait until next week. This is a matter of the utmost importance, and I request that you will enquire into it, and make every endeavour to have it

rectified. I am, etc.

To THE Same. Sir, I am leaving Athens on the 26th of this month, and

request that all letters for me may be re-directed to Poste Restante, Trieste, until the 6 th pros., and after that to Hotel Continental, Paris. I am, etc.

(3) To A Greek Masteb. Sir, Wx. has recommended you to me as a teacher of Modern Greek. I should like to know what your usual

charge is, and what time you have free. If you can come to my hotel at 4 o'clock to-morrow afternoon, I shall be glad of a personal interview. Yours faithfully. To tJie Director of the Post-Office. 177

nPOS TON AIEYeVNTHN TON TAXYAPOMEION. P (2) K Kvptc LitvQvvra,

Aafj^vo) T^i/ Tiixrjv pa yva>(TTOTroifj(r

oiKiav Tov KVplov Kovrra, nXTjaiov tuv ovaKTOpav, koL eras napaKokci

va buiTa^rjTt va (rrfWuvrai cKfi 6\ai ai itnvTokai p.ov.

AtarcXd) /tera affiaa-fiov vfitrtpog Btpdnav,

ripOS TON AYTON. *A^l6Tlft( KvpK,

Aa/x^dcco TTiv Tip-ffv va eras TTapaKoKfato va (TriarrjCTTiTt t^v vfitrepav

irpo(ro)(fjv eVl tS>v e^rjs TrfpiTrraaecov d/icXctof tow raxvdpofifiov.

Tt]u 7rap(\6ov(ra» Uifiirnjv t6 Taxv8poix(iov €(f>6aafv ds rag fvSeKa

IT. p.., dXX' 6 ypap.p.aTOKopii

apya p,fTa p,«rqp3p'i.av, Th ^d^^arov to ra^vSpopdov fcfidaafv

fls ras 8«a Jr./*., dWa 8fv eXa^ov rds fnia'To\ds fiov et/xiy dpya rfjv

VVKxa. 'Endbi] rh Ta)(yhpopelov 8ia ttju 'EvpaTTTju dva-xapti ttjv

II(p.7rrrjv Ka\ to 2d^^aTov ds Tas f^ f^f^-t ^«'' rjdvvrjdrjv v diravrfjaa)

CIS ras eViOToXdf, ras onoias tXa^ov Ka\ dvayKd^opat v dvapevu> ttjv

irpoa(\T] i^bopdba. Tovto (ivai avTiKeip-tvov vy^icTTrjs cnrovdaioTTjTOs

Ka\ napaKoKco vpds va ((pfvvqarjTt icara/SdAXovres nda-av Trpocnrddfiav

irpbs 8i6p6a

^ a > nP02 TON AYTON. Kvpcf AtfnaviTa,

UporWfpai V dvaj^apfjcra e^ 'Adrjvmv Tfjv tlKocTTTjv (kttjv tov ftTjvos

tovtov Ka\ napaKcikS) oXat al npos fie eniaroXaX va bievdvvavrai els

Tepyearrjv * Poste Restaute /i«xpt rrjs eKTtjs irpoaexpiis Koi KaT&iTiv

els t6 Hdtel Continental els Uapia-lovs. AtareXca (e.T.X.

(3) nPOS EAAHNA AIAA2KAA0N. Kvpie, ^ '

O K. (TVPeaTTjaev vfMS ms dibdtTKcAop ttjs veas eWrjviK^s

y\o>(r(rrjs. 'Enedvpovp pa pdOca noiap dpLOi^rjv Xap^dvere Ka\ noias

&pas exere f\ev6epas. 'Eav dvvrj&riTe va eXdrjre els to ^evo8oxe7ov

els Tas Teacrapas /x./t. t^s avpiop, 6d evxapi(TTt]6a vd Xd^a npoaaTrtic^v

Tiva (Tvvevrev^ip. , , i/xerepos. 178 Letters.

Answer.

Sir,

My terms are three francs an hour for Greek lessons, hut if you were here for some time, I would naturally make a reduction. I am employed at the Gymnasium (College) all the morning, but could come to you either in the afternoon or evening. I shall await your reply with impatience.

Yours obediently.

Sir,

I am going down to Phalerum to-morrow afternoon, so that I shall be unable to take my lesson. If you are disengaged in the evening, about 9 p.m., please come and see me. Yours truly.

(4) To Engage Rooms.

Sir,

I shall arrive at your hotel by the steamboat from Marseilles to the Piraeus next week. Be so good as to retain a sitting- room and two bedrooms for me, and send a guide to meet the steamer at the harbour.

Yours, etc.

(5) To A DOCTOB, DEMANDING InSTANT ATTENDANCE.

Sir, Be so good as to come and see me at once, as I am in

great pain, and fear that it is the beginning of a severe

illness. Yours faithfully. To a Doctor. 179

ADANTHSIS.

*A^inTifie Kvpif,

'A/ioijSiji/ Xafi^dvco Tpia (f>pdyKa Tqv &pav iia (ladrjfiara rrjs iWrj- viKrjs, aXX* (CIV 6a SiafidvrjTf tvravda eVt riva )(p6vov, da fXaTraxrw

TO yvpvdcriov, aKKa dwap-ai va epxapai, npos vpas pera pearip^piav ^

TO tantpas, 'Avvnopoucos dvaptva Tfjv dnavrijaip

"ox (Of TTpoBvpos,

Kvpit,

0a KareXdo) (Is ^dikripov avpiov p(Ta p«Tr]p^ptav, Za-Te Ssv 6a

SvvT]6a> va Kapco to pddrjpd pov. 'Eav 8(V (XV^^ KooXvpd Ti to iqiripas Kara ttjv evvdrTjv, (K6(t(, napaKaXS), vd pe 'i8t]t(.

YpfT(pos.

(4) nP02 EN0IKIA2IN AOMATIQN.

Kvpi(,

6a (f)6d(T(i) (Is t6 ^(yoBox(tov eras ^la tov (k Maatraklag ds ridpata aTpoirXoiov Trjg irpoaexovs (^BopdSos. Ad^(Te Ttjv koKo-

(Tvvtjv va poi KpaTTioTjTe plav at6ov(Tav Ka\ 8vo KOiTcavas Ka\ irip'^aTf

(va oSrjyoi/f Kara t^v afpi^iv tqv aTponXoiov fls tov \ip(va.

i^iaT(\S> Ac.r.X.

(5) EHISTOAH nP02 lATPON, AI* H2 ZHTEITAI KATEHEirOYSA Eni2KE*l2. Kvpie,

Ad^(Te TT/v KaKo(Tvvr]v va (\6rjTt va p (ni(rK«j>6^Te apitras,

(TTdSrj vno(f)(pu> iroXi) Koi

(6) Requesting Letter of Introduction.

Sir, I am about to make a journey to Corfu. As I know that you are a native of that place, I venture to ask you to give me a letter of introduction to your friends there. Before leaving, I shall call to thank you for your extreme kindness to me during my stay here. Yours very sincerely.

(7) To THE Minister op the Interior.

Sir, I have the honour to inform you that I propose to make a tour through the interior of Greece, going from here to Mycenae, and request that you will give me an assurance as to whether there is any danger to be apprehended from brigands. I was told in England by a friend, who is in the Turkish service, that it was unsafe to visit the Acropolis without a guard of soldiers. At first I did not venture to go there, but, encouraged by the example of some fellow-travel- lers, I sallied forth one day at i p.m., armed with a revolver, a heavy geological hammer, and an umbrella. As no attack was made upon me, I repeated the experiment, and, em- boldened by success, now go there in the moonlight, unarmed and unattended, to the consternation of my wife, who threatens to come out from England and protect me from brigands. Although, as you will perceive from the above account, I am a man of great courage and no prejudices, my duty towards my family would not allow me to start on my journey to Mycense without an explicit assurance from you,

sir, that I shall incur no danger. I have the honour to be, sir, Your obedient servant. Address To the Minister of the Interioi', etc. etc. To the Minister of the Interior. i8i

(6) Al' H2 ZHTEITAI EniSTOAH 2Y2TATIKH.

Kupte,

UpoTidffiai va Ta^(iB(V(rpW^

6(\a) aas (iTi(Tiif(f)6rj, tva aas fvxapi(TTf)(r(c Sia ttjv fityaXrjv irpbs f/xe

KcikoaCvrjv aas Kara ttjv ivraiiQa Siuiiovrjv fiov.

"OXas vnerepos,

(7) nP02 TON KYPION Em TON E2QTEPIKQN YnOYPrON.

Kvpif 'YTTovpye,

Aafi^dva Tr}v Tip.r]v va yvoDOTOirotrjcrci) vpLiv on irporidtfiai va iTfpifXda) TO (aarepiKov t^s 'EXXdSos, 7n]yaiva>u fvTfv0ev fls MuKi/ray,

Koi TTapaKaXS) vd fie SiaQf^aioxrrjre nepl tov av imdpxr] kIvSwos tis va avXXT}ff)da> dnb Xjja-Tds. ^tXos fi-ov tis (v 'AyyXi'a, StareXaJi/ ev

TovpKiKj} vnrjpfcria, fJ.61 tinev on t/to (ttikivSwov va emaKfcfid^ tis

Trjv ' AKpowoXtv avfv avvoBeias aTpanarrav. Kar' dp^as 8fv eToXfiav va vndyo) eKcl, dXX' fv6appvv6f\s eV tov napabflyiunos a~vvo8oindpav

Tiva>v f^fjXdov fjnepav Tiva Trtpl rrjv Trpayrrjv p., p., (pepaiv noXvKpoTov, ptydXrjv yfcaXoyiKriv a({>vpav, Ka\ p.iav ofinpeXav. Eirfitfj ov8fpia

7rpo(T/3oX^ eyivfTo kot (fiov, ircaveXa^ov to neipapa kii\ ivBappvvQiis tK TTis (TTirvxtas Trrjyalvat rd>pa €/c«i, OTav rjvai atXrjvi], aoTrXos Kal livfv (TvvoSfias irpos (po^ov ttjs trufuyou /xou, fJTis dndXfl va eXdrj

OTTO TT]v 'AyyXt'ai' orray p.e -rrporpvXd^n dno tovs XrjaTas.

MoXoi/ort, ws 6eX(Te naparrjprja'fc, €K ttjs avu tirjyTjafcas, eip.ai dvBpamos p.eydXr)s yevvaioTrjTOS koi avfv irpoXfiylrewv, to wpos ttjv oiKoyfi/fidv p.Qv KadrJKOv 8(v 6d p.01 iirtTptne va e7ri;^fipijo-a) ttjv irtpirj- yrjaiv fiOv fls MvK^vas avtv prjTfjs 8ia3f^aiu>a€(t>s fK iMfpovs vpa>v.

Kvpu VTTovpye, on 8fv da Starpe^o) Kivbvvov Tivd.

'Enl TovTOis v7io(n}p,€iolfjuu dae^daTUS,

(^Aiddwais) Ev7T(i6eaTaTos.

T^ Kvpico (TTi Twv 'EaaTtpiKuv 'Ynovpyw or Ilpos to trrl tuv 'Eo'ojTfpiKwv 'Ynovpytlov, 1 82 Letters.

(8) Eeply. Ministry of the Interior, Athens,

April I, 1879. Sir,

In reply to your communication to the Minister of the In- terior, I am ordered to inform you that no case of brigandage has occurred within the frontiers of the Greek kingdom during the last eight years, and that you can travel anywhere you please in Greece without the slightest danger. Any reports you may have heard to the contrary are inspired by ignorance, prejudice, or malevolence, and may be entirely

disregarded. I may further remark that Turkish officials

are not usually the best authorities on Greek affairs, and that their views are too often discoloured- by interest or by prejudice.

The earnest desire of the Greek Government is that Englishmen should travel in Greece, and learn to know the country and the people, and thus that knowledge of the

truth may expose the absurdity of these stories.

I am, sir, your obedient servant.

(9) Information about Athens.

Dear Mr. , Should you like to become a member of the Club during your stay at Athens ? Strangers are admitted for a month without subscription, and I shall be most happy to put down

* your name, if you desire it. You will find there the ' Times

and ' Daily News,' with all the foreign and Greek newspapers

and reviews, among others the ' Nineteenth Century.' There are billiard and card-rooms, but no restaurant. If you will

call there at 5 p.m. this afternoon, and ask for me, I will introduce you to the principal members and show you the rooms. Yours very truly. Reply from Mmister of hiterior. 183

(8) AHANTHSIS.

'Ev 'A^^vatf Tjf I17 *AirpiKlov l879. TO Em TON E20TEPIKQN YnOYPrEION, Kvpie,

Ely dndvTrjaiv r^ vfttrepas alrficfois irpos tov vnovpyov tcov iaoDTepiKcov, t^ct eWoXiji/ va 7rXj/po(^opjj(rQ) v/zSy on 8e»» lirdpxf^ napdbiiyp.a XjjaTflas (vtos tS)v avvopav tov iWrjviKOV ^acriXeiov irpb tS)v Tf\evTalci)v Skto) irmv Ka\ on biivaade va Ta^eibfvarjTe

OTTOvbrjnoTe elap€

iJacra (p'ijfiTj, ttju onoiav fx^'''^ icras aKovati wept tov fvavriov, etvat

(fiTTVfvais dyvoias, TrpoXrjyj/'eas, rj KaKo^ov\ias, Koi Swarai TiS fVTf\a>s

m TrjV irepi(f)povf](rr], Avvapai npoaeTi va TrapaTrjpTjaca on v7raXX?;Xoi

ToypKoi 8(v (ivai crvvrjSai ol fjioXKov d^ioTTitXTOi TTpoKeifievov wepl tS)v

fXXr]viKa)v irpaypaTcov ai 8e yvStpai Ta>v 7n]yd^oviTi.v €< avfifpepovros

f] TrpoKrjyjrfais.

'H ^(orjporepa (niBvpia t^s eXXrjviKrjs Kv^epvrja-fOis elvai t6 vh

Ta^fiSfvaxTiv AyyXoi tv EXXaSt, Ka\ va (movSd^aai ttjv xo>pav koi

TOV \a6Vf oTTCos f] yvSxns t^s dXrjdeias fKBfcrr] to y(\6tov tS>v fivBaiv

TOVTOiV. AtareXw (lerd njs irpoatjKovarjs ijroX^^ews npoOvfios.

(9) HAHPO^OPIAI HEPI AGHNQN.

*AyantjTe /loi Kvpie ,

'ETTiOvufiTe vd yelvrfre pfXos Trjs Aeax*]! Kara t^v iv 'Adfjvais

SiaiJLOvrjv aas', Ot ^evoi tivai 8tKTol iv aiiTfj em eva fii]va avev

avvSpofirji' 6d rjfxai 8e Xtar (VTVxr]S vd Koraypdv^o) to ovofid eras,

dv (iapear^adf. 0a fvprjre tKtl tovs ' Kaipoiis,' rd ''Ufiepfjo-ia

Nea, Ka\ o\as rds ^eas Ka\ iWrjviKas ecprjutpitas koi nepiodiKa, iv

ois KCLi TTjv ' AfKdTTjv 'EvvdTr]v 'EKaT0VTaeTT]pl8a.' 'Yirdpxovai acf)ai-

piaTTjpia Ka\ tcopdna xapTonaiyviov, dXX' ovx} Ka\ eanaropiov^ 'Eay

BiXrjre vd nfpdarjre air fVet ds rds nevTe p. p. t^s a-rjpfpov Ka\ pf

^T]Trjar]Tf, 6d Trapovaidaoi vp^s fls to Kvpiarepa peXr] Ka\ 6d ads tel^o) TO bwpdria. OXoH vpirepos. 1 84 Letters.

Dear Mr. R , I have only just received your kind note, owing probably to some mistake on the part of the messenger, and hasten to answer it with all speed. The proposal you make I shall accept most gladly, and will call at the Club, as you suggest, at 5 p.m. Yours sincerely.

Dear Mr. G , You told me the otlier day that you would like to come and see us play lawn-tennis at Phalerum. If it is fine to- morrow, I am going down by the 2.30 p.m. train, and expect to meet the oflBcers of the English ship at the Piraeus there. If you will meet me at the corner of the Rue Hermes and the Place de la Constitution at 2.10 p.m. we can go in a carriage or by omnibus to the station. It is only ten minutes by rail to Phalerum, so that we can have a game and take the 4 p.m. train back to Athens. I believe I am right in thinking that trains run every half-hour in the afternoon both from Athens and the Piraeus. Please send an answer by the bearer. Yours very truly.

Dear Sir, I should have been delighted to come to Phalerum with you, but to-morrow afternoon am obliged to attend the funeral of an old friend, who died this morning. It would be inter- esting for you to come too, and I can promise you that it will not be so lugubrious a ceremony as in England. The procession will pass the Chamber of Deputies at 2.15 p.m., where I hope you will join me. We can go to Phalerum some other day, but you must not count upon me as a player, your English games are too violent and dangerous. Yours very truly, G Miscellaneous. 185

'KyaTTryrt ftoi Kvpif P.

MoXtf jrpo fUKpov eXajSov ttjv fvfjifVTJ (t:i

Tivhi itiOaPov Tov KOfuoTOVf Koi (TTTfida) V aTravrtjaa). Ttji/ Trporacriv,

rfjv oirolav poi Acd/xwre, a7ro8

TTiv Afo-xf]" S>S /*°* ypa(})tT€ fif ras TTfvre fitra fif(TT)p^piav.

2as daird^opai, 6 (})[\os aas.

' *AyaTrr)Tf pot Kvpie T.

Mot (tiTfTe irpo tivcov fjpepav on elxaplaras 6a Tk6i]Tf va ibrjTf

fjpas nai^ovras lawn-tennis els ^akrjpov. 'Eav ^uai kuXos Kaipos

avpiov TTpoTidepai va KareXdoi 8ia t^s ApM^ocTTOixias tS)v 8vo koi

Tjpiafias p. p., (KiriCtov va (rvvavrrja-a touj d^iapariKoiis tov ayy\iKov

nXoiov TOV aradpevovTOs els Uttpaid, 'Eav deXrirt va pe avvavrrjarjTe

tis Tijv ycovlav Trjs obov 'Eppov Koi nXardas ^vvrdypaTos tts Tas ovo p.

p. bwdptda va inrdyccpev e(f)' dpd^rjs rj 8ia tov Xetoc^opeiov fis tov

(TTadpov. MexP'' *aXijpou 8ia tov triSrjpobpopov (ivai povov 8eKa

XfTrrd, Stare 8vvdp(6a va Ttal^aipev mi va enavfXdapev fls Adfjvas

8ia TTJs &pa^o

(f)pova>v OTt al dpa^oaroixiai ds>ax

pfo-Tjp^piav Koi «| 'A6t]vS)v /cat ck Hfipaiios. 'AiroarfiXaTf poi,

dndvTrjcriv, napaKokS),•^ Bid tov K0u.iarT0v'^ „^^ , , ' ' OAojj vptTfpos,

'Ayanrjri Kvpte,

Evxapis rj6f\ov ptra^rj fls ^dXrjpov ptff vpav, aXX' avpiov

ptrd p.((rT]p8piav fipai vnoxpfooptvos v aKoXovdfjaa t^v Ktjdfiav

iraXaiov <{>iKov diTo6av6vTos arpxtpov T^f rrpoatav, "H^eXei' (ladai

fvhia(f)epov Ka\ Bid ads fniayjs fdv eXdrjre Ka\ tras xmoa-xopai OTi dev

fivai Tocrov nevdipos TeXtrrj as iv 'AyyXia, 'H Krjbfia dtXei BieXdet

irpo TOV BovXfVTrjplov els rds bvo koi tv TtrapTOv p.p., onov cX;rt^tD

6d pe avvavrfjariTe. 'Hpnopovpev vd KOTa^apev els ^dXrjpov uXXrjv

Tivd fjpepaVj akXd 8ev irpenei vd pe decop^Te i>s iraiKTTjv' to dyyXiKC

rraiyvidid aas eivai noXv /3tata koi Kivdvvudr]. "OXas vpeTtpos, „ flTT] T(x>V

paftOVT)

^vyevva.

,rfj rov

-TICTTOV.

:' iopui. .

PAET V.

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

PAGE PAGB

Vames of . . . 271 Natural Features .... 376 re 274 Newspaper, Words to Facili-

ts of Human . . 275 tate reading 260

Public, etc. . . 266 Painting 274 274 Plants 272

^atural Features . 276 Political Terms 260

;les of . . . . 270 Professions .265 enses, etc. . . 273 Qualities, Senses .... 273 372 Relations, Ages of Man . . 275 263 Sculpture 273 272 Senses, Faculties, etc. . . 273 268 Shooting 270 rms . . . 377 Time ...... 259 ays ... 258 Trades 265

ling . . . 261 Travelling 261 W .... 267 Trees 272 . Relations 275 Weather 25Q .... 258 Week, Days of 258

few exceptions, the English words in each subject are uilly, in order to facilitate reference.

Ic-

X. VOCABULAEY.

The Days of the Week, At ^/x/pat r^f i^SofxaSos.

Sunday, 17 KvpioKfj. Thursday, ij Utp-rvn}.

Monday, ^ AtvTfpa. Friday, 17 napacKevf).

Tuesday, 17 Tpirrf. Saturday, to la^^arov. AVednesday, ^ TfTdpTtj.

The Months, Of prjvts.

January, 6 *lavovapios. July, 6 'lovXios. February, 6 ^(^povapios, August, 6 Avyovaros. March, 6 Mapnos. September, 6 ^enTtp^pio^ April, 6 'ATTpt'Xtof. October, 6 'OKTd)^pios. May, 6 Maioj. November, 6 Nof/x/Spior. June, 6 'lovwoj. December, 6 Ae/ce/x^pios.

^Ae Seasons, At Spat rov trovs.

Spring, ^ *Ai'oi^ts' (to "Eap). Autumn, TO ^divonapov. . Summer, to KaXo/catpt, Oepos. Winter, 6 Xeipwy.

Holidays, At ioprai.

New Year's day, ^ TrpwTj; toO fjkioTpoTTiov, or ^ ioprii " ToC

€T0V9, f] TtpOiTO-^pOVla TO »'«'oi' Ayiov ladvvov.

?TOS. Michaelmas Day, fj io .prfj tSiv Twelfth Night, ra Qeoipdveia. Ta^iapxo}v. Carnival, atd7rd(cpe

IjCnt, ^ vrjOTfia, fj aapaKocrTrj, Toov "KpKrTovyfvvcov. Good Friday, ^ MeydXr} llafia- Christmas, ra Xpia-n ' ^vyivva. roi. (TKfVT]. St. John's Day, 17 iop- ^rrj

Easter, rb Ucia-xa, fj Aapirpd. 'Ay. '\dvvov Toil Bctj -tkttou.

\\ hitsuntide, f] nevTrjKoarf], Birthday, tu ytvfffKia. iopTt}. Midsummer's Day, t6 depivbv Annivex'sary, fi fniT(i'^<^ ^s Vocabulary. 259

Time, 'O Xpovos,

A. year, t6 'tos. To-day, this day week, o-ij/xf-

A century, 17 iKaTovrafTrjpU, pov, afjptpov oKTO). 6 alcov. To-morrow, avpiov. This year, e(/)eVof. The day after to-morrow, Last year, ntpvai, rb napeXdov peOavptov.

(TOS, Morning, 17 npata. Next year, to fpxofifvov (tos, Afternoon, t6 aTropeo-ripepo, t6

TOV xP^^ov. anoytvpxt (^p.fTa pfarjp^piup^.

A month, 6 firjv. . Evening, f/ iairipa,

A fortnight, t6 btKantvOf]- Day, 17 ij/xepo.

ptpov. Night, 17 vv^.

In a fortnight, pfTO. SeKanfvre Sunrise, f) dvarokri TOV fjKlov.

rjfiepas. Sunset, t] 8vais tov ijXi'ov.

A fortnight ago, npo beKanivTe Midday, Noon, t6 fi€(n]pepi, f) fjpfpwu. fi((rr]p^pia.

A week, f) e^So/Llas {i^8op,d8a). Midnight, Ta (xea-dwKTa.

Last week, t^v napeXBova-ap Tlie hour, fj apa.

(^8opd8a. Half an hour, fjptaeia Stpa. Next week, t^v npoa-fXTJ e/35o- A quarter of an hour, ev

/xdda. TerapTov (ttjs wpaj), Yesterday, ;^(9f?. A minute, iv XenTov. The day before yesterday, A second, Iv SevTepoXenrov, npoxBis,

The Weather 'O Kaipos.

Weather, 6 Kaipos. Storm, 17 TpiKviiiaK

Cold, ri y^vxpa, to Kpvo, to ^v- Hail, ^ x°-^^C'^-

Xos. Thunder, f] ^pomf}.

Heat, f) C^CTTt], 6 Kaxxrav. Lightning, ^ dirrpaiiri.

Frost, r) irayoivin, 6 irayiTos, Wind, 6 avfpos. iDamp, 17 vypaaria. East wind, 6 avaToXiKos ave-

Rain, rainbow, fj ^poxrj, to pos. ovpdviov To^ov "ipis). (J] South wind, 6 votcos avtpos.

Snow, TO x"'*'*} V X""''* West wind, 6 Bvtikos avepos. Dust, T] CTKnVT], 6 KOVlOpTOS, North wind, 6 ^optios avepos.

Fog, f} 6p,ixXr]f T) Karaxvid. Sun, sunshine, 6 17X105,^ Xdpy^ris Ice, o irdyos. TOV fjXiov.

' An interesting word. Originally ' the third wave,' supposed to be the biggest (cf. Latin, fluctus decumanus). Used metaphorically, Tpi- icvpia KaKwv, Aesch.

8 2 160 Modern Greek.

Moon, moonlight, r]

fpeyyapi, to (f)5)t ttjs (TfXrjvrjs. Cloud (cloudy, cloudless), t6

Full moon, rj TravaeXrjvos. v((f)os ((TVVP€(f}a>8r]s, dve(f)f\os^.

New moon, f] vea crf\rji/r]. Sea (rough, smooth), 17 daXaaa-a

Star, TO a(TTpov, 6 dcTTrjp, (jpiKVfiioi>8r]s, yoKrjvuiia).

Phrases to facilitate reading Greek News]pa2)ers, *pao-fif

iTpoi iVKokwcriv T^s avayvaaidis Twp EXkrjviKav 'E(f)t]pfpi8(0V,

Advance, to, Trpoxoopco. Consul, o irpo^evos.

Advertisement, tj dyytXla. Correspondent, 6 dirranoKpiTTis.

Agency (Havas, Reuter), to Debate was adjourned, ij a-vCr)- UpaKTopelov {Xa^ds, 'PfouTfp). TTjaiv dv(^\i]6rj. Ambassador has been ap- Embassy, ^ npfa-^fia.

pointed, 6 npea-^vs biapla-dr]. Empire, rj avroKpaTopla, Archbishop has resigned, 6 Evacuation, ^ eWi/oxrtf. dpxifTTiaKOTTos iraprjTTjdrj. Excitement, 6 ipedia-pos. Army (of occupation), 6 arpa- Frontier, to a-ivopov.

Tos {ttjs KaTO)(fls), Government, fj Kv^fpvrja-is, to Arrange, to, Stev^eToj. xmovpydov. Article, leading, to Kvpiov ap- House of deputies was dis- 6pov. solved, ^ jSovXi) 8t fXvdi].

Attach^, 6 uKoKovBos. Interview, rj awevTcv^is. Bill was voted, to vofioaxe^iov Judge, 6 diKaaTTjs.

i\j/r](f)iadi]. King, constitutional, 6 jSao-i- Bishop was insulted, 6 tm- \evs, 6 avvTaypLariKos. aKOTTos v^piadrf. Leader of the Opposition, 6 Boundary, to avvopov. dpxriyoi ttjs dvTindXiTcucrfws. Budget, 6 TTpOVTTo'koyKTpOS. Liberal party, to ^Ck{k(v6epov

Chamber of Deputies, 17 BovKr). Koppia.

Circular note, 17 iyKVKkios bia- Majority, fj nKeiovo^t]

sioner, rj iniTponr], 6 eiri- Minister of Foreign Affairs, TpOTTOS. 6 'Ynovpyoi t&v E^ooTfpiK&v,

Concession, fj Trapaxi>prj(ns. Minister of Home Affairs, 6

Conference, 17 vvvBidaKfyJMi. 'Yirovpyos tSdu ^Ea-

prjTiKov KopLfxa. 6 Yrrovpyos tjjs Ar]po(Tiai Constitution, to a-vvrayfia. 'EKTTMdeiKTfWS. Vocabulary. 261

Minister of Religion, 6 'Yirovp- Provisional scheme, t6 irpoa-' ybs tSuv ^ EKK\T]cria(TTiK(ov. Minister of Justice, 6 'YTroup- Published daily, is, f/cSi'Sfrai

•yos Trjs AiKaioavvrjs. Kadrjfjifpivcos (Kaff fKd(TT)]vj,

Minister of War, 6 'Yirovpybs Queen, 17 ^aaiXia-a-a. Tuv SrpaTtojTtKWj'. Question, Eastern, to (fjrrjpa, Minister of Navy, 6 'Ynovpybs TO dvaroXiKop. tS)v NaiTtKwi'. Radical party, r6 'Pi^oa-naa-Ti-

Minority, 17 fido-^p^rjipia. Kov Koppa,

Monarchy, limited, fj Trepiapia-- Republic, 17 AijpoKpaTia.

fievT] p,ovap)(i.a. Republican press, 6 Ar^poKpa-

Newspaper, press, fj e^r^pLtpis, TIKOS Tvnos. 6 Tviros. Resigned, has, Traprjrfjffr).

Standard, ^ 2r]fxala. Retreat, f] vTro^aprja-is.

Daily News, ra 'Hfifpfjo-in Ne'a. Revolution, fj eTravda-Taaitt

Morning Post, 6 ^Ew6w6s Ta^v- Riot, fj ox^ayayia.

8p6fios. Rumour, f] (}>f]pr]. Times, ol Kaipol. Secretary, private, 6 Tpappa- Daily Telegraph, 6 'H/ifp^crtos Tfvs, 6 l8iaiT(pos. Tr]X(ypa

Peace, fj upT]vri, Successor (to throne), 6 8id- People, 6 Xaof. ?!oxoi.

Population, 6 ttXjj^uo-juoj, Treaty, 17 a-wdfjKTj. Powers, Great, at bwdiins, al Vice-president, 6 avTinpofSpoi. p.fya\ai, Viceroy, 6 avriBaariXfis. Piefet, 6 (Ttapxos. "Want of confidence, ^ eXXaylfis Prime Minister and President ipniCTToavvijs. of the Council, 6 UptaBv- War, 6 TTokepos. TTOvpyos Koi npofSpos TOV Archbishop of Canterbury, 6 'YrrovpyiKov 2u/xj3oi;Xi'ou. 'ApxifTriaKonos TrjS Kuvra-

Prince, princess, 6 rjytpau, ^ ^piyias. fjyefiovis. Marquis of Salisbury, 6 Map-

Progress, 17 rrpooSos. Kiwv 2uKia^ovpfjt.

Travelling, Th Ta^tlbiov,

Arrival, ^ a^i^if. I Baggage, ^ dno(TK(v^. ^t'o-w (place). Bag, 6 auKKos, \ Berth, 17 262 Modern Gi-eek.

Blacksmith, 6 aidrjpovpyos. Lock, lock (Imp.), ro K\f'i6pov,

Box, TO Kl^dnTlOV, t] KKfidapid, (cXftSoxTf.

Bridge, f) yf(j)vpa. Lodging, TO KaToKvpa.

Bridle, 6 ;caXn/dr, Loosen (Imp.), Xva-e, ^eacfiL^e. Cabin, 6 6d\ap.iaKos. Luggiige, ^ dnoaKevfjj to irpdy- Change, to, horses, aXXa'fw paTa.

iTrnovs. Mare, 17 <})opd8a, fj 'nnos. Clothes, TO fvBviiara. Mayor, 6 drjpapxos.

Cross, to, diepxofJiai. Mud, 17 Xdanr).

Custom, T) (TvvT)6eia. Mule, TO povKdpi, fj fiplovos. Custom-house, to Tt'kcovflov. Ostler, 6 'nrnoKopoi,

Custom-house-officer, 6 reXavo- Passage, passable, f] hiobos, bia^oTos.

Dangerous, firiKlvbwos. Path, ro povoiraTi, fj aTpmros. Deep, ^a6vs. Pocket-book,To a-rjpeiapaTapiov. Departure, ^ dvax^prja-is. Porter, 6 Bvpmpos. Doctor, 6 larpos. Priest, d ifpfvi. Dragoman, 6 biepurjvds. Prohibited, diirjynpevpivov.

Duty, 6 (f)6pos. Road, 6 bpdpos, fj 6b6s. Foot (on), TTf^as. Rocky, ^paxdibrjs. Gallop, to, KoXmi^oi. Rope, rd (rx"ivlov, to anapTov.

Girth, 17 vyyXa, t] (a>vr] toC Saddle (Imp.), aapdpoaov {inl- f(f)imriov. aa^ovf. Guide, 6 oBrjyos. Sea (by sea), ddXaacra (Sta da-

Hatbox, f] niKod^KT], f) Kairne- Xao-ffj;y). Xitpo. Shoe (horse), rd tt/toXov. Head of the horse, ro Ke(fid\i Shore, rd jrapoKiov. Tov o^dyov. Shorten, (rvvrtpvco. Hold (Imji.), Kparrjaov. Stay (to make a), araBpdoy,

Hole, f] onfj, r] rpvTva. Starpi.Sa),

Horse, TO aXoyov, 6 OTTroc. Steep, KprjpvaiSTjs, dvo)(f)€pf]s.

Horseback (on), e(^i7r7ros. Stirrup, 17 (T/cdXa, 6 dva/3oXeis, Hotel, TO ^(vo8ox('iov. Strap, rd Xcopiop. How deep, nSaov ^advs. Stream, d pva^. How far, nocrov paxpdv. String, d andyos.

How long will it last, noaop Summit, f] Kopvcpfj. 6a tiapKearj, Tighten (Imp.), rrfjly^e.

Key, fj k\€is, to xXetSi. Trot, to, TpiTTobi^w.

Land, by land, 17 ^rjpd, dia irjpai. Walk, d nepiTTaTOs. Lengthen (Imp.), fidxpyve. Way (shortest), bpopos, 6 ^pa- Let go, n^ff. XVTOTOS. Vocabulary^ 263

Food, 'H Tpocf)^.

Almonds, to. afivyhaka. Chocolate, ^ TaoKoXdra, Apple, unripe, iir\Kov, ao3pov. Claret, red Wine, to k6kkivo Apricots, ripe, ra ^epvKOKKa, Kpacrl.

iopifia. Coffee, Turkish, 6 Ka(pfs, Tovp- Artichokes, gi'een, at dyyivapet, KIKOS. )(\a>pai. Cover, TO aKfrraapxi. Asparagus, ra a-Trapdyyia, 01 Cream, to KdipaKi,

dcTTidpayoi, Crumb, ij ^i-x^} "^^ ^ixovKov.

Bacon, fried, t6 x^^poH-^Ph "?" Crust, 17 Kpovara, 6 (pAoiof. yaviapievo. Cucumber, to dyyoipi. Bake, to, "^tjvo. Cup, TO (piXT^dvi, TO KVTTfWov.

Beans, French, to kovkio, to Currant, 17 Kopivdiaicrj

(})a(Tov\ia x^apd. Cutlet, 17 KOToXfTTa. Beans, Haricot, ra (f)a

Beef, roast, t6 ^abivov yl^ijrov. Dinner, to ytvfia.

Beer, bottled, fj finipa, 6 (iOoi Dish, 17 TTiarfXa, napo^is.

(Is (f)id\as. Duck, 17 Trdnia.

Biscuit, TO Tra^ifJidBi, to biirvpov. Egg, TO aov, avyou. Boil, to, ^pdCo. Egg, boiled, t6 adv, alyov,

Bottle, fj cf)idXr], TO ^ovKoXiop, ^paCTTOV. Brandy, to olvonvevfia (^fiTrpdvTi). Egg, poached, to mSv, avyov,

Bread, toast, t6 ^//•co/Lit, Ka\//aXt- jidTi. acTTo. Fat, TO XiTTOSf Tvdxos, Xmapos, Butter, TO ^ovTvpov. naxvi. Cabbage, t6 Xdxavov, Fish, TO ^dpi, 6 Ixdvs.

Cake, New Year's Cake, 17 Fork, TO TTflpOVVt.

nrjTa, ^aaiXoirrjTa. Fowl, 17 opvlS, TO TTOvXl.

Caper, 17 #c(i7r77aptr. Fruit, TCI onoipiKd, Ta cPpovTa,

Cauliflower, to Kowovnidi, f} Game, to Kvvrjyiov. dvBoKpdfx^T]. Glass, TO TTOTTJplOV.

Celery, t6 atXtvov. Goose, T] xh^^-

Cream Cheese, 17 nv(i6pa. Grapes, to aTa^lXia,

Cheese, to rvpi, 6 Tvpos. Gravy, 6 C^^pos, fj (raXTO-a, Cherry, to Kfpda-i. Ham, TO xoipopepi. Chestnuts, roasted, to KdoTava, Hare, 6 Xayois.

\l/r]fjLfva, Honey, to peXi. Chicken, t6 novKi, kotottovXo, Ice, TO nayaTov. 254 Modern Greek.

Ice-lemon, rh Traywroiz-Xe/xow. Rice, TO pv^i.

Jam, TO ykvKo, Roll, fj (ppavT^oXa,

r] Jug, Xayj^wy. Salad, 17 craXaTa. Knife, rh fiaxalpiov. Salmon, 6 a-oXofios. Lamb, t6 dpvlov. Salt, salt-cellar, to SKat, 6 SKa- Lean to yj^axvov. Tobox^os. Leg of mutton, to fnrovTt, to Sandwich, to a-dvboviTs.

fjLTjpov irpo^drov. Sauce, t; crdXro-a.

Lemon, t6 Xepoviov. Saucer, to VTroKweXXoi' (Trta-

Lemonade, fj Xf/xomSa. TUKl.

Lettuce, t6 papovXi. Smpe, TO ftireKaTcrivi,

Lobster, 6 da-raKos, Sole, fj y\co

Melon, TO TffTTOVl, Sugar, fi Cdxap^s.

Milk, TO yaXa, Sweetmeats, to. ^axapa>Td.

Mulberry, to p.ovpov. Table, fj Tpdire^a.

Mustard, 17 /xouo-Ta/jSa. Table-cloth, to Tpane^oiidvbvXov. Mutton, to irpo^dov Kpeas. Tart, TO yXvKicrpa,

Napkin, 17 TrcTceTu, to x^'P°" Tea, TO Tfiov (^Tcrdi). piiKTpov. Tender, Tpv(f>€p6s.

Oil, TO fXaiov, XaSt. Toast, TO l/^w/il yf/r)p€VOV,

17 op.f'hiTa, t6

Pie, TO ^vfiapiKov, t] TrfjTo. Wine, red, white, resinated, Pig, TO yovpovvi. TO Kpacri (olvos), kokkivo, aa- Plate, TO TTtaro. irpo, piTaivdro.

Pork, TO )(oipivbv Kpias. Wine-glass, t6 iroTtipiov toC

Potato, T) iraTaTa, to y(u>iX7J\ov, Kpacriov.

T) Pudding, novbiyya. Woodcock, 17 ^vXoKOTTa, Kadish, t6 pandvi. Vocabulary. 265

Trades and Professions, Texvat koI 'EnayyeXnara.

Archaeologist, dpxato\6yos\ Lawyer, Siicrjydpos. Architect, apxireKTav, Librarian, ^i^XiodrjKdpios, /Si^- Attorney, dvTiKKrjTos, SiKTjyopos. Xio(pvXa^.

Auctioneer, SrjfioTrpdTrjs. Merchant, ipnopos. Author, avyypa

Bookseller, ^i^XiottoKtjs. TJJf. Bootblack, XoOaTpoy, inoSripa- Photographer, (j>a)Toypd({)os.

T0Ka6npUTTr]S, Poet, TrOlTjTTlS.

Bootmaker, vnoSTjpaTonotos, Policeman, KX-qTrip. Butcher, KpeomciiXrjs. Politician, ttoXitikos. Cabman, dfia^tjX'iTrjs. Priest, Upevs. Carpenter, fiapnyKos, ^vXovpyos, Professor, Ka6r]yT]TTjS.

Chemist, xvi^'^'^os. Schoolmaster, 8i8daK(i\os. Confectioner, ^axapoTrXdarrji, Shoemaker, TraTrourf^s, vttoSt]- Clergyman, kXtjpikos. HaroTTOios.

Clerk, ypa(f)evs, VTrdXXrfKos. Student, (})oiTrjTr]s, anovbaaTrjs, Cutler, paxaipoTToios, Tailor, pdnri^s. Dentist, oSovroiaTpos, Tobacconist, KanvondiXT]s. Editor, eKdorrjs. Tradesman, pLeTairpdrris, rex^l-

Engineer, p-rixaviKos. Tr]S. Fruiterer, onwpoTrcoXrjs. Undertaker, (jiepfrpoiroios. Gardener, Kx^novpos. Upholsterer, TaTniTonaXrjs, eVi-

G^rocer, pnaKoKris, navTonitXrjs. ttXottcdXtjs. Hairdresser, Kovpds. Waiter, vnrjpeTrjs. Historian, laropiKos, Washerwoman, irXvarpa. Interpreter, diepfirjvfvs. Watchmaker, copoXoyonoio^. Journalist, i(^r)pi€ptboypd<^os. Wine-merchant, olvip-Tiopos. Judge, biKa

* All Greek words in this Vocabulary are masculine except -nXvaTpa. 266 Modern Greek.

Public Buildings; j^arts of a town, /iiT]fi6(rta mlpia' Ta (xepr)

Trjs iToXfais.

Academy, ^ uKabrjiila. Lane, f) aTpanoi.

Arsenal, 6 vavcrTudfios' ^ ott- Library, to read, v ^ilSXioBfjKtj^ XodrjKT]. avayivaxTKa. Asylum (for idiots), to aarvXov Manufactory (of gunpowder), fKOpS)!', TO 'Epyoa-Tciaiov {to nvpirtdo- Asylum (for orphans), to 6p- irf2oi>\

(pavoTpo(f)flov. Market-place, f] dyopd.

Bank, National, Ionian, 'H Metropolis, fj MrjrpowoXis.

Tpdne^a, f] 'EdfiKfj, fj 'Iopiktj. Mint (to coin), t6 vopiaparoKo-

Barracks, oi (TTpuTwvis. TTflov {vofiifTfiaTOKOTrca), Cabstand, 6 aTaOyios rSiv &pa^a>v. Monastery, to povaarfipiov.

Coffee-house, caf6, to Kacfxiov, Monument, t6 fivrjixe'iov. TO Kacpeve'iov. Museum, closed, open, t6

Capital (of a country), f) irpa- pOVVeioV, KXfKTTOV, dpoiKTov,

Tfvov(ra. Palace, to. dvuKTopa, TO naXdri-

Carriage, open, shut, fj cifia^a, ov.

avoiKTT], Khfiartj, Parish, fj iuopla, fj KoivoTrjs. Cathedral, p.r}Tp6Tro\is. 17 ^'^/^Z^'"^'"'' Pavement \ ^ Cemetry, to veKpoTacftuov, [ TO TTfQobpOpiOV,

Chapel, TO Trap€KK\f](Tiov, Picture gallery, 17 ntvaKodfjKrj. Chemist s shop, to cfyappaKflov. Post office (a stamp), to tu^v-

Church, fi eKKkrjaia, Spopdov (ypappaToarjpov).

Clock, TO fopo\6yiov. Prison (to be condemned), fj

Club, 17 y^eaxV- (f>vXaKfj {KaTaSiKd^opau. Columns of Olympian Zeus, Promenade (to walk), 6 nepl- nl arvXoi tov OXvpniov Aios. noTos (jrepnraTco). Court of Justice, t6 AiKaa-Trj- Public-house (to drink), to

piov. KanrjXflov (ttiVq)),

Custom-house, t6 TeXavnov, Quay (to sail), ij npoKvpala Custom-house officer, o TeAw- (TrXeco).

vo(pvXa§. Quarter of the town, fj awoiKia Factory, Steam, t6 'EpyoaTa- TYjs TrdXfoJs. aiov, 81 aTpov, Reading-room, t6 dvayvaxTTj]-

Fountain, f/ ^pvcris. piov. Gutter, 6 oxfTos. Shop (to sell), TO paya^fiov, t6 Hospital, TO voaoKopfiov. ipyacTTrjpiov (jvaiXSi^.

Hotel, dear, cheap, t6 ^fvoSo- Shore, TO TvapdXiov, fj dKTfj,

X^'^o"} aKpi^ov, tv6vv6v. Square, fj TrXareta. Vocabulary. 267

Statue, TO aydkiia. Town, sea-, commercial-, 7

Street, winding, ij 686s, iXiKo- TToXtf, napa6dKa.

fibrjs. ITOplKTj-. Suburb, distant, t6 npodartiov, Town-hall, to br]pap)^(1ov. aTTOjxtiiaKpvcrp.(vov. University, student, to Uave- Tlie TeiTEce, ^ raparaa, rh marrjpiov, 6 (fjoiTrjrrjs. dafia. Walls of the town, to relxr] Tower, Venetian, 6 irvpyos, T^y TrdXfwf. '¥.v(tik6s.

Zetter-ionting, 'H ^Eniaro\oypa(pia,

Address, 17 tuiSwais, 17 eVi- Pen-wiper, 6 KoKapopAicrrjs. ypacplj. Pencil, TO poXv^doKovdvXov. A. B., Esq., Athens, London, Pencil-leads, tu poXv^aKia. T&i Kvpla A. B., tts ^AdrjvaSy Penknife, to kovSvXopdxaipov. Aovdlvou. Postman, 6 Taxv8p6pos. Blotting paper, to arovnoxap- Post-office, TO Taxv8popt2nv. TOV, Post, arrives, leaves, to tuxv- Care of (to the), rg (f)povTi8i. bpopelov, (jiddvfi, dvaxdopf'i-

Direction, f} 8ifv6vva-is. Postage, TO. TaxvbpopiKO, TeXrj. Envelope, 6 (j)uKe\\oi. Return of Post (by), dTrdvTrjaiv

Expression, fj fK(f)paais. dvapivui 81a. Tov (noptvov.

Gum, T] youpa, TO Koppt, Registered letter, crvaTrjpfvrj

Ink, ff peXdvT]. (TTtCTToXr). Inkstand, to /ifXavoSoxflov. Ruler, 6 xapa|.

Letter, t6 ypdppa, ij (ttkttoX^. Sand, T) appoi.

Letter-box, t6 ypapparoKi^oi- Seal, 17 (Ttppayls. TtOV. Sealing-wax, t6 fiovXoKepi, 6 Letter-paper, 6 Ta^vSpopiKos 'WnauiKos KTjpos. XdpTfjs. Sheet of paper, t6 (j)vXXou

Do I post the letter in time 1 XnpTov. pmrco (yKaipais ttjv (iricrToXrju ] Signature, ^ wroypa^^. Newspaper-wrapper, t6 irepi- Stamps, Ta ypappaToarpia.

KoXvfjpa Tijy ((f)r}pfpi8os. Is that enough 1 tlvai Paper, to x"P'"«'' dpKerd J — blue, white, ruled, pa^v, How many stamps does this

aanpov, xapni^opevov, letter require ] noa-a ypap-

Pen-nibs, to Kop8vXia, ai irtwai. paT6aT]pa xpfidC^TOi ff (itktto-

Peu-holder, 6 Kov8v\o;p6pos. Xrj avTT) ^ 268 Modern Greek.

Two stamps of thirty lepta, Wait for an answer, nepiftept Svo ypanfiaTocrrjfia Tav rpi- dTrdvTTjcriv,

avra XfiTTciv. Wafer, f] ocrna. Telegram, t6 rrjkfypdcfirifia. Writing materials, ^ ypa^iKri To be left till called for, va vXrj. The writing, to ypcu^ijiov.

Parts of a House, names of pieces of furniture etc., etc., Ta

p.ept] TJ]S olKias, ovopLaaiai. twv iir'niKav, k.t.\.

Apartment, to 8a>fidTiov, Candle, to light, to lajpl, dvdir-

Arm-chair, ij TroXvdpofa, to

6pnvlov, Carpet, to xaXt, 6 Tdnris.

Arrange (Imp.), raKronoiricTov. Castle, 17 firavXis, to (ppovpiov.

Back room, to onia-dev dcopd- Ceiling, to Ta^dvi, t) opocprj.

TiOV, Cellar, 17 djrodfjKt], Balcony, 6 e^aaTris. Chair, to sit down, ^ /cap/fcXa, Barrel, to ^apeXi, 6 Kd^os. TO KdSicrpa, KaQ-qpai,

Basement, t6 Karcayaiov. Chest of drawers, t6 K0fi6.

Bason, to wash, f] \eKdvT], Chimney, 6 Kairvobox^oi. Tr\vvop.ai, Xovofiai, Clock, TO (opoXoyiov, TO (KKptptS,

Beam, f] boKos. Counterpane, 17 Kov^ipra, to Bed, to lie down, to Kpe^^aTi, fCpdnXana,

fj KXivrj, KaraKKivofiai. Cupboard, to open, r6 vTovXdm,

Bedding, to sleep, to. a-TpaalSia, f) aKfvodfjKT}, dvoiyo). KOlfJLwpMl. Curtain, to draw, to irapanf-

Bedroom, fj Kp(^i3aroKdfiapa, 6 Tacrpa, dvtydpdv. Koirav, Cushion, TO irpoaKfCpaXaiov. Bell, to ring, 6 kwSwi', kcoSw- Desk, TO ypd

Dining-room, f) Tpnirf^npia. Blanket, ^ naTavia, to icpdnXui- Door, Come in (Imp.), ^ 6vpa, eiaeXdf, ipnpos. Blind, TO nwT^ovpi. Drawer, to avprdpiov.

Bolt, lock, (Imp.), 6 (rvpTT]s, Drawing-room, rj aWowa, xXftcroi'. Footstool, TO (TKap.vi, TO vnoTTo- Box, TO Kl^d>Tl0V, 810V.

Brick, TO Tov^Xov, f) nXlvdos. Flame, fj ^X6§.

Broom, to sweep, 17 vKoima, Floor, TO Trarco/xa, t6 eSo0or. TO crdpadpov, aapopco. Front room, t6 eixirpoadtv dw-

Brush, fj jSoC^To-n, 17 -i^riKTpa. fldTlOV. Vocahilary. 26g

Fuel, TO evavcTfio. Pillow, tA pa^iXdpt.

Furnished, iniirKanitvos. Plank, plaster, 17 aavU, 6 yv^^os.

Furniture, to. eniirXa. Portrait, 17 dKitv,

Garden, 6 Krjnos. Eoof, t] UTiyt].

Gate, fj ttiXt]. Room, TO dccpdriov.

Ground floor, to Korayaiov. Saucepan, 17 KaraapoXa. First floor, r6 7rpS>T0v "narafia. Sheets, clean, dry, to a-iv86via, Hire, to, eVotKidfo). Kadnpdj (TTfyvd.

House, T] oiKia, Shelf, TO pd

Jug, fj 'Sdyrjvos, Shutters, open, shut (Imp.), Key, to unlock, to ickdbiov, TO irapaOvpo^vKXa, avoi^t, avniyo) (^sKXeiSwo)). KXei(T€. Kitchen, to cook, to jxayftpelop, Smoke, 6 koitvos. fxaytipcvat. Soap, TO cranovvi, 6 crdrrfov. Kitchen utensils, to. fiaynpiKa Sofa, 6 aoipds, TO dvdKXivrpov,

CTKfVTJ. Stable, o araiXos.

Knocker, to poVrpoc, Staircase, to go up, fj o-jcaXa,

Ladder, staircase, tj o-/caXa, 17 dva^aiva. Steps, to go down, al fiadpides,

Lamp, to trim, 17 Xdfxna, 6 \vx- Kara^aiva). vos, tTOLfxa^d) TOP Xvxvov. Stone, 6 Xidos,

Lock, 17 KkfiSoovid, TO KkelQpov. Stove, f) deppdarpa. Looking-glass, 6 KadpfTTTTjs. Sweep (Imp)., (TKOvmcre, (rdpa- Marble, t6 pdppapov.

Mat, 17 ylrdOa, 17 ^Lados. Table, to write, ^ rpdnfCa, Matches, to light, ra airlpra, ypd. dvanTco, Tablecloth, t6 TpantCopdp' Mattress, to crTpapa, Xop. Nail, TO Kopc^i, 6 ^Xoy. Towel, ^ TTfTO-fTa. Padlock, TO \0VK€TT0V. Tmnk, to crevrovKi, to Ki^ariop. Pane of glass, t6 ve\oTT\ata-iov. Tumbler, to drink, to norrjpiop, Pavement, to iT(Co8p6piou. TTIPCO. Peg, to hang up, t6 Kpfpaa-Topi, Wall, 6 Tot;^;or, rb Tt'ixof, KpefiS). Washhand stand, 6 pinTrip. Pianoforte, to KktiboKvp^aXov, Well, TO irrjyddi, to (f)peap. TO nidvo. Window, TO napdBvpop. Picture, to paint, ^ cIkwv, (oj- Wood, yard, court, to ^vXop,

ypa(pi^co. Tj avXrjt

Pillar, Tj (tttjXt]. 270 Modern Greek.

Articles of Dress, Ta pfprj T^y ipdvpaviat,

Boots, thick, thin, ra vnobfj- Eazor, TO ^vpdifnov. fiara, xov^pd, XfTrrd. Ring, TO SaKTvXidiov,

Boot-jack, 6 v7ro8Tjfj.aToavpTr]t. Seal, f/ (Tcfipayis.

Braces, a pair of, ai ripavrais, Shirt, TO VTTOKdpKTOP, 6 ;^lT(il». Shirt-collar, 6 KoXdpos. Brush, clothes, hair, ^ ^ovpra-a, Shoe, TO (TavddXiov.

fj ^r]KTpa Tap ivbvpArav, rmv Slippers, al naPT6

Kop^iov, Kop^cocre. Stockings, at icaXTaai, a'l ntpf Cap, put on, take off (Imp.), KvrjpiSes.

TO KoXvppa, /3d\e to aKov(f>o, Tooth-brush, 17 ^ovpTaa tup ^€aKov(f)a>(Tov. odoVTCOV. Coat, fashionable, t6 evSvpa, Tooth-powder, ^ oSoptokSvis. TOV (TVppOV, Trousers, to ituvtoXopi, al Coat, gieat, 6 enfvbvrqi. TTepiaiceXlSes.

Collar, 6 KoKapos, t6 nepnpa- Umbrella, ^ opirptXa. Xr]Kiov. Waistcoat, to yeXe/ct, 6 vTTtp-

Comb, TO ktIvi. 8vTTJS. Cuff, TO paviKfTTt, ^ Ufpixfipis. Walking-stick, rb pnaaTovn,

Drawers, t6 ta-ci^paKoy. fj ^aKT7)pia, TO pa^hiov. Fit, to, raiptdCa, Watch is slow, to mpoXoyiop

Gloves, TO. yavTia, Ta xfi-pdicTia. jrrjyaivfi onlcra). Handkerchief, silk, t6 ^ai/Sij- Watch is fast, rh apoXoyiop Xtofj TO piv6p,aKTpov, p,(Ta^a>- iTTjyaivei ypfjyopa.

TOP, Watch-chain, 17 aXva-is tov wpo- Hat, TO KaneXov, 6 TrTXor, Xoyiov. Necktie, 6 XaipobeTrji. Watch-key, to wind up, rb Pistol, TO TTlCTTuXlOP. /cXtibiov TOV apoXoylov, Kovp-

Pocket, Tj Tcrenr), to dvkaKiop, Purse, TO ^uXdpTiop.

Shooting, To Kvfijyiov.

Barrel of a gun, ^ Kdvprj. Double-barrelled gun, hUawov Boar, 6 Karrpos, 6 dypioxoipos oivXov. Covey, TO Konddi. Fire (Imp.), irvpX Vocabulary. 271

Foxhunting, rh levvriyiov aXco- Rifle, Tj KapapTTiva, to pa^hatTov ITfKOS, TOVCfifKl.

Game, t6 Kvvfiyiov, ff aypa. Scent, fj oapiT]. Gun, TO TOV(p(Kl, TO OTrXoV. Season, the right, ^ f'lroxn, V Hare, 6 Xa-ywy. KaTaWrjXos eno^r]. I have hit, (KTimqaa. Setter dog, Kvvr]y(TiKus kvcov. Load (Imp.), ytnia-f. Shoot, to, TTvpo^oka,

Partridge, f) nipbi^. Shot, large, small, f) ^o\t].

Point, to, of a dog, 6 ctkvKos Snipe, TO li1TfKaT(riVl, T] CTKoXo- ipeplidpfi. naKis, Powder, ro finapovri, 6 TrvpiTn. Spaniel, kikov IxvrjXdTrjs.

Powder-flask, f) rrvpiToboxos. Trigger, fj (T(f>vpa.

Quail, f] oprv^. Wolf, 6 \VK0S.

Rabbit, to Kovvf\i, 6 kovikXos. Woodcock, fj ^vKoKorra. Hamrod, 6 oj3eXos.

Animals, Birds, etc., Ta ZS>a, to TlTtjvd, kt\.

Animal, to (a>ov. Fly, n M^'«'

Bear, 17 apKTos. Fox, f] dXtnov, 6 dKoiTrr]^.

Bee, f] peXia-aa. Gnat, to Kovvoimi, 6 Koovcoyj/,

Bird, TO TTTrjVOV. Goat, she-goat, ^ yiSa, fj kut-

Boar, TO yovpoijvi, 6 \o7pos. aiKa, Tj ai^.

Butterfly, f] TrfToXovSof ^ ^vx^' Hen, ^ »c()rTa, fj opvis.

Camel, f] KaprjXos. Honey, to peXi.

Cat, fj yara, fj yaXfj. Horse, t6 aXoyov, 6 tmros. Chicken, to opvidoTvnvKi. Insect, TO ^(oitpiov, TO evTopov. Cock, 6 KOKopas, 6 ir€Tfiv6s, 6 Lamb, to dpvlov. oKeKTap. Lark, to sing, o Kopvhakos,

Cow, beef, fj dyeXds, TO ^a)8iv6v. Cuckoo, 6 KOl'KKOS, 6 KOKKV^. Lion, 6 Xecov. Dog, 6

Dolphin, 6 SeXc^iV. Magpie, fj KapaKa^a,

Donkey, to yaibovpi, 6 ovos. Monkey, fj paifiov, 6 ividrj^.

Duck, wild duck, fj ndma, fj Mosquito, TO KOVVOIITTI, 6 KOiVOif^.

V7i(Ta-a, fj dypiondnia. Mouse, 6 ITOVTIKOS, 6 jlVS.

Eagle, 6 deTos, Mule, TO povXdpi, fj fjp,lOVOS,

iigg, TO avyov, to o)6v. Nest, fj (jxokfd.

Elephant, 6 iXecfjas. Nightingale, fj drjbmv. Fish, TO ^dpi, 6 lx6vs. Ox, o jSoCs. Flea, 6 yjrvXXos. Oyster, t6 daTptldiov, 273 Modern Greek,

Partridge, ^ irepbiKa, ^ Trtpbi^. Spider, f) apaxvr}. Peacock, to naycjvt, 6 raois. Stork, TO XeXe(ct, 6 nf\apy6s. Pheasant, 6 (j>aa-iav6s. Swallow, 17 ;(eXi8coj/. Pig, TO yovpovvt, 6 ^oipos. Swan, 6 KVKvot,

Pigeon, fj Trfpiarepci. Tiger, fj Tiypis. Quadruped, t6 Tfrpdirovv. Toad, 6 (ppvuos, 6 (iaTpaxos.

Quail, TO opTVKi., f] oprv^. Turkey, 6 IvBidvos, 6 ydXXos, Rat, 6 ptyaXos novTiKos, 6 p,vs. Vermin, to fmopav.

Raven, 6 Kopa^. Wasp, T] (T(f}^Ka, T] a-(})rj^.

Sheep, mutton, to npo^arov, Worm, TO aKcoXTJKi,, 6 aKoiKr}^, TO 7r/)o/3toj». Wolf, 6 XvKoy.

Trees, Mowers, Fruits, Ta Afv8pa, Ta "Avdrj, al 'On-wpot.

Almond, t6 dpvyBdkov, Hyacinth, 6 laKivdos.

Apple, TO priXov. Larch, 17 irfvKr].

Apricot, TO ^(pVKOKKOV. Laurel, 17 ddcf)vr}.

Ash-tree, 17 peXla. Leaf, TO (pvXXov, Bark, 6 cf)Xoi6s. Lilly, TO Kplvov. Branch, 6 kXoSos. Lime-tree, ^ (piXvpa, Bush, 6 Bdpvoi. Medlar, to pfcrniXov.

Cedar, 6 nibpos. Melon, TO TTfTTopi, 6 nencov.

Chestnut-tree, 17 Kaa-Tavea. Mulberry, to povpov.

Currant, ij KopivdiaKrj ora^tV. Mushrooms, to. pavirdpia, ol

Cotton-tree, 17 ^ap^aKis. pVKTjVfi,

Cypress, tj Kirndpiavos, Oak, 17 8pvs.

Fern, 17 nrepis. Orange, t6 nopTOKdXiov,

Fig-tree, 17

Fir, f) iXaTrj, Pear-tree, 17 dn-tSfa, 77 dxXaSia.

Flax, TO Xivdpcov. Pine, 17 TTtvKrj, ^ iriTvs.

Flowers, to avdrj. Pomegranate, to pdiSi, tj puid. " Forget - me - not, to pff pe Poplar, fj XfvKtj.

Xr](Tp6v(i, Tj pvcraatTis. Poppy, fj Trarrapovucu

Fruit, oi KapTToi, al onapai. Root, fj p'i(a. Garden, 6 Krjnos. Rose, TO p68ov.

Grape, fj a-Ta(f>vXTi. Seeds, oi (Tiropoi. Bunch of grapes, t6 Tcrapiri, Shrubs, Ta x^pdiiXaba, 6 ^orpvs. Sow, to, o-TTeipQ). Hothouse, TO BeppoKTjniov {(jiv- Stem, TO KOTO-dvi., TO aTtXtxos, TOKopelovj. Tulip, TO Xdpiov. Vocabulary. 273

Vine, ^ afi7r(\os. Wlieat, TO (TiTapiy 6 aiTos.

Violet, 6 ixfve^fs, TO lov. Willow- tree, 17 Irta,

Walnut-tree, 17 KapvBid, fj Kapva. Yew, 6 (T/xtXa^.

Facultiea, Qualities, and Senses of man, Th UpoTtpfifucra^

ai ^IbiOTTfTiS KoL ai Aladrjcrfis tov dvdpamov.

Admiration, 6 davpaa-pos. Intellect, 6 vovs, 17 Sidvoia,

Ambition, ambitious, fj (piKo- Jealousy, jealous, 17 Ci^orvnlof So^ia, (f)ih68o^os. ^rjXoTvnos.

Astonishment, fj fKiT\r]^is. Joy, happy, fj x^pa, fvTvx^s.

Badness, wicked, fj KUKia, kokos. Knowledge, fj yvSxris.

Character, upright, 6 xopaKTTjp, Life, to live, fj Cojfj, (S>. Memory, to remember, ^ Conscience, ^ awddrjais. Hufjprj, fvdvpovpai.

Despair, rj djrfXTricrta, 6 dntX- Passion, passionate, t6 itdBos, niapos. nfpnradfjs.

Diligence, diligent, ff impi- Pleasure, f] (vxaptarrja-is.

Xfta, (TripeXrjs. Politeness, lit. good-breeding,

Eagerness, eager, ^ rrpodvpla, polite, 17 (vytvfia, eiiyfvfjs. npodvpos. Reason, r6 XoyiKov.

Falsehood, a liar, t6 -^evbos, 6 Remembrance, 17 dvdpvrjoris.

'i\ff\J(TTJ)S. Shame, to ataxos.

Fear, timid, 6 (f>6^os, avavbpos. Sight, eye, 17 opaais, 6 6(f)da\-

Folly, a fool, fj papiay 6 ptopos. p6s.

Frugality, ij Xitottis. Smell, nose, fj oacftpTjais, fj pis.

Hearing, a sound, ^ oko^, 6 Soul, fj yj/vxi']' Talent, brain, t6 Trporeprjpa,

Idea, f) tSe'a. 6 vovs, TO. pvakd.

Imagination, imaginative, fj Taste, fj yfvais. (f)avTa(Tia, (f)avraaia>8rjv. Touch, finger, ^ d(j)fj, 6 doKTv-

Impatience, impatient, fj dv- \os.

VTTopovTjaia, dinmopovos. Will, 17 OeKrjais.

Incivility, uncivil, ^ dytveia, Wisdom, fj (ppovrjais.

dyfvfjs. Wit, TO TTVfiipa, f] ficpvui.

Fine Arts, At apaiai Tf'xixu.

Sculpture, 'H TXvnTtK^.

Statue, ri aydkpa. Monument, t6 pvrjpt'iov.

Bust, 17 npoTopfj. Model, TO nponXaapa, 274 Modern Greek.

Cast, rh ax^fio. Marble, ri fidpfiapow.

Form, 6 rx/iros. Plaster, ^ yi-^os.

Painting, 'H Zaypa^iKT).

Water-color, ^ vbpoypa(f)ia. Fasel, 6 oKpl^at.

Oil-painting, f] tXaioypacjiia. Engraving, 17 iyy\v^fi.

Landscape, t6 Tonflov, Engraving upon wood, r,

Portrait, fj elK(i>v. ^vKoypa(^ia,

Fresco, T) Toi)(oypacf)iiu Engraving upon steel, 17 xoXw- Mosaic, t6 pacraiKov, ^oypa(f>ia.

Colouring, 6 xptopaTia-pos. Engraving upon copper, t)

Shading, rj a-Kiaais. Xci^noypaipia. Canvas, to Kawa^mravov, Lithograph, 7 Kidoypacpia.

Brush, ri ypais.

Colours, Ta Xpapara.

Black, rather black, pavpos, Purple, Trop(f)vpo>9r}s, peXas, pfXavcoTTOs. Red, fpv6p6s. Blue, light-, dark-, pafivs, Rose, po86)(povs. Kvavovs, dvoiKTOs-, ^aOvs-. Scarlet, (l>\oy6xpovs, a\iKos. Sky-blue, ovpav6\povs. Shaded, a-Kiep6s. Brown, Kaaravos. Striped, t6 dpadarov. Crimson, ^va-crivos. Swarthy, ^fXai^dj. Dark, dpavpos, oKovpos. Violet, (wSt;?. Gray, c})ai6s. White, XevKos, Green, greenish, Trpdaivot, Yellow, Kirpivos. npaaivMTTOs. Rather white, viroXevKog. Lilac, TO xpoipa TTjs Traa^ai^aias. Rather black, viroptKas. Peach, pobauvoxpovs.

Architecture, 'H 'ApxiTfKToviKfj.

Doric style, 6 AmpiKos pvO- Byzantine style, 6 IBv^am-ivo', pos. pvdpos. Ionic style, 6 'ItowKoy pvdpos. Composite style, o avvOiTos Corinthian style, 6 KopivOiaKos pvdpos.

pvdpos, Structure, 17 oiKobopiK^. Tuscan style, 6 Toa-KaviKos Front, ^ irpoaoi^is. ftvdpos. Sides, al nXfvpai, Vocabulary. -/O

Columns, 01 o-Ti'Xot. Statue, 6 dvbpids, to ayoKpa.

Fluted pillars, pajSScorot Kiova. Cathedral, fj pT]Tp6no\is.

Capital, TO KlOVOKpaVOV. Church, f] fKKXrjaia, 6 vaos.

Metope, f] fifTOTTT]. Harmony, 17 appovia.

Base, fj ^dcris, TO ^ddpou. Proportion, 17 dvakoyia.

Colonnade, rj KiovoaToi^^la, f] Ruins, TO. fptinia. (TTod. Vandals, ot BdvSaXoi. Caryatides, at Kapvanda. Barbarians, ol ^dp,3apot.

Arch, fj d'^is. Venetian Tower, 6 ^EveriKos

Gate (of city), 17 ttvX?;. TTvpyos. Temple, 6 vaos. Broken, destroyed^ reOpava-fii- Altar, TO BvaiaaTTjpiov, 6 ^afiui. vov,

Man, 'O avSpaiTos.

Ancestors, oI jrpoyopoi. Husband, 6 av^vyos.

Parents, ot yovfls. Wife, fj uv^vyos. Father, 6 narijp. Widower, 6 xw°^- Mother, fj pfjTrjp. Widow, fj xhp^' Brother, 6 dtf'K(l>6s. Orphan, to 6p

Sister, fj (Idf'S.cfifj. Christening, baptism, to ^utt-

Grandfather, 6 Tran-Tro?. Tiapa. Child, TO TiKVOV. He was born, iyewfjBrj, Son, 6 v'los. He is dead, drrf6ave.

Daughter, fj Ovydrrip. Woman, 17 ywfj. Grandson, 6 eyyovos. Girl, TO Kopdaiov. Descendants, ot dnoyovoi. Boy, TO 7rai8iov, to dyopi. Uncle, 6 6f'ios. Youth, 6 veos.

Aunt, 17 6fia. Bachelor, 6 ayauos. Cousin, 6 (^d8f\(f)os. A married man, 6 wpcfxyptvoi. Bridegroom, 6 yap^pos. Old man, 6 yepav.

Bride, fj inip(pri, f) pv^arfj. Old woman, fj ypaia.

Marriage, 6 ydpos. His age, fj fjXiKia tov.

The Human Body, To dvOpairivop capo.

Head, fj Ke(f)aXfj. Eyes, eyebrows, ot 6(f)da\poi,

Hair, TCI paWia, fj Koprj, al 6(f)pvs,

Forehead, to peTumov. Nose, f] pis (fj pvTTj). Face, TO npoaanov. Ears, TO aiTa.

T 2 Modern Greek.

Teeth, m ohovra. Nails, oi ovvxfs.

Mouth, TO arofia. Side, f) nXtvpa.

Tongue, fj yAaxra-a. Lungs, 6 ivveifimv. Cheeks, ra ^idyovKa, al irapfiai. Stomach, 6 arofiaxos. Beard, to yivtiov. Hips, TO lax^ci. Moustache, 6 fiia-ra^. Thigh, 6 prjpos.

Neck, 6 Xai/iOf, 6 Tpa)(r]\os, Leg, ^ ki/ij/xt;. Throat, 6 Xdpvy^. Calf of the leg, ^ yaaTpoKvfjpr). Chest, TO (TTTldoS. Knee, to yow. Bosom, 6 KoKiToi. Foot, 6 irovs.

Shoulder, 6 Zipos. Skin, TO bfppa, T] fTTibepiiis,

Back, 17 po-xi-s, T] jrXarj;. Bones, to. oara. Arm, 6 ^paxiav. Flesh, TO Kptas,

Hand, to x^P'" Muscles, ol p.va)Vfs.

Finger or toe, 6 8dKTv\os. Heart, fj Kaphla, Thumb, 6 dvT'L\fip, Tears, ra haKpva.

Nature, the Country, 'H *vo-ts, 17 'E|ox^.

Ail', 6 dr]p. Hai-bour, deep, o Xip.fjv, ^adm.

Bank (of a river), f} oxSrj. Heavens, ol ovpavoi. Bay, 6 KoXTToy. Hill, barren, 6 \6(pos, ayovos.

Beach, TO napaXiov, fj uKpo- Island, f] vrjaos.

daXacra-cd. Lake, 17 Xt/x»"7.

Brook, 6 pva$. Moon, f] aikffvrj, TO ^eyydpi. Bush, 6 6dp.vos. Mountain, rocky, t6 opos, Cape, TO aKpcoTTjpiov, ^paxciSfs.

Coast, f) duTT]. Mud, 17 'kda-mj, 6 ^op^opog.

Continent, ff ^nfipos. Ocean, 6 uKeavos. Corn, 6 (tItos, Olive trees, tq fXaiodevBpa. Cotton, 6 ^dfi^a^. Peasant, 6 ^wptfos.

Dust, blinding, 6 KoviopTSs, Peninsula, fj x^po'ovTjaos.

TvcpiXavav, Plain, fj TreSids,

Earth, fj yrj. Plough, TO apOTpov. Earthquake, 6 o-fto-yoy. Points of the compass, ra

Estate, TO virciaTOTiK ')V, TO Krij/ia. (TTjp.fia TTjs irv^idos. Field, fertile, to x'^/jd^toi', North, 6 ^oppai.

yovipov. East, f) dvaTo\fj.

Fire, fj (})(orid, TO nip. South, 17 pta-ijp^pla. Forest, t6 Bda-os. West, ^ 8v

Rock, 6 Ppaxos. Tree, t6 btvbpov.

Sea, 17 0d\u(T(Ta. Valley, green, f] *cotXaf, irpa- Shepherd, hardy, 6 noififiv, €Vpai(TTOi. Water, good to drink, to v8a>p,

Shore, sandy, fj oktI], afi/iadris. iToaifiov, Sky, blue, o ovpavot, Kvavovs. Wave, sounding, to Kvp-a, Stars, ra aarpa. Tixipov. Sun, 6 tjXios. Wind, east, 6 avtpos dvaTO- Swamp, feverish, to eXor, 6 \ik6s. ^dXrof, 7rvp(Ta)8t]s. World, 6 Koa-fjLos. Tide, TO pfvpa.

The Lesson, To Mddrjpa,

Accent, o t6vo!. , 6 a-CvBtarpos,

Acute, 17 o^ua. Consonant, t6 a-vpcf^oivov.

Grave, 17 ^apf'ta. Contracted, awrjpripivos.

Circumflex, t] Trfpicrnaitfvr]. Conversation, r) (nvbiakf^it.

Accusative, ij amart/cij. Copy out, to, avTiypdcfxa. Adjective, t6 itridfTov. Dative, ^ Sotikij,

Positive, BtTLKov. Declension, 17 kX/o-w. Comparative, ovyKpiTiKov. Defective, (XXdirTiKos Superlative, virepBeTiKov. Dialogue, 6 dtdXoyos.

Adverb, to fnipprjpa. Dictation, 17 vnaydpfvais. Article, TO apdpov. Difficult, 8va-Ko\os. Aorist, 6 d6pi

TTVfvpa, Tf daada, fj \JAi\rj. (ITKpfiiVrjpaTlKOV.

Case, fj iTTaxTis. Exercise, to yvpvaa-pa, TO 6(pa.

Class or declension, 17 /cXtVir. Expression, fj fKcppaais.

Colon, ff avco T(\fia. Fault, TO 'kudos.

Comedy, ij Kcopabia. Feminine gender, to 6tj\vkov Comparative, t6 ovyKpiTiKov, yivos.

Conditional mood, ij vnodfTiKT) Full stop, 17 TcKua. fyKXiais. Future, ist, 2nd, 6 piWoiv,

Conjugation, ij avCvyia. npCoTOS, bfVTipOS. Modern Greek.

Gender, to yivos. Person, ri irpoaamov.

Genitive, 17 ytviKt}. Pluperfect, 6 uTrepo-vi'reXtico'f. High style, to v'^rfkhv vcfios. Plural, 6 Tv\rj6vvTix6s,

Imperative, 17 npoa-TaKTiKij. Poetry, 17 noirja-is. Imperfect, 6 TrapaTaTtKos. Point of interrogation, ro Impersonal, aTr/joo-coTroj. (pcoTrjpaTiKov.

f} Indicative, Spia-TiKT]. Preposition, 17 npddea-is.

Infinitive, ro dirapepcpaTov. Professor, 6 Ka6r)yr)Tr}V.

Interjection, to emcfxijvrjpa. Pronoun, fj dvTwvvpia, Irregular, avfidkos. Prose, 6 ne^os Xdyoy. Leaf, Tc (fjvWov. Pupil, 6 padqrfjs. Learn, to (by heart), navddvu) Quickly, Tax((os. (« cTTrjdovs, drr e$a>). Read (Imp.), dvdyvci)(rov. Lesson, t6 fiddrjpa. Repeat (Imp.), inavaka^ov.

Library, fj ^i^XiodfjKT}. Rule, 6 Kavau.

Long vowel, ro paKpov (fxcviifv. Ruler, 6 Kdvatv,

Margin, ro nepidapiov. Say, to, Xc'yo). Mark, t6 a~qpa.ov. School, ro axoXuov,

Masculine, t6 dpa-fPiKov. Semicolon, 17 ava reXeta, fj pearj Master, 6 didda-Kokos. OTiypf], Mean, to, evvocb, arTjpaivo). Short, ^paxvs.

Meaning, fj ewoia, f) a-rjpaeria. Singular, 6 iviKos.

Middle voice, fj peaij (pavrj. Slowly, ^paBecos.

Mistake, t6 a-cpdXfui, Spelling, 17 opdoypacfy'ia.

Mode, fj eyicKKTis. Spell (Imp.), 6p66ypay^ov, avK- Neuter, ro olberepov. Xd^iaov.

Next, dK6\ov6o%. Stop, 17 reXft'a.

Nominative, 17 ovopaariKf]. Study, to, (TTrouSdfco, piKirm,

Note, make a, (Imp.), arjpdu- Subjunctive, rj inroTaKTtK^.

Noun, ro ovopa. Syllable, 17

Numerals, Cardinal, Ordinal, Syntax, fj avm-a^is. 01 dpidpoi, dnoXvToi, tok- Teacher, 6 8i8d

Page, 17 o-eXi's. Termination, j] Karakr]^!.!. Paragraph, 6 napdypa(f>os. Title, 6 rt'rXop.

Participle, fj peroxfj. Tragedy, fj rpaywha.

Passive, 17 nadrjTiKrj. Translation, ^ i^fiyrjai^. Perfect, 6 napaKflpevos. University, ro TravcjniTTrjpiov. Vocabulary. 279

Used in conversation, eV xph- Verb, TO prjfia. a(i iv StaXd-yo). Verbally, irpo^opiKms. Used commonly, Koivris xph' Vocabulary, to \e^iX6yiov.

Vocative, 17 *cXf;Tuc^. Used in writing, iv xprtara fh Vowel, TO (pavrjfu. ypoTTTOV \6yov. Vulgar, Koivdi, x»^^OiOS. Usual,

Greek handwriting varies as much as English, and is just as difficult, for a foreigner who has not a thorough knowledge ol the language, to decipher. The forms given below are those in ordinary use, written in a clear, bold hand, to aid the beginner. The abbreviations must be learned by practice. The Written Character. a8i

PRINTED. WRITTEN. CAPITAL. SMALL. J^ J^ —

o ...

. ... Of^^ i ^.

. - ^^ ^ f

^ ... -^ X

t ... ^ ^y t " 283

'Ev 'A^^rais, rf} 30rj ^AirpiXCov, 1879.

4>iXTar< Kvpte,

rioXv XvTTOVfiai. OTL €V€K€V UTTpOahoKriTOV KCoAlJ-

[inTos avayKaCofiai, va fxr] Se^^ci) ttjv cvixevrj vn&v i:p6(TKKi]

p.1) irape^riyriariTe rrjv a-novaCav {xov, Koi SiareXw p.6T^ iSiai-

*OAa)? ^Tfxhepoi,

A. T/). K . . . .

Tai 'A^iorijito) Kupfo),

APPEXDIX. CONTENTS OF THE APPENDIX

sect. pagb

1-14. Inteoduction 287

15-18. I. The Definite Article 295

19-26. II. Pbonodnp . . . : .... 297

27-38. III. The Noon . , 304

39-47. IV. Prepositions 310

48-75. V. The Verb 314

76 84. VI. Faeticles .....*•. 335 APPENDIX.

On the Relation of Modekn to Classical Gbeek, ESPECIALLY IN BEGAKD TO SyNTAX ^

§ 1. The relation of ancient to modern Greek differs not only in nearness but in kind from the relation of ancient Latin to any language of Latin origin. After the fall of the "Western Empire in the fifth century, popular Latin finally superseded the Latin of elegant literature. It was the 'lingua romana rustica,'—representing Ennius and Naevius rather than Cicero and Virgil,—that mainly furnished those elements which successive phases of alloy at last transmuted into French and Italian, Spanish and Portuguese. Mean- while the Eastern Empire, surviving the Western by a thou- sand years, protected the framework of the Greek language,

and carried it safely into the fifteenth century. Details of syntax and vocabulary were modified, but the organism was never dislocated.

§ 2. In ancient Greek, as in ancient Latin, the literary and the popular idiom had necessarily tended to diverge. But the literary prose of the Greek classical age had re- mained in a comparatively close relation with living speech.

It was, in fact, essentially the higher or more cultivated form

' My thanks are due to Professor Michael Constantinides, of the Hellenic College, London, and to the Rev. H. F. Tozer, Fellow of Exeter College, Oxford, for their kindness in reading the proof-sheets of this Appendix, and for some valuable suggestions. 288 Appendix.

of a natural and spontaneous utterance ; it was never arti- ficial in the same sense as the literary Latin of the later

Eepublic and of the Empire. Thus from the first it was fitted to exercise a vital influence over the spoken, no less than the written, Greek of after-times. Two special causes have contributed to maintain that influence. (i) From the time when the political liberties of ancient Greece were extinguished, the sentiment of Hellenic nation- ality and the pride of Hellenic descent have always recog- nised their most generally effective symbol in the classical . Hence the power of that literature in Greek-speaking countries, much as it has fluctuated, has always been, on the whole, superior to any power which classical Latin literature could exert over men who felt that the true distinction of Rome was derived less from arts or letters than from arms and laws. (2) The Greek Church, partly through the patristic writings and the liturgic formularies, partly through the intimate i*elations of the parochial priesthood with the people, has supplied a per- petual link between the language of daily life and the comparatively pure idiom of B^antine prose.

§ 3. That Greek, as distinguished from Latin, has never

been ' dead,' is therefore a correct statement when it is pro- perly defined. The tradition of the Greek language, as usually written by the educated, has been substantially continuous. Sup- pose a person acquainted with classical Greek, but not acquainted with post-classical Greek of any period. Place before him a passage of Greek prose, such as would have been ordinarily written by a person of fair education at any period from 300 B, C. to the present day. * Several details will be new to him, and he may be unable to give a version exact in every particular; but he will easily follow the general sense. Take, on the other hand, a person who knows ancient Latin alone, and try the same experiment '

Classical and Modern Greek. 289

in any Romance language : even the general sense will, as a rule, completely baffle him. The divergence of colloquial Greek from the classical type

has often been, and in some cases still is, considerably wider,—the interval varying much, according as the gauge is a peasant patois or the familiar speech of the educated. Similarly a knowledge of Italian, available for the literature

from Dante onwards, is not in itself a perfect key to the dialect of Venice. Yet even the most debased form of

Romaic has still been ancient Greek in another sense from

that in which any Romance dialect is ancient Latin. That which ancient Greek has in common with a Romaic patois

is not merely a number of reconstituted elements, but a coherent and organic basis, which has been more or less thickly overlaid, but never broken up.

§ 4. The classical student is apt to compare modern Greek

directly with such Greek as was written until about 300 b. c. Departui'es from classical syntax, dilutions of terse classical phrases, assume in this view the aspect of modern corruptions.

Further inquiry shows, however, that many particular * mo-

dernisms ' can be traced back at least two thousand years.

In many more instances the tendencies which the * modern traits express are discoverable in the earliest records of the language. Modern Greek has inherited, not only the ancient literature, but also an oral tradition which preceded that

literature, which co-existed with it, and which has survived

it. If, then, the character of modern Greek is to be esti-

mated aright, it is necessary to take some account of that

historical development which separates the close of the * clas-

sical ' age from the present century.

§ 5. Alexander's conquests made Greek the language of government and business, as well as of literature and society, among the populations of Egypt, Syria, and north-western Asia. Then in the course of the third century B.C. arose the

literary Common Dialect. This meant ' the dialect in general u 290 Appendix. use,' as distinguished from the irare Atlic dialect of the stand- ard Attic classics. The beginning? of a transition can already be seen in the prose of the non-Athenian Aristotle. The 'Common Dialect' was based on the Attic, but admitted forms, words, and phrases which were not Attic. It is used, with various modifications, by the later prose-writers generally, as Polybius (145 b. c), Diodorus Siculus (40 b. c), Strabo (18 A. D.), Plutarch (90 A. D.), Pausauias (160 A. D.). In the Augustan age some literary critics, among whom DiouysiuB of Halicarnassus (25 b. c.) was eminent, made an attempt to revive the feeling for a purer Attic style. The

' aim of the Atticists ' is best represented by the prose of Lucian (160 A. r.), which, though artificial and not always minutely correct, approached the Attic standard more nearly than any that had been written siuce the age of Demosthenes.

§ 6. Meanwhile a new type of colloquial Greek arose among the mixed populations of Asia, Syria, and Egypt. This was tinged with different colours by different nationalities, but was always far less pure than the literary 'Common Dia- lect.' One form of it, that which prevailed in Egypt, was known as the Dialect of Alexandria. This was used by the Alexandrian Jews who made the Greek version of the Old Testament {circ. 283-135 B.C.) It was also the parent of the dialect used in the New Testament, and (since Scaliger'a time) usually called Hellenistic, because hellenistes was the recognized term for a Greek-speaking Jew (Acts vi. i).

The * Hellenistic' Greek of the New Testament is of capital importance for the Modern language. The diction of the New Testament had a direct influence in moulding the Greek ordinarily used by Christians in the succeeding centuries. Further, this Hellenistic supplies a measure of the Greek language as then commonly spoken, while the contemporary profane literature only shows how, in the higher style, it was written. Classical and Modern Greek. 291

§7. The foreign element which is present in the New- Testament Hellenistic may first be defined and separated. It

is due partly to the ancient Hebrew in which the books of

' the Old Testament are written, partly to the Aramaic ' or Syro-Chaldaic form of Hebrew which, at the beginning of the Christian era, was commonly spoken by the Jews of Palestine. This Hebraic tinge is seen in many particular

words or phrases, as when o<^6i'X»;/Lta = 'a transgression,* uprov (^tryfifrr' to take food,* Trpoaamov Xa/x/3di/€H'=' to be a re-

; specter of persons ' and in such constructions as iaOUiv

ano yj/ixio)v (iiistead of the simple genitive), dptaKeiv ivamiov

rivos (instead of the simple rivi), or 8vo dvo (an idiom which has survived) instead of dva 8vo, 'by twos.' In many other instances the Hebrew colouring is due to the fact that the expression of the new spiritual life demanded terms which the Greek vocabulary of the day could not furnish.

More generally, it may be said that the Hebraic stamp is

seen in two broad traits: (i.) graphic circumstantiality, as iypa(prj 8ia x*'poy Tivoi instead of vno Tivos : (ii.) simple and monotonous connection of clauses, without any attempt at terse and varied peiiods. In this respect the style is to that of Plutarch much what the dpofifvr] \iiis of Herodotus is to the KarearTpafxpevr) Xt^is of mature Attic prose. Modern Greek says ^X^e koI fine rather than e\6a)v fme. This tendency to forego the use of the participle is already apparent in the New Testament. Latin influence touches the syntax of the New Testament only in so far as it had already affected the

: * Common Dialect ' it may be traced in a few uses such as irapaKokSi tva eX% {praccipio ut veniat), rrpo <| f}p.fpci)p {ante sex dies), but gives no pervading colour.

§ 8. Apart from these traits, the language of the New Testament is essentially the later Greek of Alexandria. As

regards diction, the Common Dialect is seen in such Attic

forms as deTo's side by side with un-Attic forms such as pi)(rau. "Words which in classical Greek were only poetical

u 2 ;

29 3 Appendix. are now current, as aXaXjjros, Qioarvyr]^, okeKToip. Familiar words take new forms, as vovdeaia (for vovStrrjais), avdOt^ia (for dvddrjiia); or they have new meanings, as (f)6dveiv='tn arrive,' 7rcpaKaXf'ip=^' to entreat,' senses which Modern Greek retains. A distinct feature consists in the Christian sense now given once for all to such terms as nla-Tis, SiKaiova-dai, f/ trdp^, 6 KOfTfioi, KXrjros, dnoaroXos. New compounds, often clumsy, arise where the need is felt: thus the Modern liK-qpot^opla ('information') already occurs, though only as='full assurance,' ' certainty \'

Neuter nouns like ^dnTia-iJia, adjectives like npwivos, and such verbs as f^ovbtvow, opffpl^co, a-ivid^a, are formed with especial facility. The vocabulary of classical Greek is, in this Hel- lenistic phase, going through a furnace, and being re-cast by the moulding power of oral use.

§ 9. In syntax, more strikingly than in diction, the ten- dencies of Hellenistic are those of Modern Greek. For example : i . The Active Voice of the verb, with the re- flexive pronoun, is often used instead of the Middle Voice.

2. The Optative Mood is becoming rare, especially in oratio

obliqua. 3. The loss of a correct instinct for the use of the

Moods is seen (e. g.) in the junction of orav and edv with the Indicative. 4. The Cases of nouns are unclassically used, as when TrpocrKwelv takes a dative, or ydfo-dai an accusative.

5. Tiie Dual number is disused. 6. Iva with the Subjunc- tive replaces the classical Infinitive in various contexts.

§ 10. But, while the Greek of the New Testament is colloquial, it is still the spoken language of the educated, and

is not divided by any impassable gulf from the literary

Common Dialect. It is less pure, less elegant, less various but those who knew only the one could be at no loss to understand the other. A wider breach between literary Greek and the spoken language of the people dates from about 300 A. D. Between 750 and 900 A. d. the ancient

* In such a context as Rom. iv. 21, ir\T]po

tan, there is some approximatiou to the Modern use. ' — ':

Classical and Modern Greek. 293

Greek traditions were in great measure effaced, chiefly by the Slavonian immigrations. In the satirical verses of the monk Theodorus Prodromus (1143-1180 A. D.) — called nokiTiKoX arixoi because written in the people's dialect — the spoken idiom has now taken a definite shape, fr.r removed from that of the literary language. Prodromus, addressing the Emperor Manuel Comnenus, bewails the depression of lite- rary pursuits. At Constantinople, he says, it is less profit- able to make verses than to mend shoes :

feiTovav (X<" nfT^airrjV, Taxa \pfvSoT^ayyAp^y ir\fjv fve * Ka\o\povviaTTjs, eve Kal xapoKoiror

vrav yap iSri ttjv aiiy^iv rrepixapaaaofievTjv, Xeyei as ^paarj rd Kpaaiv kcu ^aXe rd imreptv'

fiiOvi TO ^pdaeiv to Bepfiov \eyei npbs to iraiS'iv tow,

va TO, iraiSiv fiov. dyopaae xop5oKot\a OTapievov,

Kai 56s pie va npoyevaajpiai, Kal Tore va, veT^ovca.

' I have a neighbour, a cobbler, —may be a pretender to boot-making now there is an epicure for you, —a very prodigal ! When he sees the first streak of dawn, he says: "Let the wine be mulled,— put in the pepper." No sooner is the warm draught ready than he cries " to his slave : Look here, boy ! buy me a shilling's worth of sausages ; and bring a shilling's worth of Wallachian cheese, too, —and let me have some breakfast, and so to my cobbling."

§ 11. This modern and popular form of Greek has been known as Romaic : i. e. the language of the Romaioi.

' Romans,' as the Greek-speaking subjects of the Eastern Empire called themselves from the 4th century onwards, while the name 'Hellenes' was reserved for the ancient Greeks or for adherents of paganism, and the inhabitants of Greece

Proper were called ' Helladikoi.' Just, then, as ' Romaioi were distinguished from 'Hellenes,' so Eomaic, the language of the people, was distinguished from Hellenic, the language of the ancient literature.

§ 12 The linguistic reform begun in 1788 by Adamantios

* tv(, a, form still used in some provinces, = tfj'oi = eari. 294 Appendix.

Koraes (born 1748, died 1833) had a strictly practical aim. Under Turkish rule tlie si)c)ken Romaic had been much bar- barised. Except at a few centres, it had become little better than a patois with local forms. In order to establish a standard medium of communication, KoraSs proposed that, so far as it could be done without too violent a departure from actual usage, persons writing Greek should (i.) resume the classical inflexions of nouns and verbs, (ii.) discard imported foreign words, and use Greek words instead. The movement was not an effort of theoretic purism, but a working compromise.

§ 13. Since the beginning of this century, and especially since 1832, the general tendency of literary Greek has been to eliminate elements characteristic of the lower Romaic, and to approach in some degree to the type of the older Common Dialect, as written (for instance) by Plutarch. A few writers of the higher style have aimed at a still purer classicism. Speaking generally, we may say that the Greek of a well- written newspaper is now, as a rule, far more classical than the Hellenistic of the New Testament, but decidedly less classical than the Greek of Plutarch ; being distinguished from the latter (i.) by the general characteristics of the higher

(ii.) or written Romaic ; by a modern complexion due to the literal translation into Greek of modern terms, as when ' a member of the commisssion ' becomes iitKoi rjyj innporrjis.

The spoken language of the lower class is still the vernacular

Romaic : that of the educated varies in purity according to circumstances. For the sake of being more intelligible, an educated Greek will use the literary idiom more largely in conversing with a foreigner than he would with a Greek. General statements on this subject are therefore to be avoided, since there is no really accurate gauge. Education and the influence of good journalism are gradually tending to lessen the interval between the written and the spoken language.

' § 14. By Modern Greek ' is here understood the average — Classical and Modern Greek. 395 spoken and written idiom of the educated, apart, on the one hand, from literary ultra-classicism, and, on the other, from merely local or rustic patois. Thus defining it, I propose to take in order the principal points in which Modern differs from classical . It will be found that the dis- tinctive features of later and Modern Greek can generally be traced to one of two principal tendencies, or to their combined action : viz. (i.) the desire of greater expressive- ness; (ii.) the extension, by false analogy, of a classical usage.

I. The Definite Article.

§ 15. Position of the Article in the attributive sentence. In classical Greek, 'the wise man' = (a) 6 ao^os avi)p, or (6) 6 avi]p 6 (ro(p6s, or (c) avr/p 6

18, TTioTei Ty els (fit: X. 4I, fidprvffi rots TrpoKf)((ipoTovrip.ivois.

In Modern Greek it is also rare, and usually occurs under the same condition as in the N. T.

§ 16. The Article with Projyer Names. In classical Greek this use is less constant than in Motlern. Thus in Xenophon,

Anab. iii. i. 8, KaraXaplSavfi . . np6$(vov Koi Kvpov 18 immediately followed by npodvpovpevov Se . , ToG lipn^fvov Koi too Kvpov '. where the art. =' the' Proxenus, 'the' Cyrus, just mentioned. But the modem Greek translator (Btirdalachos) uses the art. in both places. Cp. p. 193 above, where iv rpaymbia Tltpaais (Plutarch) is rendered by tls ttjv rpaycp^iav tovs Uepvas (Gennadius).

§ 17. The Article prefixed to a whole clause. Modern Greek can say, to va Xe'-y?; Tis ravra, TTtpUpyov ftvaiy 'the fact of anyone saying this is strange.' This is essentially classical. Cp.

Herodotus, iv. 127, avTt tow oti dtanorrjs scprjaas fivai ffWSf *ia 2^6 Appendix.

return for your claiming (rrairt rov <^riva[ o-f) to be ray master.'

Plato, Jiepublic p. 327 C, ev n XtwrtTat, to tjv Tttiauifiev vfias, 'one thing remains, the chance of our persuading you.' So in

N. T. : Luke xxii. 2, f(fiTovv t6 na>s dptXaaiv avTof, 'they were

busy with the question how they might destroy him :' c^l,

ib. i. 62. [Distinguish this usage from that by which the art. merely introduces a quoted word or phrase, as ro avSpes,

the word avbpes : Galatians v. 14, 6 vofios . . mn'krjpwTai iv t^

' ayaTTijcretff rbv nXrjaiov (Tov.'j

§ 18. A peculiar modern use. In Modern Greek the art. can be separated from the noun by a relative clause equivalent to

' an epithet : as, ra ntp\ i>v \eyofifv irpdyfiara, the affairs of which we speak.' Here the limit of resemblance to old Greek must be carefully marked. In old Greek the art. can stand

before relative clauses : Plato, Critlas p. 115 b, t6v re ^ijpov

((capTTOJ') . . . Koi rbv oaos ^v\ivos '. Lysias, or. 23. § 8, rov re

'EvBvKpiTov Koi rw os f(f>i] dfanoTrjs tovtov (ivai. Demosthenes,

In Androt. § 64, fiiaflv rovs oloa-nep ovtos, where olovantp is certainly not right. Platon. JEp. 8. p. 352 e, to)v 8e oaa yfvoiT av. But probably no example occurs in classical Greek

where such a relative clause, equivalent to an adjective, is followed hy a substantive agreeing with an article, as if, in

Plato, Critias I. c, we had koi t6v oo-oj ^vXivos Kapnov. See

Xenophon, Ilepl imriKris vii. § 5, ov ttji' uxntep tm rov 8i

eSpai' (TTUvovpev, dWa ttji' Sycnrep 6p66s hv Sia^e^rjKas fit) rolv

' aKeXolv : we do not recommend that the rider should sit in the saddle as in a chair, but rather as if he were standing up with his legs apart.' This sentence accurately illustrates the

classical usage : ebpav, agreeing with rfju, follows the attri- butive clause Sxnrep

relative clause SxTntp 6p66s av dia^f^rjKoos (It] toIv aKt'Kolv. The

reason is evident. The old language felt that in such a

phrase as t6v oa-ot ^vXtfcr the art. rov is really on the border-

land between article and pronoun : hence it refrained from adding the noun in agreement with the article. Modern — Classical and Modern Greek. 297

Greek adds the noun, thus obtaining a more precise, but a harsher, construction.

II. Pronouns.

§ 19. Modern Greek uses rov, t^j, ratv, etc., as shorter

* forms for the pronouns of the third person ; as rov e/SXfTra, I

: ' saw him ' to flnt, he said it.' They are enclitic (i.) when

they follow the verb, as iriix^tTi tovs, ' send them,' napere ra,

: ' take those things ' ' (ii.) in the Genitive, after a noun,

when tliey represent the possessive pronoun, as 17 ahj^tj/j ttjs,

'her mother:' 01 0iXot rav, 'their friends.' It may be asked,—Is this a return to the earliest use of

6, f], TO as a pronoun 1

In Homer the pronominal 6 is commonly emphatic, and, standing at the beginning of the clause, points a contrast

(a) between different persons or things, or (6) between dif- 8' ferent acts of the same person ; as II. i. 29, ttjv eya ov \va-a>,

' :' but her I will not loose ixepfxfjpi^ev ij o yt (pdayavov o^v 189, \ 8' fpvaa-afxtvos • . • Toos fief avaaTrjcrfifP, 6 'ATpfi8r)v evapl^oi, rje | |

* ^oXov iraicreifv : whether he for his part [o ye —he to whom

both courses were open] . . should make them rise, while he slew [=and next slay] Atreides,—or should stay his wrath.'

Cp. Aeschylus, Suppl. 443, fj rolcnu tj toIs noXepov atpeaBai, 'to levy war against these or those.' In Attic the pronominal use is commonest [a) in the antithesis of 6 ptv, . . 6 8e, 'the one the other:' (b) in the 6 8e which merely continues a narrative.

But we find also (c) such phrases as in Lysias, or. 19. § 59, kcu poi KoXfi Tov Ka\ Tov, ' now please to call him [that man there], and him ; ' Demosth. or. 9. § 68, eSet to koX to jtoi^o-qi koI to pf)

' The enclitic form sometimes follows the verb when the accented

' form has preceded : rci (iStTf ra ; Did you see those things there V By a similar colloquial pleonasm, the accented form can follow another pro- noun, when it stands immediately before the verb : toCto tirpewe va to tl^tvprfs, 'you ought to have known that.' :

298 Appendix.

noiTjaai, * we ought to have done this and that, and not have done the other thing \'

In Modern Greek, besides the Attic uses (a) and (b), (c)

' is also common : uTre to koi t6, he said so and so.' Here there can be no doubt that an ancient colloquialism has survived, and that t6 is the definite article. Apart from this idiom, however, the Modern rov, etc., for the pronoun of the third person, is better regarded as a curtailment of avrov, etc.

This view is confirmed by the following considerations

(i.) the enclitic rov, Ttjt, etc., can hardly be otherwise ex- plained: (ii.) later classical prose exhibits no trace of a return, beyond the Attic limit, to the earlier pronominal use of 6, fj, TO : (iii.) Modern analogy shows that an oxytone or perispomenon dissyllable might lose its first syllable, aa when is TO becomes oto.

§ 20. The auT

Nominative: Spas avrov, ^ yon see him.' (ii.) It is intensive, expressing the notion ' self,' when used (a) substantivally in the Nominative: ain-os 6pas, 'you yourself see i^ (6) adjectivally, in any Case : Spas airov rbv tivbpa, 'you see the man himself.'

In Modern Greek use (i.) remains, but (ii.) is modified, (a) In the Nominative, aiiros, meaning ' self,' can take after it the enclitic genitive of the personal pronoun, and is then col- loquially shortened to aros : thus :—

rlaio. Modem Greek.

avTOS, S} ^aihwv, waptyivov So;- dros

Kparti (Kfivr) r^ Vl^ipf ?T ^i (pap- rbu 'SajKpaTrjv tKfivriv r^y iipipav paicov (irtev iv Ta) SfapaiTrjpicp, ^ KarcL Tfjv oiroiav (irit to (papfiditt

Tf)v fj dWov rov ijKovaas ; — ouros, Si (Is (pvXaKTjV, dw^ Kaviva d\- 'ExficpaTts. \ov TO i]Kova(s;—dros |tov, Si 'Ext- HpaTfs,

' In the N.T. (omittins?, of course, the epic rod ycip ytvos laplv, quoted from Aratus, in Acts xvii. 28) the pronominal use has much the same :

Classical and Modern Greek. 299

* Another form is auros 6 iSios : e. g. they themselves do it,' a\iro\ ot tStot TO Kafivovu. And where 'self implies 'alone' or

' unaided,' it can be expressed by fiovos fiou, trou, too, etc.

' wlio wrote it? I wrote it myself:' ris to eypa^e; novos (jlov

TO typaylra. (6) "When the pronoun is used adjectivally in other Cases than the Nominative, it is usually no more than

' a demonstrative : e. g. Spas alrhv t6v avBpoiTrov, you see that

: ' man there ' while, you see the man himself,' would be opus aVTOV TOP iBiov. Already in the Greek of N. T. the intensive use of airoi is fluctuating. The proper force is found (e. g.) in Luke to* vi. 42 : TtSts dvvaaai \ty(ii> t

6(p6a\p^ (Tov doKov oi jSXtirav ; On the other hand, see Luke xix. 2 : Koi I80V, avrjp ovopaTi KfiXovpivos ZnK)^a7os, Koi avTos rjv dpxtT€\a)VT]s, Koi ovros rjv rrXovaios, Here avros cauiiot be ren- dered, ' he himself;' it is at most an emphasized 'be,' = 'that same mnn,'—as in the Greek of to-day. § 21. 6 1810s ('the very one'), as the modem equivalent for

6 avTos (' the same ') requires notice here. 1810?, from the pronoun-stem Ff ( = Latin suus, se), means properly 'what belongs to one's self.' In classical Greek iS«os means (i.)

* * private ' as opposed to public,' e. g. ttXovtos iSios ^ brjpoatos: :

(ii.) ' distinctive,' ' peculiar,' e. g. tx^i IBiav cf^vaw, it has a na- ture distinct from that of others. From this latter use of the word to mark individualkt/ the modern Greek use

' ' springs : avros 6 idios, he, the very man'i:^' he himself.' Is

? that the man of whom you spoke ' tlvat airros 6 avdpconos ntpi

TOV oiroiov fifffTt; 'It is the same,' tlvai 6 ifiioj ( = 'the very man'). The use of liios as an emphatic possessive in the N. T., which will be noticed presently, illustrates the trans- ition.

limits as in classical prose : 1. e. it occurs in (a) 6 (xtv . . 6 54, (6) the narrational 6 5«, (c) as a semi-colloquial demonstrative, e. g. Luke xvii.

24, aarpamovca (k t^j irn oipavov (is t^v iin' oi/pavov, 'flashing from this to that region.' 300 Appendix.

§ 22. The Bpflexive Pronoun. This is commonly formed ia Modern Greek by adding the Genitive of the personal pro- noun, used as a possessive, to (uvtov declined with the article ; ffkanrH rhv favTov Tou, ' he hurts the self of him'

(= himself), ^Xairrofifv rhv eavrov fias (for even with the plural fias, aas, rav the singular of eavrov is retained), ' we hurt the selves of us,' ( = ourselves). The origin of this use can be traced to the classical use of favrov as the reflexive, not only of the third person, but also of the first and second (a primi- tive use reasserting itself, as in Sauskrit sva serves for all three persons) : e.g. (i.) First person. Soph. 0. T. 138, avroi avTov [=e;:tavroC] tovt aTroa-Kedcb fxvcros '. Plat. Pliaedo p. 78 B, hfl fj^as dvfpiadai eavTovi^ = f]fias ai/Tovs] : (ii.) Second person, Aeschylus, Agam. mo, d/i0l 6' amas [=

Demosth. Olynth. I. § 2, tiTrtp a-arriplas avT&v [ = ti/i«i/ awrwv] c})povTi(fT(. In the N. T. these uses are, for the plural, much more frequent than in classical Greek : as Acts xxiii. 14, dufffepaTiaafjifv iavTOvs = fjnai av'^ovs'. Philipp. ii. 12, rfjv iavTutv

^^zvfuav avrav] acorrfpiav Karfpyd^faOf. For the Singular num- ber the N. T. has no example where the reading is unques- tioned; see, however, John xviii. 34, Galat. v. 14. In classical Greek, too, the instances of the singular are usually doubtful

i. ii. 6. (in prose), e. g. Xen. Mem. 4. 9 ; 35 ; where for tavrov a variant is (jfavTov or a-avrov. This is no accident. In the singular number it was easy to distinguish the ordinary from

* the emphatic reflexive ; e. g. You hide yourself,' Kpimreis

* atavTov : blame yourself (and not others),' ere alrbv [or avrov ere] atTtw. But this distinction was less easy with the plural forms ly/xwv avrwv, vpS>v avrodp. Hence it was convenient, in the plural number, to use iavroiv for the non-emphatic reflexive of the first and second persons, reserving ^/xcoji avrav, vpav avrwv, for the expression of emphasis. Modern Greek goes one step further. In /3XdjrT« tov iavrov

Tov, ' he hurts the self of him,* we see that the word iavrov has now come to be used as a noun, expressing the abstract 1

Classical and Modern Greek, 30 idea of 'self,'—the language of daily life thus bearing an unconscious mark of metaphysical reflection. It is no longer enough, then, to say, as Plato could say, ipcoranfv eavrovs,

:' ' we ask selves it is necessary to be more explicit ; ipcoranev

TOP eavTov fjias, ' we ask tJie selves of us.'

§ 23. Possessive Pronouns. Classical Greek has three forms; {a) with the genitive of the personal pronoun, where there is no emphasis, 6 irar^p aov, 'tliy father;' {b) where a slight emphasis or contrast is implied, 6 a-bs Trarrip, ' thy father' (and

(c) 6 creavrov (or 6

[ = classical rah rjneTepais avrcov] X^P'^h ' with OUT own hands.' And 1810s, like the adjectival possessive in older Greek, can be further strengthened by the genitive of the personal pronoun, 2 Pet. iii. 3, ras I8ias aircbv fTTtdvfiias. In Modern Greek form (a) is the same, except that instead of avTov, avTjjv, avrav the enclitics, tov, rrjs, twv, are used ; and instead of 17/xwi', vp.o>v, the enclitics pm, aai. As regards (6), efios, aos, fiptrepos, vperepos, a(f)eTepos, have disappeared from all but

^ the higher literary style. For (c) IdiKos is used, e. g. fj ISikt) fiov oIkm, ' my own house ;' to IBiku p.ag {a-as, rmv) jStjSX/a, ' our

(your, their) own books.' Like the classical, 6 e/xdj, &c.,

6 IdiKos expresses 'mine,' &c. ; e.g. rivos elvai to /St/SXiW;

* It is hardly necessary to remind the reader that ISik6s (very com-

monly pronounced iSiKos), a form of tlSiKus, ' special' {dSos, species, stem /^i5), has nothing to do with tSios, 'own' (pronoun-stem fe). The use of iSiKot Sia=pTO^rius occurs as early as Leo Philosophus (ctVc. 895 A.D.). :

3© 2 Appendix,

' "Whose is the book V ' It is theirs,' (Ivm to 18ik6v rav. Note that in later Greek the unemphatic possessive is constantly added where in classical Greek it is omitted. Thus, 'Lay on thy hand' would be sufficiently expressed in classical

Greek by enida rfjv x*'/'"- But in Luke iv. ii we have eTTi^er r^v x«pa o'ov : and SO in Modern Greek.

§ 24. Relative Pronouns, (i) ooris. In classical Greek, while the ordinary simple relative is os, oam implies the class to which the subject belongs. Hence (a) where the antecedent is indefinite, o(rTjj=' whoever;' (6) where the antecedent is definite, it has a causal force : ovtos. Sans rovavra (iraBtv, i\iov iariv li^ios, ' this man deserves pity, seeing that he [lit. ' as one who'] has suffered so much,' Lat. qui tanta perpessus sit. In the N. T. oa-ns is rare except in the nominative (though on, accus. neut., arid etos Stov occur), and never introduces an indirect question, ris being preferred. And already we see the tendency to use Sans as the simple relative : no natural interpretation can make it more in Luke ii. 14, tis TToKiv Aavfi8, ijris KoXflrai Bij^Xee/x. Modern Greek uses oans

(a) indefinitely: on koi &v 6177.7, 'whatever he may say;' {b) for OS, chiefly in nom. masc. and fem., but not neut.

6 avr]p Sorts, t] yvvr] rJTis, to iraibiov Sntp (not o rt). The dis- use of Off in common speech is characteristic; so simple a form ceased to satisfy the desire of em|)hasis.

§ 25. (2) 6 oiroTos. The adoption of this pronoun as an ordinary relative in Modern Greek evinces a similar loss of precision. Compare these two forms, (a) tpya a Xeyetr, ' deeds which you mention,* and [b) tpya onola \eytis, * deeds such as you mention.' Obviously (b) might serve, in a given case, as a loose equivalent for (a); e. g. Pausanias, i. xiv. i, to. S« « avTov oiTola Xeytrat ypdi/^w, 7rape\s onoaov (Is Arju'mrjp fx** ^°^'

\6yov, ' I will record such stories as are [actually] told re- garding him, omitting so much of the story as [=that defi- nite part which] relates to De'iope.' So far only does old Gtreek countenance the modern use of owolos. But Neo-Hel- ;

Classical and Modern Greek, 303 lenic seeks to compensate for laxity by emphasis, and so. ]trcfixiug the article, uses 6 orrolot^.

It is probable that the Modern Greek use of 6 imoio^ as an ordinary relative was encouraged by the analogy of the Italian il quale. The latter (unlike the French le quel, when relative) can be used even when no preposition pre- cedes, merely as a relative of greater precision or emphasis e.g., 'i beni di questa vita, che 1' uomo desidera;' where

i quali {^=Ta onoia) might replace the ambiguous che, if it was desired to mark that the antecedent is beni and not

vita. Cp. Shakspeare, Richard II. i. i. 90, 'Nobles . . . the

; which he hath detained ' though elsewhere Shakspeare usu- ally has 'the which' only after a preposition, like le quel.

In 6 onoioi, il quale, le quel, * the which,' the addition of the article converts an indefinite into a definite relative''.

§ 26. (3.) The popular use of ottou (commonly written onoii), or even of ttoC, for the relative of both numbers and

all cases, is a curious example of false analogy; e. g. rh xpovia ; ' rrov (iT(pa(T(, the years which he has passed ' tov avbpa ottov

fl8a, ' the man whom I have seen.' The origin of the use

is manifest. Cp. Aristophanes, Aves 1300, j'Soi/ Se . . . ndvTfs

H(\r], oiroo xt\i,8(ov ^v ris tfnrtnoiTjfXfvri, * all were singing I songs, wh^e [^=in which^ a swallow was introduced.' Here OTTOV = eV oh. Beginning from sentences of this type, the use of OTTOV would be gradually extended in the vernacular.

* Even for this we can find at least the semblance of a parallel in old Greek: Dem. De Cor. §146, awiffaivt di avr^ rw itoXiii^ Kparovvri

' Tovy httoiovaZriiroff vfifLS (^entfjiiTfTt arpaTrjyovs . . . KOKoiraOfiv, it was his misfortune that, while he was conquering all generals, good or bad, whom you sent out, he was disabled.' If rovi agrees with dvoiovaSrinoTf

here, then the article is used as in Modem Greek. But it may be explained as the article followed by a relative clause = roi/s owoiotdTjvoTe

(^rj\6ov arpaTTjyoL See above, on the Definite Article, I. § i6. * In Winter's Tale, iv. 4. 539, we find 'the' with 'whom:' 'your mistress, from the whom I see there's no disjunction.' Tliis is as strange as diro T^j ^i would be, and, if not unique, is very rare. ;

3^4 Appendix.

Suppose, e.g., such a phrase as to. npdynaTa onov (VTvxd, 'the matters in which he prospers.' Here onov might be con- ceived as representing an accusative of respect, a : and thus the way would be prepared for its use as a substitute for the accusative in other contexts also. In English, ' the men as (=whom) he met,' happens to be a lower vulgarism than the parallel orrov of Modern Greek ; but it shows how popular use welcomes an unvarying form which saves the trouble of declining the relative.*

III. The Noun.

Number.

§ 27. The Xoun, like the Verb, has no longer a Dual Number. The Dual is seen most fully developed in the older Asiatic (or properly 'Aryan') languages of the Indo-

European family. In classical Greek it is already infrequent, being seldom employed save where the notion of a pair or pairs is prominent : thus Ismene to Antigone (Sophocles,

Ant. 58), fjiova 8fi va) XeXfifjififpa, (we two, left quite alone)...

yvvaiKe ...oil fiaxovyiiva '. yet even there the verbs are plural. The plural is indeed constantly combined with the dual op. Pindar, N. x. 64, (^iKtadav Koi . . . ifiria-avro. In the Hel- lenistic of the N. T. the dual never occurs, either of noun or verb (except in bvo). In Latin it remains only in duo, ambo : as the oldest Teutonic dialects also have a dual only in the pronouns of the ist and 2nd persons.

§ 28. Neuter Plurals with Plural Verb.—This, the regular Modern construction, occurs in classical Greek chiefly (i) when the neuter noun denotes (a) living creatures, as Thuc. i. 58, TO. riKt] vTTfa-xovTo, 'the authorities promised;' or (b) inanimate objects which are personified, as Herod, ii. 96, ra

' irXoia . . . dva tov irorafiov oil dvvavrai TtXteiv, the boats cannot

* Cp. Shaks. J, G. i. 2. 33, ' That gentleness as I was wont to have;* Rich. III. ii. I. 33, ' With hate in those where I expect most love.' Classical and Modern Greek. 305 make head against the current.' (2) When plurality is em- phasized, Xen. Anah. i. 7- 17. ^ovfpa ^aav . . . Ixvt) ttoWo. In

Hellenistic the same exceptions hold good ; as (i) Jas. ii. 19,

TO dai/xovia iriaTtvova-t /cat (ppiaaova-i : (2) John xix. 31, iva

Kartayaa-iv ovTuiv to. a-KeXt). On the other hand, the noimal usage still remains; John xix. 31, tva nfj fxtivr) ra a-afMra. The influence of Latin must have tended to abolish in later Greek the peculiarly Hellenic use, which would come to be felt as ungrammatical ; and thus the exception, never rare, at last became the rule.

Case.

§ 29. An 'inflectional' (or 'amalgamating') language, like Greek, expresses different relations of the noun by adding different endings to an unchanging stem; e.g. stem Trartp, nomin. irartp-s {narrjp), gen. naHp-os, etc. lu the youth and prime of a language, these case-endings are still felt to be so expressive that many special relations can be denoted by them without further aid. Thus in classical Greek it was still possible to say, rovrav eyeVfro, 'EXAaSt olKei, meaning, 'he sprang from these,' ' he lives in Greece.' Even then, how- ever, it was becoming more usual to say, ex Toirmv iyevtro, iv

'EXAaSt otVei. In post-classical Greek, as the instincts which first shaped the language lose their freshness, the recourse to prepositions becomes more frequent.

§ 30. This tendency was most strongly marked in regard to the Dative, because this case had taken to itself the lai'gest variety of meanings. The process which finally led to the almost total disuse of the Dative in Modern Greek is curious and instructive. The meanings of the Dative in classical Greek are of two classes : those which in Sanskrit are expressed by the Locative or the Instrumental, — cases of which Greek pre- serves only a few vestiges,—and those which were originally special to the Dative. X :

3o6 Appendix.

I. The Locative denoted (a) the flace in which, or (h) the moment when. Greek has the locative suffix in such

a dative as nai8-i, and such an adverb as oIkoi. 2. The

Instrumental denoted (a) that with which a thing is done

—the instrument proper; (6) the thing or person which accompanies an action. This 'sociative' use may have been

' the earlier one, from which the special instrumental ' sense was derived. In Sanskrit the Instrumental has two suffixes,

a (seen in Sfxa, rdx^a), and bhi, (/3i)j-0i, oxfs-(j>i). The Greek Dative, doing duty for these lost cases, could

express, i. (a) place where; 'EXXa6i, in Greece : {b) point of

time; r^ Trptiri; rjixepa: 2. (a) instrument; Kreivfi Tw ^L(p€i (b) circumstance ;—dndaXovTo alro'is ittttois, they perished, with their very horses, ' horses and all.' Apart from these locative and instrumental meaBings, two others were originally special to the Dative.

I. It denoted tfie object to which verbal action passes on/ whether the verb has also an immediate object in the accu-

sative, as 80s TovTo (fio'i, or is ' intransitive,' as jj-eXdfo) noKa,

2. It denoted the person concerned or influenced, as dyadov

(K(iva>, 'good for him:' vikq rois Kpnais, 'he conquers, in the opinion of the judges.'

§ 31. In the N. T. the Dative is still used for all those four meanings in which it replaced the Locative and the

Instrumental, i. (a) place ; though this, as in classical Greek,

' is very rare : uroixtiv rois ixvfcn, in the tracks,' Rom. iv. 12:

(6) time; tj rpLTT] rjntpa, Matth. xx. 19 : 2. (a) instrument; ifidnTUTfv v8aTi, Acts i. 5 : (6) circumstance; npoaevxpiiivr) ukq-

XirTTTfo Trj Ke({)aXfj, 2 Cor. X. 30. On the other hand, there is a tendency to use some sub- stitute for the Dative precisely in those meanings which

were originally peculiar to it. Thus: i. Dative of object to which the action passes on : for Xeyta Ttvi, Xeyw irpos nva

(frequent); for iroXtpe'iv rivi, noXfuav ptrd nvos, Rev. xii. 7'

2. Dative of person concerned or influenced : iXerjpoavvas —

Classical and Modern Greek. 307

jrot^o-a)!/ lis TO (6vos nov, Acts xxiv. 1 7 : ijptaev ivwniov toC

' nXridovs, Acts vi. 5 : tvSoKf'iv f tr rn/a, to be well pleased in him/ 2 Pet. i. 17 (cp. tvBoKf'iv rols yiyvofitvois, Polyb. iv. 22).

§ 32. In Modern Greek this tendency is further developed, until in every relation the classical Dative has been super- seded. This will be best shown by examples :

1. Locative. Classical olKmv (eV) ry 77oX€t= Modern oIko)v us

TTjv iroKiv.

2. Temporal. C rfj TpiTj] ^;iepa = M. t^v rpiTrfv ^ptpav.

3. Instrumental (^proper). C. rvmovrfs toIs Sopao-t^M. ktv-

TTovvTfs Sta TQ>v Sopdrav. Causal. C. e^^dcpdrja-av rfj avapxiq,

'they were injured hy their anarchy ' = M. i^\. in. ttjs dvapxias.

^ 4. Circumstantial. C. pia Spfifj, with one impulse ' = M. pera /itas opprjs, Or pe plav opprjv, C eVl npoex^i, * he has the advantage in one thing ' = M. «« iv Trpoe'x".

5. Dative of object to which action passes on. C. iiSapi rl

Ttci^iM. 8i8(t) Tt Trpds Tti/a, or ets rij/a. C. avvfaTadr] Kupo), 'he was introduced to Cyrus '=M. a-vvfarddr) irpos rov Kvpov, C.

6p6(Tas w'l-v, ' having sworn to us ' = M. opoaas els T]pds.

6. Dative of])erson concerned. C. XPW'^H-^^ w'^"^^^ ' XPV'^^' pov (Is rjpas. C. Koivos 7rafft = M. koivos 81 (or (Is) oXovs. C

(' in season,') eV 'EXXaSt, etc.

§ 33. The Accusative had already supplanted the Genitive or Dative after some verbs in Hellenistic Greek : e.g. Korabi-

KdCfu> rivd (for classical nvos), Matth. xii. 7 ' eyeva-aro to vB(op

(for classical tov vSotos), John ii. 9 : TrpotrrdTTfiv nvd (for Tivt), Act. Apocr. 172. When a fine sense for language is failing, it is natural to use the direct Accusative to express any object which verbal action affects, and so to efface the differ- ence between 'transitive' and 'intransitive' verbs: as in the English vulgarism, ' he wrote them to expect him,' or X 2 —

3o8 Appendix.

the German 'etwas widersprechen.' Thus in Modern Greek we sometimes find a simple Accusative after im^ovXtvco, uko-

XovdS), npoardcTaci), TiapayyiWo) (rtva va Ka^rj rt). And this ia very common when t6u, tovs (as pronoun) precedes the verb,

- : ' e.g. TOP eirra, 1 said to him ' orav tovs ho6^ itpoaTayi], when- ever the order is given them.'

§ 34. Modern Greek has retained the classical use of the Genitive to a far greater extent than that of the Dative; though in many relations a preposition is now added where the simple Case formerly sufficed. As regards the ordinary colloquial use, these points may be noted :

1. After Comparative Adjectives ano or irapd is used with the Accusative: see below § 35, and cp. § 41. 2. A noun of number or material can be followed by the

' Nominative : three myriads of soldiers,' rpth iMvpiaSes arpa-

' Tiwrui : a glass of water,* (v Trorfipi vtpo,

3. The Genitive of price can be represented by the Accusa-

' tive : he sold the horse for 500 francs,' inuiKrja-f to aXoyov nevTOKoaia (f)pdyKa.

4. Words of fulness, etc., can take the Accusative with or

* without fif {(itra) : he fills the glass with wine,' yf/xi'fet t6

' noTTjpiov (/if) Kpaai : a house-full of people,' oiKta yeparr] (/xf) dv6pa)7rovs. The simple Accusative is Hellenistic: Phil. i. 11,

TTfTrXrjpapfvoi Kapnov 8i.Kaio(rvv7]s I Rev. ^vii. 3, drjpiop ... yt/xov ofo/xara (v. 1. ouopdravj.

5. The Genitives rod, a-ov, pov, with their enclitic forms, are

' sometimes used for the Dative : tov to elna, I told him

: ' so ' du>cre pov ^(i>pl, give me bread.'

Comparison of Adjectives.

§ 35. The Comparative can be formed with jt\(ov and the positive, as jrX«oi' ^(^euossr^e^atoTtpos. This form (with /ioXXoi') occurs in old Greek, as Eur. Med. 485, irpd- dvpos paXXov tj aocpaTipa. The proper Comparative can be 3:

Classical and Modern Greek. 309 strengthened by nXfov, as irktov ^(^auWtpos. This, too, is classical; Plato, Laivs 781 A, XadpmoTfpov fxaWop koi iniKKo- noirepov: and so in Hellenistic, 2 Cor. vii. 13, i:(pt(T

Constructions, (i.) The Genitive is not ordinarily used after the Comparative in Modern Greek, except in the case of the enclitic personal pronouns, as (fipopipoiTepoi pov {a-ov,

Tov, pas, (ras, Ta)«'). (ii.) Instead of it, dno is commonly used with the Accus., as TrXeoj' KaWirepos dno rovs oXXovf, ' better than the others.' (iii.) Or napd with Accus. ; this last is ppijpovtv- classical, Thuc. i. 23, «'KXei>/^fij nvKvortpai irapa to . . . 6p,€Pa (more frequent in with anything recorded) and Hellenistic, Heb. ix. 23, Kpurrocn Bva-ian napa ravras. (iv.) From this easily arose the Romaic and Modern use of irapd

as = the disjunctive rj, especially with a relative clause; thus

in Rom. xiii. 11, (^iyyvrepop fjpaip f) aarripia) ^ ore (TTiarevaapfP, could be expressed by napa ore (Tnartvaapfp.

§ 36. For the Superlative, the classical form is now used only when the sense is absolute, e.g. aoipodTaros, 'very wise;'

when it is relative, the Comparative is used with the definite

article, as 6 aoT(pos dno BXovs, ' the wisest of all.* The

germ of this use is already seen in Hellenistic, as Matth. xi. 1 1,

6 Be piKpoTfpoi (P Tji /SacrtXei'a tov oiipavov = he who is less (than

the refct)=' the least.' Cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 1 1, ovros Kparup

ibo^tp OS &v pfydko(p(ov6T€pos uvtwi* rj Koi 6paavTepos, * who was most blatant and brazen among them;' Diogenes Laertius,vi,5,

tp(x)Tr]6t\s tI paKapiu>Tfpov tp dvdpanoiSy * what was the Iiappiest

lot,' (where it would be a false refinement to render, ' com- paratively happy.')

KUMEBALS.

§ 37. The plassical forms of the cardinal numbers from 1 to 19 are, Tpia-KaiSfKa, Te(T(rapeaKai8fKa (rfaaapanaiSfica.), nepjfKal- htKa, fKKaiheKa, firraKaibtKa, oKTWualdfKa, fpvtaKaideKa, The Mo- dein forms are, SeKarptlr (neut. -Tpia), htKoriaaapes (neut. -a), 3 TO Appendix. ieKanfirre, tfKai^, BfKafiTTa, SeKaoKToa, bfKatvvla. Tlie N. T. has

8fKaTf(r(rap(s, btKantvTf, btKa kcii okto). These forms, in post- classical Mss., may often have been due to transcribers writing out in full the numbers denoted by letters : but their frequency in the LXX., and in the Tabulae Heracle- enses, show that, at least in some dialects, they were cun-ent much before our era *.

§ 38. The Distributive Numeral can be expressed in Mo- dern Greek by repeating the cardinal, e. g. nr^yaivow hvo hm,

' they go two by two ' (classical ' ava bio). So in Hellenistic,

Mark vi. 7> rjp^aro avTovs drroarTfXkeip bvo bio : though cp. dva bio, Luke ix. 3; Kara bio, Ephes. V. 33, etc. As in Mark vi. 39, 40, we have avaKXivai trvniroaia a-vfinocria (by messes), dve~ iTftTov irpacrtai rrpaaial {by companies), so in Modern Greek some popular phrases are modelled on this distributive form; as

' ra^ibdovv yioKb yioKo, they voyage along the coasts ' (* coast coast ').

IV. Prepositions.

§ 39. It is probable that Prepositions were originally noun- cases, which were first used adverbially and afterwards joined to nouns. Thus napd may have been a locative case, meaning 'at the side;' and Trapa toTarai, 'he stands at the side,' was probably an older type of expression than rrapa

TovTw la-Tarai, ' he stands at the side of this man.' Classical

Greek is remarkable for its precision in the use of prepo- sitions according as they take the Genitive, the Dative, or the Accusative. This precision was due, not to inhe- rent virtues of the preposition itself, but to a fine feeling for the powers of the several case-endings in combination

* Lightfoot on Galat. i. 18. * In Aesch. Pen. 981, pvpla ftvpia irtpiraffT&v, I would not render, * counting by tens of thousands,' as if the repetition had a strictly dis- tributive force (schol. dvcL pvpiovs), but 'counting by myriads, by myriads,' a passionate iteration. Cp. fA.tir€i, lAtircs just afterwards. 1

Classical and Modern Greek. 3 1 with it. See, e.g., Herodotus, viii. 99, ovk ovrat 8e irepl tuv yr\uy a^SofxfPoi ravra oi Ylipcrai iiroUvv, a>s TTCpi auTU —cp^'H 5«- fxaivovTfs' Kal ircpi flepaas fttv rjv ravra rov ivavra utra^v xpovov.

Here Trtpi has a different shade of meaning with each of the

' :' three cases : nep\ t^ibv, simply about the ships nepl avr^

Sfp^r} = ^ close around Xerxes himself (as clothes are put on

TTfpl ra a-oipart), i. 6, (fearing) for the ^^er^^cmaZ safety of

' Xerxes : nepl Iltpaas, moving around the Persians,' i. e. up and down their country, = a vague 'in Persia.' As the Greek language gradually lost a keen sense for the force of the case-endings it began to lose its old delicacy of discernment in the uses of the prepositions. Those uses which in later or Modern Greek diverge from the classical are mostly instances of extension by false analogy; i.e. the later use has been suggested by some apparently similar, but really different, old use.

§ 40. irpo. In ti\6ov npo rpiZv irStv, ' I came three years ago,' the use of npo is not classical. Herod, vii. 130 has, indeed, irpo iroWov i(^v\a^avro, ' they were on their guard long beforehand ;' but no classical writer thus uses Ttpo in nu- merical statements of time : e.g. the classical equivalent of npo rpiav iro>v was irporepov rpiaiv erfai. But Latin had ante centum annos as = centum abhinc annos, '100 years ago;' ante diem decimum quum rem< = decimo die antequam venit. Greek writers of the Common Dialect adopted the Latin construction for irp6: e.g. Plutarch, Mor. i. 475 A, npo bvoiv rjHtpSiv ^ (rfXfvra : still their Greek instinct comes out in the addition of second Genitive, ii. a as Plutarch, Mor. 7 1 7 C, npo pias fiptpas rS)v yfPtffXiwv^pia fjpepa npo rS>v y. : and ?0 in

Hellenistic, John xii. 1, npb 1^ fipfpeHv rov ndaxa^e^ rjpepais npo rov nd(T)(a.

§ 41. Compare a Latinizing use of dir<5 in later (and modem)

Greek ; Plutarch, Philopoemen 4, dnb arablatv tlKoai. T^y nokeuis, 'at a distance of 20 stades from the city:' John xi. 18, iyyvs

Tuv 'lepoaoXvfKov ws dno aradiav bfKanevre '. as Livy, xxiv. 46, 312 Appendix.

cum a quingentis fere passibus castra 2)osuisset : the nearest

classical analogue is perhaps a use of «, Xen. Anab. in. 3. 15, dtuKwi' fK To^ov pv/iaros, * pursuing at the distance of a bow- shot' (behind). In Modern Greek ano often stands for xmo of the agent;

this is also Hellenistic, James v. 4, fiia-Oos ... 6 airtarfprjuevos

d(f)* vixa>v, 'kept back 6y you;' or for V7r6 of the motive, as Matth. xiv. 26, dno tov (f>6^ov (Kpa^av, 'from fear.' Again, cmo

sometimes supplants -napa, as to eXa^a ano rovrmv: this, too,

is Hellenistic, Mark xv. 45, yvovs dnb tov KfVTvpiavos. In

classical Greek, an6 would here = ' on the part of (more

than 'from') : cp. Sophocles, Track. 471, dno ifxov KTrjaet xa/""- The vulgar Modern use of otto with Accus. was at least as old as Theoplianes (750-800 A.D.) ; and when (for example)

vuipofiai drto to 6pefia expresses Xa/i/Sdi'O/iat tov (popfjixaTOi, ' I take hold of the coat,' we see the same tendency as in the N. T. to ufee dno in a periphrasis for the simple Genitive.

§ 42. 8td in Modern Greek supplies curious instances of false analogy. With the Genitive, in classical Greek, it denoted the agency/, as Xeyti 8ia npea^evTov, ' he says by (the mouth of) an envoy.' In Modern, it also stands for the instrumental Dativ6 ; see p. 205, where to'is bopaai rCnTovrfs

(Plutarch) becomes Krvncovrfs 8ia t

so Ttj TTj^twcp nfpi^aXav (Plut. Caes. S) = nfpiKaXv'^as 8ia r^r

Tti^fpvov (Rangab6). In such a phrase as Sophocles, Oed. Col.

470, fit* oarlav x^^P^" Biyav, hid is properly 'between:' but Hellenistic gives nearer analogies, as 3 John 13, Sta piXavos

Koi KoXap-ov ypdcfieiv. With Accusative, hid now='for,' replacing the classical

dativus commodi vel incomm/)di, koKov bC r]pds (^ = fipiv), 'good for us.* This came easily from the classical use, as inpdxBr) Si ^pds, ' it was done on our account.' More strangely,

hid with Accus. of space or place no longer means ' thi-ough,' but (in another sense) 'for;' e.g. dv€xa>pria-f hia ttjv TaXXlav

means, not ' he started (travelling) through France,' but ' he 3''

Classical Greek. and Modern 3 1

started for France.' The former sense would require the Genitive.

§ 43. //fTa, in its shortened form jie, with Accus., has ac-

' quired one new sense ; Koi fxf o\t]v rmv rrjv dvvafiiv, notwith-

: standing all their power :' /loXoi/oVt ( = ^e oXov on), ' although cp. the English, 'for all that they commanded him, he went not.' In classical Greek irapa with Accus. ('in comparison with ') most nearly approached this sense.

Note that /le takes the Accusative only, and always means

(in some sense) ' with! The full form (lerd means ' vnth when it governs the Genitive, and ^ after' when it governs the Accusative, as in classical Greek. §44. UTTO with Accus. now means 'under:* (a) locally, even where 'motion' or 'extension' is not implied, the old use with Dative having ceased: cp. John i. 49, ovra xmh ttjv

(TTpariiiTas. The figurative use is classical : Xen. Gyr. viii.

8. 5> OTToloi Tivfv yap av ol npoaTarai Sxri, TOioiiroi kuI ol wr' avTovs . . . yiyvovrai. But it became regular first in later

Greek : cp. Ttrayfjifvos ino toi' ^acrikea UToXtfiaiov in inscrip- tions of third and second century b. c. ^

§ 45. The use of Kaxd with Genitive slightly exceeds the

Attic limit, (a) We have Kara x^opos ofip-ara TT^^at, ' on the

earth,' etc., in Homer ; but in Attic Kara x^o^os Kpxmrfiv is

'to hide under ground' (Soph. Ant. 24), and ol kuto. yris are

'the buried' (Xen. Gyr. iv. 6. 5). For ir'nnu> Kara yrjs, 'on the ground,' a classical writer would have said rather tVl

y^v (Plato, Phaedr. 248 c), or els yfjv, id. Folit. 272 E, Plut.

ii. 187 c: we find also eVi (and irpoi) yrj. (b) In the hostile

sense, 'against,' Kara in good Attic writers is figurative, nut

literal : e. g. X/ym, 8iKd^a> Kara Tivos '. but noXtpoi Tiv'i, ini (or TTpos) Tiva. Modern idiom would, however, tolerate ndXtpat

Kara, ripoi : as in Clemens Alexandrinus, 871, KaranoXepdv governs a Genitive instead of the classical Accusative.

* Cp. Journal of Hellenic Studies, i. 29. 3^4 Appendix.

§ 46. trapd in later Greek came to be used with Genitive, for VIVO, after passive verbs (as a-no also was),—its proper

force, ' from the side of/ ' jof,' on the part being extenuated ; e.g. fypdcf)!] Trap' avrov. In the N. T. there is no strong

example : but cp. Acts xxii. 30, n KaTrj-yopdrm napa rav ""lovhalav, where 'on the part of nearly ='hy.' Even on the title-page of a Greek book (date, i860) we may see (instead of the ordinary vivo) napa 'laavpov.

§ 47. The use cis with Accus., for classical iv with Dat., was first allowed only where motion was clearly implied,

as Xen. Cyr. i. 2. 4, fls rag eavrtov x<^pos Trdpaa-iv. Then, with the growing tendency to find substitutes for the Dative, it was extended to instances in which the idea of motion

was at least rather remote. See Mark xiii. 16 \ 6 fh tov aypov &v, compared with Matth. xxiv. 18, 6 tv ra dyp^:

i, i>u John 18, 6 fls tov koKitov tov irarpos : Acts viii. 40, tvpedrj

f "A^Qjroi' **'* If : xix. 2 2, (ireaxf XP°*"^^ i^" 'Ao-tW (where surely

we cannot reader \for Asia ') : xxv. 4, rripua-dai t6v UavXov

fls Kai(rdptiav. Arrian (circ. 140 A.D.), Anab. ii. 22. 5, oaoi aTTOfjuxxoi TJa-av es rrjv 'AXe^dvbpfiav. Already Diodorus Siculus

(40 B.C.) could say (v. 84), Siarpl^av els rds v^(rovs. Cp. the German ' er ist ins Haus,' the Scottish intill or into, and the

provincial English to=' &t.'

V. The Verb,

Middle Voice.

§ 48. The Aorist was the only tense for which Greek had a form peculiar to the Middle Voice (as fXva-dfirjv) : in all other tenses the 'Middle' forms could also be used with a Passive sense. The Hellenistic Greek of the N. T. retains

* In Mark x. 10, (Is ri^v oliciav is a well-supported v.l. for kv rrj oiKia imjpuTrjaav, Classical and Modern Greek. 315 the distinctively Middle form of the Aorist where it was well established by familiar use ; as fKOfuffafirjv, jjrrjadfirjv, e<3!)vXa-

^dfirjv. But already in the N. T. there is a marked tendency

' ' to use the Passive form of the first ' (or weak ') Aorist in a

' Middle sense ; as anfKplQr), he answered ' (though airiKpivuixriv TanfivaOijvaty also occurs) : diaKpidrjvai, 'to doubt, Matt, xxi, 21 :

' to humble oneself,' i Pet. v. 6. In Modern Greek this usage has become fixed, the Passive form of the Aorist being almost

' invariably used instead of the Middle : e. g. e(TKf(f)6T], he con-

' sidered : ' iaroxatrBrj (which now means he perceived,' not 'conjectured'): hvkiOj], 'he washed:* tvi^dt}, 'he washed his hands:' iKpfpaaOr) (not only 'he was hanged' but also) 'he hanged himself.'

§ 49. As to those forms which the classical Middle Voice had in common with the Passive, the Middle use has not dis-

appeared, but it has been restricted. In classical Greek the Middle Voice has three main uses, (i) The subject acts on himself: as Xoverai, 'he washes him-

self.' This rare use was practically confined to a few verbs expressing common daily acts. As a rule, the aid of the

was needed: e. g. 'he kills himself ' was not

cmoKTfivfTai, but dnoKrdpd eavrov (Plato, Phaed. 6 1 e). Cp.

8' Xenophon, Cl/r02). iii. I. 25, o* ^e" piirrovPTfs eavrovs, ot dnay-

xdpevoi, oi 8' dnoaipaTTopfvoi, ' some throwing themselves from heights, some hanging themselves, some cutting their own throats:' where eavrovs, joined to the Active Participle, also supplements the force of the Middle Participles. Herodotus,

iii. 119, Tw ^aaiKfi deiKvvaa-i icovTovs, Plato, Rejmhlic 393 c,

(I prjSapov favrov dnoKpimToiTo 6 TioiT]TT]s. In the Hellenistic Greek of the N. T. a few Middle forms have, as in classical Greek, the

' direct reflexive force : so Xovta-dai, KpvirTfdBat, ditdyxfoBai, to

wash, hide, hang oneself.' But there is a distinct tendency to substitute the Active Voice with the reflexive pronoun even in cases where the Middle Voice could have been used without a pronoun. It may be allowed that the periphrasis is oftea 3i6 Appendix.

emphatic: thus in John xxi. i8, fftowues (rtavrov is contrasted

with ftXXos o-e fcirret ^ No such emphasis, however, is present

(e. g.) in John xiii. 4, iyeipfrat (K Tov Sfinvov, Koi TiGrfo-i ra ifiaTia' Koi Xa^wv 'KiVTiov bu^aaev iavrSv. Cp. xi. 33, fPf^pifXTjaaTo tm irPfCfiari Koi erapa^ev iavTOV. Modern Greek often makes a similar use of the Active Voice with the reflexive pronoun. On the other hand, like

Hellenistic, it retains the direct reflexive force in several

Middle forms, as 'Kovopai, vitrrofiai, Krevi^ofiai (' to comb the hair'), x'f^vmovpai (^=KTvirovp.ai=TiiiTTopai), as not only 'lam beaten,' but also:=/crL'7rci) ipavrov, 'I beat myself:' innos Xverai Koi ipfvyti, 'the horse looses himself (=Xvet tavrov) and runs away.'

§ 50. (2) A second principal use of the Middle Voice in classical Gi'eek is where the subject acts, no longer directly on himself, but in soine way /or himself: as aiVftrat tovto,

' he asks this for himself:' ridtrai. vopovs, 'he makes laws for himself (as well as for others)^ in distinction from rldria-i

vofiovs, 'he makes laws' (simply). (3) Thirdly, the classical Middle Voice expresses that the subject acts on a person or

thing belonging to him: as Xixrai cfiiKovs, 'he ransoms his

friends.' Uses (2) and (3) are, of course, very closely akin, being merely two slightly different phases of the indirect reflexive force. Here there are symptoms in later Greek of a tendency to use the Active Voice instead of, or convertibly with, the

Middle : e. g. James iv. 2, alrdrf koi ov Xan^dverf, SioTi KaKo>i

alrdadf : Luke XV. 6, (TvyKaXfl ras (f>tXovi, as compared with

ver. 9, avyKoKflrai ras (piXasK In Modem Greek we still

* So in Fhilipp. ii. 8, tTairuvwafv eavrov is doubtless more than the simple Middle Voice (which occurs in the same Epistle, iv. 12, olda Si

rawdvovaOai) : for in v. 9 follows—61^ Kal u @tds avrov vnfpvi//coae. In

Tim. iv. 7, yv/jtva^f Si atavToy irpos (icifiaav, a classical writer could have used the Middle, '' The weakened feeling for the Middle verb appears in such a phrase ;'

Classical and Modern Greek. 317 have such forms as avrmoio\)\iai, 'to claim for oneself,' n-fpt-

TTotov/LUM, * to acquire,' iSton-oioii/xat, ' to appropriate,' etc. But INIodern Greek does not, as a rule, preserve those finer shades of Middle force which appear in such classical phrases as Tidfrai voftovs, Xwrat i\ovSf etc. Here the Modern ten- dency is to use the Active Voice, with a pronoun added

* where the sense requires it : e.g. he saves his kinsmen would be expressed, not by o-w^frai roiis a-vyyevtls, but by

0"

§ 51. The causal (or 'dynamic') force which occasionally belongs to the classical Middle—as in Trotetrat d

(i Cor. vi. 7), 'to suffer oneself to be wronged, robbed,' — if these are not rather Passives. This use—always rare, but so much neater than a periphrasis with euro, have, faire, fare, lassen, etc. —is lost to Modern Greek. Thus Lucian, Somn.

§ I, 6 5e narfip ((tkottuto yttra Ttov ^iKav o rt koi SiSd^aiTO fie

(' should ?iave me taught '), would now be rendered, 6 de Trarrip fiov (TvvftTKfTrTfTO fKTa T(i>v t\

3^8 Appendix.

at an early period to tolerate the Active without a reflexive

pronoun: e.g. Mark vi. 6, vrept^ye (for nfpirjytTo) ras Ktafias, 'he

went round the villages:' Acts xxvii. 43, d;To/jpi\/^ai/Tff, 'having thrown (themselves) off:' imarpi^a, avaarpiy^o), 'I will return.'

So in Modern Greek nava)=:iT(wofiai, * I cease.' Aristoph. has nave, 'stop (that)!' as n early =7r«vov,—showing that a ten- dency to dispense with the Middle Voice in such cases was not strange to common speech in the best age of the lan- guage. On the whole it may be said that, in so far as

Modern Greek has ceased to use the Middle Voice, it has thereby lost only certain finer tones of meaning, which, as Hellenistic Greek shows, had already begun to be obscuied two thousand years ago.

Moods.

§ 53. Disuse of the Ojytative. Here also Modern Greek exhibits the completion of a long process in the history of the language. The Iliad is the oldest explicit witness to the use of the Greek Optative. There, in principal clauses, it expresses wish, or at least willingness, concession in subordinate clauses it expresses that the event is one which the speaker's agency can in no way affect; thus it denotes a mere supposition. In classical prose the Optative retains these general powers; while in subordinate clauses it has two special functions : (i) As an optional substitute for the Indicative in depen-

' dence on a secondary tense : e. g. fprnro) rls tanv, I ask who

: ' he is ' rjpaTav rls tariv or fir], I asked who he was.'

(2) As an optional substitute for the /Subjunctive in depen- dence on a secondary tense : e. g. ^e'vet iva "Siyrj, *he stays that

: he may speak ' tfievev tva X/yj;, ' he remained that he mai/ speak'

(a vivid way of stating his motive), or, ffievfv Hva Xtyoi, ' he re- mained that he might speak' (the more regular and matter-of- fact statement). Classical and Modern Greek. 319

§ 54. In sentences of type (i), the Hellenistic of the N.T.

seldom employs the Optative, St. Luke has ris fir] (oblique

tU (

of (I e;(ft : but such examples are rare. The Indicative is

more commonly retained, as in Mark xv. 44, eVjjpwTijo-ej*. . ft

. . aitfQavtv. There is, indeed, less scope for this use, since

(partly owing to Hebraic influence) there is far more direct than indirect quotation in the N. T.

As regards type (2), the N. T. has not one certain ^ ex- ample of the Optative following Iva or ottois after a secondary

' tense. The Subjunctive (the classical vivid ' form) is already

established as the regular mood: e.g. Mark viii. 6, ibibov .,

Iva irapa8S)

A mere supposition is still expressed by ft with Optative :

as el Tv^ot, I Cor. xv. 37 : et ^eXot, i Pet. iii. 17. This was probably the purpose for which the Optative continued

longest in use : here nothing could precisely replace it. In later writers the Optative form of oratio obliqua becomes rarer and rarer. If the absence of that mood in Latin helped

to supersede it in Greek, the analogy was fallacious. The Latin Subjunctive was of larger compass than the Greek Subjunctive. The Imperfect of the Latin Subjunctive had no Greek equivalent in subordinate clauses except the Present (or, in reference to a monieutary act, the Aorist) of the Optative,

§ 55. The Modem Greek Subjunctive with vd (Iva) has become a universal substitute for the classical Infinitive. A classical writer could expi'ess, * I exhort you to remain,' by TrapaiceXfvofjial. aroi (l) fieveiv, or (2) ottcos fievfU (fut. indic), Or

(3) ojTwf (av) yxvrfs '. the last means strictly, ' in order that you

* For in Mark ir. 30 ; xiv, 10, yvoi, napaSoi, are probably subjuno tives formed as if from verbs in -ou (e,g. Sov\oi=Sov\uy). 320 Appendix. may remain.' The substitution of Iva for ortu>% in (3) was the origin of the modern usage.

An early example is Odyssey iii. 327, XeVo-fo-^at Sif fxiv avTos, tva vT]fx(pT(s fvioTTj], where the clause, strictly final, is almost an object clause. But the development was gradual. A deposition by witnesses quoted in the speech of Demo- sthenes against Meidias (§ 34) contains the phrase, oi8a/xfi/ dc

Ka\ Mfidiav . . d^iovvra Apiarapx^ov onus av biaWd^rj avrat ^rjfxo-

' o-6tvr]v : we know, too, that Meidias . . requested A. to reconcile Demosthenes to him.' Though, however, classical prose might sometimes use ontos or is (with or without w) with Subjunc- tive, as a substitute for the Infinitive after a verb of asking,

etc., it certainly would not have so used iva. The example sometimes quoted as from Demosthenes really occurs in a

Soyfia *An({)tKTv6vcov insei'ted in his speech on the Crown, p. 279.

8, eSo^f . . t6v (TTparrjyov . . Trpea^fvaai rrpos ^iXinirov . . Koi d^ioiiv

iva ^orjBfia-j) tw re AnoXXcovi koi toIs 'Afi(jiiKTvo(nv. It is gener- ally allowed that the public documents quoted in theDe Corona

are from a later hand ; and this particular decree bears a

further mark of spuriousness in the fact that it misnames the arch on of the year. But tva probably came in soon after the end of the classical age. An example of Iva with Subjunctive after imBvufiv occurs in a fragment of the philosopher Teles (circ. 250 B.C.?) quoted by Stobaeus 524. 40. And already Dionysius Halic.(2 5 B.C.),

i. 215, can say, bfrjfrfaBat efxeWov iva dydyot, '1 was going to

* to bring me. ; just as Chariton a.d. gives ask her . (400 1),

(iii. i) TrapfKoXft .. Iva npoa-tXdrj, 'invited him to a])2)roach.' In these, as in most of the similar examples from the later literary prose, the principal verb expresses the idea of de- siring, requesting, commanding, etc. Hence there is still a link with the classical use of iva as = 'in order that:' for

purpose is still expressed.

§ 56. But in the spoken Hellenistic which the N. T. repre- sents we find a much larger development. "We have not Classical and Modern Greek. 321

merely ira^txaKicra iva anoa-Trj (2 Cor. xii. 8)—a case like those I'ust cited—or 6i\a Iva fioi 8ms (Mark vi. 25), 'I wish thee to give me/ which, though similar, is stronger —but also such uses as the following. Luke i. 43, rroBeu /xot tovto,

' iva fKdr} f] /irjTrjp . . ; whence is this to me, that the mother

. . should come V=:t6 fXdelv t^v liTfTtpa : Matth. x. 25, dpKfTov t6» fiadrjrf] Iva ytvTjrai as 6 8i8d

(140 A.D.) has something like this, E2nc'et. i. 10. 8, irparov fiTTiv iva e'ycl) KOifj.rjdo)-=zTu fpe Koiprjdrivai : John xi. 37, noirjcrai iva Ka\ ovTos pfj (iTToddpr], * to effect that he should not die,' = wore toZtov pfj dnodavelv. It will be seen that in each of these cases the fact expressed by tva with the Subjunctive may be regarded as the fulfilment of an asjnration. Even here, then, a connection with the classical use of tva can be traced beneath the unclassical form : and we perceive the analogy with such a phrase as that in Sophocles [Trach. 1254), rr^v xapiv . . n-poV-

* Ofs, cos . . (s TTvpdv pt 6i]s, add the favour of placing me on the

: pyre ' where as 6fis=:T6 6ti>ai. The practical identity of this Subjunctive with the clas- sical Infinitive appears from Murk xiv. 12, eToipdawptv ha

(f>uyTjs, compared with Matth. xxvi. 17, iroipda-copfu (jyaydvi

John i. 27, n^ios tva \vcra>, and Acts xiii. 25, a$ios Xvaai. It need scarcely be added that the several writers of the N". T. differ considerably in the freedom with which they use iva: thus, while it occurs but sixteen times in the Acts, and twenty in the Epistle to the Hebrews, it is found in the Fourth Gospel more than a hundred and forty times.

§ 57. The Modern Subjunctive with vd has often a quasi-

' tmj)erative or a deliberative force : as vd t6 Kdfxrjre, mind : ' 1 that you do it ' vd to ttna ; am I to say it ' This construc- tion comes from the elliptical Hellenistic use of tva : as

Mark v. 23, tva fX6a)v tnidrjs rds \flpas ai/rrj, '(I pray thee) to come,' etc.

§ 58. The Modern construction with Ttplv.—The classical Y 323 Appendix.

construction is as follows: i. '//« will conquer before he falls^ viKrjad TTpiv TTfceiv : 2. 'He will NOT conquer before

he falls' ov viKrjaet npiv (&v) ntaj] : 3. 'lie conqvsred (or did

not conquer) before he fell,' {oik) eVi/cijo-e irplv enfo-e. In

(2) and (3) Treo-ftK would also be correct. Now in all three Modern Greek uses the Subjunctive with Trpiv. This (at

first sight) strange usage is, I think, unquestionably re- lated to the habitual use of the Subjunctive with vd for

the Infinitive; in (i) and (3) the Modern npiv Ttearj is really felt to be equivalent to the classical vp\p irtadp. The use

of Trpiv in the N. T. observes the classical rule. § 59. Impekative Mood.— i. as(=a^«s, 'permit') is pre-

fixed to the ist and 3rd persons : as Xv.7, 3? Xvwo-t (as 'Kiiovu) :

&s ^var,, as Xvaaai {as \vaow) : p. 72. Similar phrases occur in classical Greek: Eur. frag. 310 (Nauck, p. 358), irdf?Es\ 2>

' OKiepa

In Hellenistic Greek ucjifs is already common : Matth. xii. 4

(and Luke vi. 42), acpes eV^aXw : xxvii. 49, acjies tSco/xf i' : also the plur., Mark xv. 36, a(pfTf iBtopev. Latin influence may

have helped : die veniat, fae cogites, cave facias.

2. Prohibitions. In the N. T. there is no breach* of the

classical rule against using /xij (prohibitive) with the 2ud or 3rd person of the Present Subjunctive. Thus prjKtTi dpapravf,

John V. 14 (general precept) : fir] vopiarjre, Matth. x. 34 (of a particular act). For the 3rd person, however, the Imperative mood, not the Subjunctive, is always used in the N. T.

(present, pfj d^tfVcD, i Cor. vii. 1 2 : aorist, prj •yi'WTw, Matth. vi. 3). In classical Greek the Aorist Subjunctive was here the rule,

and the Aorist Imperative (as Plat. Apol. 17 c, prjMs . . . irpocr-

• d

&a(pa\is ^ovfxivots . . d

^ fif) (TKkrjpvvrjTf in Heb. iii. j 5 being the aorist. Classical and Modern Greek. 323

ioK^vari^ the exception : the Modern hi yH] XCa-r] is thus moi e

classical than the Hellenistic fif] XuadTco.

Tenses.

§ 60. The Periphrastic Future. In Modern Greek the

Future is formed no longer by a mere inflexion of the verbal

stem, but by a periphrasis : thus the Future of Xvw is not

XiVw, but diXio Xt€t or 6fXa> Xvo-et, 6a \vo) or da \va(t)^. At first sight such a change might seem to argue a complete loss of

instinct for the native powers of the language. But if we go

back to the early history of the Future form in Greek, it will appear that there is some justification for this expedient. Indeed there are few instances in which the later desire for expressiveness at the cost of terseness has manifefcted itself with better reason.

§ 61. The of Greek was originally a Present. A people of lively temperament readily use the Present for the Future, 'je vais' in the sense of 'j'irai.' By degrees the Indo-European Present, when thus used, came to be marked, in most instances, by some slight difference of form, and this had happened long before the Greek language had a mature separate existence. Some Greek Presents, however, con- tinued to be used as Futures without any such distinction of form : and these, it may be noticed, are words which would have been in frequent use. Such are the Homeric

^fiofiai {^eo/xnt, ^lufiai), 'I live,' used as = 'I will live;' S/jco, as = 'I will find/ /cet'o) (k/w) as = 'I will go to rest;' from

Homer onwards, dfii as = 'I will go;' eSofxai as='I will eat;'

Trloiiat as='I will drink;' the Attic x«*> and ;^eo/ifu as = 'I will pour/ the post-classical (pdyofiai aE = 'I will eat;' and dvadpafxofxai (once), as = ' I will run up.'

§ 62. The Greek discrimination of Present from Future forms was thus neither strong nor constant. Can we, then,

* Popular speech prefers the forms with 6a both in the Future and ia the Conditional {0a tKvov). Y 2 — — 324 Appendix. observe in the classical language any tendency to express the Future by periphrases similar to those which Modem Greek has finally adopted ? The answer must be, I think, that, unless sometimes in poetry, we find no tendency to use periphrasis for the ordinary Future ; but that periphrasis occurs under certain conditions of emphasis, as if it were felt that here the simple Future failed in strength or precision. We cannot properly reckon here such a form as tarai noiav, which is not strictly a mere periphrasis for iroifjo-d (any more tlian is iroitia-wv earl), but rather a mode, natural to many languages, of expressing continued action in future time : though, of course, it may be used in a merely rhetorical way, just as in Ireland one heara

'he will be doing it' as a more impressive 'he will do if (with the corresponding future-perfect, 'he will be after doing it'). The truest classical periphrases are those with fif\\(o and (deXu> : but their use has rather narrow limits.

§ 63. With fjfWa. Plato, Bepublic 567 B, xme^aipfiv

' hf) TovTovs ndvTat 8el rov Tvpnvvov, €i p,cXX€i ap^eiv : the tyrant must, then, put all these persons out of the way, if he is to rule /' and then presently, ms toiKc yap, airr<5, f<\>T},

* avdyKT], ciTTcp ap^ei : Yes, it seems that he must, if he is to rule.' So, again, in the Republic 459 e, ft /le'XXet flvai is followed by et earai as its equivalent. In both places fiiWei means, not ' intends,' but ' is destined ;' and this sense defines those cases in which /xeXXw with the Infinitive is most nearly a true periphrasis for the Future.

§ 64. As to fWXw the case is less simple. Here we must distinguish two phases of usage :

(i) Where the subject is a thing, and ideka denotes that which is to happen in accordance with some natural law.

8' Aristotle, HepX ala-ffrja-tus 5 (p. 445 a 21, ed. Berl.), en ovSe TO vbcop eOeXci airo (lovov ap-iKTov ov rpi^^w, ' again, water will not nourish of itself, without any admixture.' Plato, Rep.

(r)(

Classical and Modern Greek. 325

Trepifi^i/cif, ' the action will not await the leisure of the agent.'

Herodotus, i. 74i ««'fv yap dvayKairjs l(rxvpfjs avfi^datts ovk idi-

Xooai (ruftfiiviiv, ' without powerful constraint, compacts vnll

not be maintained.' Thucydides, ii. 89, rjcraripivuiv 8e dp8pS)i>

OVK cOeXouai^ at yvotpm npbs tovs avroiis Kivdvvovs o/xoiui etkai

' risks beiug equal, the minds of the vanquished loill be less readj' to face them \'

(2) Where the subject is a person. Herod, ix. 89, yvov^ on

«l lOe'Xoi a(pi ndcrav rfjv akrfdritrjv . , eliriiv, Kiv8vvevcrei nnoXtadai :

'(he was silent), aware that if he should tell them the whole truth, he would be in danger of death.' Here, as

the context shows, tl (dikoi une'iv is not so much *if he

should consent to tell,' as ' if he should take the course of

telling;' i.e. it is little more than a forcible periphrasis for

fi Xf^oi. Aristophanes, Wasps 533, opa^ yhp as o-oi peyns

iarrXv &yi>v . . (imp, t pfj ytvoid', ovtos a cOe'Xei Kparriaai :

' You see how grave the crisis is for you, if (which may

Heaven forbid !) this fellow is to worst you.' Here tdeXd

KpaTTJa-ai cannot mean, ' is ready (i. e. willing) to worst you,' but seems to be nearly =:|xfXXet Kpar^am,—tOiXd expressing that which the nature of the man ordains, and thus approxi- mating to the first use. I would add here two examples from Herodotus which seem to me intermediate between

the first and the second use, since the subject is a thln'j,

but is in some measure personified : ii. 11, d u>v hi] eOcXi^aei

€KTpcij/ai TO pefdpov 6 NfiXos is tovtov top 'Apa^iov koKtiov, ri piv

KoAid . . iKx(T6rivai ] 'if, then, the Nile should turn aside his stream into this Arabian Gulf, what is there to hinder it from being silted up ]' el edfXrjaei €K.Tpfy\rai is practically little more than a vivid d (Kxpfxlrerai : i. 109, et Se eOcXtjaei, tovtov

T(XfVTTj(TaPTos, is Ttjv Gvynripa TavTrjp dpa^qvai tj Tvpappis : ' if, OU

' This use of iOtXai with reference to natural capability might be illustrated by the use of PovXc/xai with reference to natural tendency ; as Aristotle, De Aniin. Gen. iv. ad fin., ^ovKtrai /itv ovv ^

' . . OVK uKpi^oi df, but does not attain a perfect result.' ;

^26 Appendix. his demise, tlie royal power should revert to liis daughter.' Here, again, d e'deXrjad dva^rjvai seems to differ fi-om d ava^rj- (Ttrai only by suggesting more strongly the idea of destiny.

§ 65. The frequency of this quasi-auxiliary (de\(ji in Horo- dotus looks as if it was a colloquial idiom in the language of his day ; and, considering the example just quoted from

Aristophanes, we might conjecture that it was not confined to the Ionic dialect. But at any rate there is a wide in- terval between any instance which can be produced from classical Greek and the ordinary Modern Future (espe- cially the Passive Future) with 6t\(ja, as to tpyov 6(Xti npax^rj, ' the deed will be done.' Nor is there anything in the Hellenistic Greek of the New Testament which dis- tinctly passes the classical limit of this usage. The habit of forming the ordinary Future with deXa had doubtless established itself in the vulgar speech long before it was admitted in the literary style ; and can hardly have arisen before the vernacular had begun to diverge very decitledly from the classical type, i.e. not earlier than about 300 A.D., pos&ibly much later. In low Latin such forms as cantare habeo for cantabo became common from the sixth century onwards \

§ 66. The Periphrastic Perfect and Pluperfect.— The Perfect tense of Greek, as of the kindred languages, grew out of a reduplicated Present. Reduplication sym- bolises the repetition of the verbal stem, and is intensive thus from verbal stem th/- the simple form is rflva, ' I stretch ;' the reduplicated form is riTaiva (in which « sym- bolizes the repetition of rei') = 'I stretch stretch,' expressing

' Brachet, Historical , ii. 2. p. 1 20. Habco becoming ai in Frencli, ho in Italian, he in Spanish, hey in Portuguese, the futures equivalent to cantare haheo are respectively chanter-ai, canter-(5, canter-^, canter-ey. Seeing that habco scribere in classical Latin meant the same thing as tx'" ypaifxtv in classical Greek, it is curious that, while in low Latin habeo scribere = 'l have to write,' in Modern Greek (xeu fpdif/ti=M

• I have written.' Classical and Modern Greek. 327

the same notion with more emphasis. So SiSco/xt (stem 80-)

is literally *I give give :' and so rldrj^i, etc. In many Greek verbs (especially those which denote an act and not a state)

the Perfect form is still an intensive Present, as KfKpayt, ' he

is crying aloud,' dehopKf, ' he beholds/ Tre^pi/cf, ' he shudder's,* y(yr)6(, ' he rejoices.' This intensive Perfect-present became a Perfect-proper, de- noting & finished act, by some such steps as these : —(i) The same verb often had both an ordinary Present and an intensive

Perfect-present ; e.g. oXXv/xat *I perish,' oXooXa, 'I perish utterly.'

(2) The ordinary Present then acquired, by contrast, the idea of incipient or attempted action, while the Perfect-present

' came to denote finished action : oWvfiai, I am in the way to perish,' oXo^Xo, ' I have perished.' The Perfect-proper is not rare in the Homeric poems, and they offer at least one form, ixffi^XuiKu, which in the Iliad (iv. 11) is a Perfect- pre-ent, and in the Odyssey (xvii. 190) a Perfect-proper. A third phaFe followed in many of the cognate languages. Through the idea of finished action the Perfect tense came to be associated with past time. Hence the 'historical'

Perfect in Latin, fecit, can mean not only ' he has done it,' but also simply ' he did it.' The Sanskrit ami the Teutonic Peifect acquired the same use. But the classical Greek

Perfect did not acquire it, because the Greek Aorist already served that purpose.

§ 67. In Modern Greek the Perfect of ypd(})a> is no longer yeypac^o, yeypajXfiai, but ex** W'V''*'^) ^X<" ypa^^rj. This raises an interesting question. Did the Greek Perfect, like that of kindred tongues, at length pass into the third phase just indicated ; and was the new form devised to satisfy the need for an unmistakable distinction between / vyrote and / have written 1

In classical Greek the Perfect of finished action is some-

* Or ex** (7«)7paA<>*«'»'oy. Now, M of old, the Aorist often represents our Perfect. 3^8 Appendix.

times joined with tlie Aorifct : e. g. [Dem.] or. vii. n^pt 'aXowijctov § 29 (by a contemporary of Demosthenes, 342

B.C.), Tiji/ x'^pav ^v -oi "EWrjves Koi ^aaikfvs 6 Uf/jtrcoj/ ei|«'r]4>iaatrro

Koi. bmo\oyr\Ka(Tiv vfifripav dvai, ' decreed, and have acknow- ledged.' So Lucian, Dial. Beor. 19. I, d(pcj)Tr\ia-as alrov koI vevUrjKas, ' jou disarmed and have conquered him.' In such instances it is the Aorist that approximates to the Perfect, not vice versa. The frequent association of the tenses was likely, however, to become a source of confusion in the decadence of the language. And in fact later Greek shows some clear traces of a tendency to use the Perfect as an Aorist. See, e.g., Reve-

lation V. 7> Koi T)X0e, Koi ciXr](|>£ to ^i^Xiov . . . koi ore eXa^e to

/3t/3A('oi', TCI T€crcrapa ^u>a /cat ot (iKoenTtaaapfs TrpeffjSiVepoi tTreaoy : vli. 13, Koi dircKpiOr] ds . . . koX cipT)Ka avTw . . . Ka\ citt^ fioi ;

Vlli. 4, Koi dke'^T) o KOTTPOS . . . koi 6iXt)<{)€I' 6 ayycXos , . . koi

iyefiicrev . . . koi t^akev. Thucydides, iii. 68, has in historical narrative tt/v 8e yijv SrjpoaiaiaavTfs dTT(pia6a)(Tav, ' they con- fiscated the land, and let it out at rent.' Here the Greek

scholiast explains the Aorist anenladwaav by the Perfect : (ir\ pia-da SeSuKao-ic. And more than once this scholiast uses the Peifect, instead of the Aorist, in his historical notes

on the text: thus on Thuc. i. 20 he writes, iXifiu^c jtotc fj

Attikt], Ka\ Xvcrii Tjv tSjv dtivwv, nai^av acpayi]. Aews ovv ris ras

iavTov Kopas ciTiSeSojKC Koi dTri]XXa^£ tov Atpioi) Trjv noXiv. Again

on Thuc. ii. 95, wj 8e oidiv diroSeSuKC npos alrov 6 UepSiKKas anep vnfCTXf'o, eaTpdrcuCTC kot avTov.

§ 68. Here, then, we have proof that in later Greek the Perfect was used, at least sometimes, convertibly with the Aorist. The examples just cited are all from vei'bs ex- pressing very common acts,—fiXrj^a, fiprjKa, deSuKa and its compounds. There can be little doubt, I think, that we may here recognise the direct influence of the Latin historical Perfect on 'the Greek vernacular of daily life in the earlier centuries of the Empire. The old line, strongly-marked as —.

Classical and Modern Greek. 329 it once had been, between the Greek Aorist and the Greek Perfect was thus insensibly obscured. Thus there may have arisen by degrees a sense oi practical need for such a form as e^o) ypuyf^ei. But we must allow also for rhetorical motive i. e. for the desire of au em2>Jtatic as distinguished from an ordinary Perfect.

§ 69. Classical Greek shows this in the periphrasis with

€x<» and the Aorist participle. In prose, as a rule, tx.^ is then more than a mere auxiliary : e. g. Dem. Phllljyp. iii.

§ 12, epay . . . €;^ft /

Pherae,' but, ' he has seized Pherae, and keeps it :' op. Iliad i. 356, eXd)v yap txfi yfpas avTos dnovpas'. and SO Her. iii. 65,

SdXo) €xov(Ti aiiTrjv (tijv fjy(fiovir]v) KTrjaafitvoi, On the Other hand, e^w is sometimes a true auxiliary : Herod, vi. 1 2, dvbpl . . . aXn^ovi . . . {TiiTpi\l^avTfs fjpius avTovs (xojjLtv. Plato, Phaedr.

257 C, Tov \6yov 8e aov iraKai davpaaas fp^co (a stronger Tfdav- paKo). On the border-line are Herod, i. 27, twv . . . 'EX\f)va>v . . rav (by attraction for toxis)

\ovs . . . v^ tojvrw (ix^ KaTaaTpfyJAdpfvos. The frequency of this periphrasis in the Greek dramatists is due to its me- trical convenience for the iambic trimeter : e. g. Soph. 0. T. 731, rji^dro yap tovt, oiibe na> Xfj^avT fX'h * nor have they yet ceased' (to be said) : Eur. Med. 33, o? at^e vvu drtpxiaas f^*'*- It is remarkable that the Modern periphrasis joins exw with the Aorist Infinitive and not with the Aorist Participle.

This is the more curious since the corresponding low Latin form of perhaps nearly contemporary origin, habeo scribere, was the periphrasis for the Future. I can only suggest one explanation. There can be little doubt that the Greek peri- j>hrastic Future arose before the periphrastic Perfect. The need for a clear Future form would be constantly felt ; whereas the reduplication would long serve as a strong mark of dis-

* The idea of this periphrasis is as old as the form of the Perfect

Active Participle ; \(\vKwi, stem \e\vK-0T (where the suffix -or is tlie

San.slvrit vat)=' possessing loosing,' i. e. ' having loosed.' ^^o Appendix. tinctiou between tlie old Perfect and the historical tenses. Thus, when people had once become thoroughly accustomed to say 6tK(i) \vrjii, habit would make it seem more natural to say ?^a) Xuo-fi than rj^m Xi^trar.

§ 70. The Histoeical Tenses op the Indicative in THE CoNDiTiONAi; SENTENCE. The differences between clas- sical and modern syntax here concern chiefly those forms of the conditional sentence which imply that a condition is not, or was not, fulfilled. The classical foims are these: — i. d enpn^ev, eypny^tv av: ' if he had acted [at some definite past moment], he would

[then] have written-.' 2. ft trrparrfv, fypa(f)fv nv. this form can mean either of two things, viz. (a) Referring to the

2)ast : ' If he had [then] been acting, he would [then] have been writing.' (b) Referring to the present : ' If he had [now] been acting, he would [now] have been writing;' where it is implied that, as a matter of fact, he is not acting, and consequently is not writing. The context in each par- ticular case must decide whether (a) or (b) is intended : (6) is, however, more frequent than (a).

The double significance of this classical formula, ei (nparTtv, fypa(f)(v av, is the key to the corresponding formula in Modern Greek.

In either of the two senses, (a) or (6), Modern Greek can say, ehv t-npa-rre, da Zypacfx (or ^^eXe ypacjxi), using the * First

Conditional' (p. 84). For the classical form with the Aorist, d tnpa^ev, eypayj/fv av, the most precise Modern equivalent v?ould be fav fl^e npa^ei, 6a fixe ypd\l^ei (Pluperfects). In the ajwdosis, the

'Second Conditional' with Aorist Infin. (p. 84) is, however,

more usual, as ijQ(\i ypa\j/ei. In tl-.e protasis, the Pluperfect is sometimes used to exclude ambiguity, but is often replaced by the Imperfect iav firparre ^

* The Aorist Indie, after tl or (av, in Modern Greek, usually concedes icou a. fact (like the classical «i or tintp) : e.g. tav ^ Ma^tSovta f\vTp

Classical and Modern Greek. '^'^ i

But the First Conditional is often used in Modem Greek where classical Greek would have preferred the Aorists. E. g.,

' If you had come a little sooner, you would have seen him : classical, ft oXiyw nportpov fj\6(Te, dbfTt &v avToi/ : liere Modern Greek could say, tav ^px«t6( oXlyov npoTTjTepa, 6a Tov f/3Xf7rfTe.

That is : AVhere it is implied that in past time a condition was not fulfilled, Modern Greek sometimes neglects the classical distinction between a single and a repeated (or continued) act.

§ 71. Classical Greek used the Optative mood in abstract suppositions : «t npatraoi, ypd(f)oi av (or rrpa^fif—ypayjfeie, if

* a single occasion is meant) : Supposing that he were acting, he would write.' The Hellenistic of the N. T.,—where, as seen above, the Optative is already rare in oratio obliqua,— retains this use of it, in which, indeed, nothing could exactly replace it : i Pet. iii. 14, dXX' d Ka\ Traaxoire dm

StKaioa-vmjv, fiaKapioi (a mere supposition) ; cp. Luke vii. 39,

€1 rfv irpo(prjTi]s, tyivcoaKev av (implying that he is not, does not know). Modern Greek, having lost the Optative, cannot dis- tinguish this form from d enpaTTev, typa

Kavfii 8ev ^6f\f ptivfi (^Anab. iii. I, § 2) : a-adelrj av by ^6fXe

(TUiBri (§ 6): el bwaipfOa (§ 1 7) by fciv Tj8vvdp(da. Sometimes the Optative with av in apodosis can be rendered by the

Modern Future, or by a periphrasis: as el opmrjv, t\doipi av=.

(av iSo), BiKoi i\dfi (ib. 3, § 2): yivoiro av ^ dpn opti va y(lv>] can be done, {ib. i, § 38).

Sitfpuyf rrjv oKtOpiav Tvxqv, tovto 6(j>fi\fTat (h t^v iviaiav , , ifivvav

' (from the N€o\o7oy, Feb. A^, 1880) : If Macedonia has been delivered, and has escaped . . this is due to the united defence.' —

3^i Appendix.

§ 72. A few examples are subjoined :

Classical. Modem. Aorist Indicative.

1. Ei TovTO (fidOfTt, ovK av fa(pd- 1. 'Eai' ei'x*'''* yvcupifffi [or Iciv

XrjTe. ' If you had perceived this, (yvojpi^fTf'^ TOVTO, Sfi' ii6eKfT( a

2. OvK hv (TToirja'tv, tl rrpofiSe to 2. AtV ^0(\f TO KafMfl [or StP TO diropTjaofitvov. ' He would not have (txf Ka/xei, or even 5iv Oa to (Ka/x- done it, if he had foreseen the re- V(v^, iav irpoiPKfTre t6 diroTiKfa/xa. sult.' Imperfect Indicative.

3. El d\ts eTxe XPV/^'^'*"'> fWf'TO 3. 'Eav (Txfy apKiTo. x/'WOto, av. ' If he had money enough [as Cd TO riyopa^f. he has not], he would buy it.'

4. T(KoTov av T^v, d /ifj t)V fiiapov. 4. 0^ ^To 76X01*01', lav [or 6i] St)/

• It would be comic, if it were not [or /i^] ?jTO fitapov. odious.' Optative.

5. El (Kuae iropfvOftTjv, iSoifit &v 5. 'Eiv enriyaivov eKei, 60L tov avTov. ' Were I to go there, I f0K(nov. should see him.'

6. El KaKais trapaaxoi tois iv 6. 'Eav napdxfTO ivKaipia th T-qv

T(Ku, irpa^fiav tiv tcL avpcpipovra. Kvl3(pvT)(7iv, i]0(\ov Kafifi to. icaTaK- ' Were the government to have an \t]Ka fi(Tpa, opportunity, thej' would take the proper measurea.*

Pakticiplk.

§ 73. The abundant and varied use of the Participle in classical Greek was developed with the growth of a periodic style (X«|tf KaTfo-Tpafifievr]) in literary prose: see e.g. Isocrates, or. V. ij^hilipj^us) § 91, aX\* ofKos Tr)\iKavTr]s crifxipopai CTUfiiTC- orouoTfjs ovT(o cr(f>68pa KaTfs, SiVTi irpoKaXcadp.ci'OS KX/api^ov Koi tovs oKKovs rjyepovas fit

Xoyoj/ {XOelv, Ka\ tovtois piv UTn

7"ois 8 aXXotf (TrpaTiwTais €vt(\^ tov piaBov dnodovs dnonep^eiv,

Toiavrais fKniaiv OTrayaYOfAecos, kqi Tn'oreis Sous toiv tufi vopi^o- lx(vo>v ras p-eyioTas, auXXaPwf avrovs dneKTfive. The natural — '

Classical and Modern Greek. 333 tendency of colloquial or popular language, on the contrary, is rather to use the \i^ii dpo\iivr\, simply tacking clause to ol clause; e.g. Matth. vii. 27, »cal Kark^t] 17 ^po\ri Kai r\K^w noTUfjiin Kal iitveucrav oi nvtuoi Kai irpoacKOVj/aK rfj oIkio fKfivu, Kai

CTTCCTCi', Kal riv T} TTTOKTis avTTjs fifyaXf]. The bent of Hebraic (and generally of Oriental) expres- sion has doubtless, in portions of the N". T., strengthened the inclination to use finite verbs rather than participial clauses. But, apart from this, the later tendency of colloquial

Greek itself can be plainly seen (e. g.) in John i. 47, epx"" 'f"' koi avTos iv Trapprjcnq i8f : vii. 4, ov8f\s (V Kpirrrra ti ttokI f'jTei

'. (Ivai : Ephes. iv. 26, 6pyi((a6f Koi prj apLapravfre and Luke (whose style is so often comparatively Hellenic) xviii. 33, koi aiTToi ovbtv Tovrav (rvinJKav, Koi r}v rb pfjfia tovto K(Kpvp,pfvov an avrav, Kai ovK iylvuxTKOv to. \ey6peva. On the other hand, for a series of participles thoroughly in the manner of the classical periodic style, see Acts xii. 25, xxiii. 27.

§ 74. The more analytic character of modern expression has helped to restrict the old pregnant uses of the Participle ; and it is natural that Modern Greek should use it much more freely in the literary style than in conversation. The following points should be noticed:

1. Where, in narrative, the classical Participle expresses a distinct act, and not merely some attendant circumstance of another act, the Modern tendency is to use the finite verb

and conjunction: see, e.g., above, p. 205, 'ApT€p.ia-ia yvapiaatra

' . . . dvrjvtyKev, she perceived the body, and brought it up

(Plutarch) : dvtyvcopiaev rj 'Aprfpia-ia Kal to ftptptv indva (Ran- gabe). 2. Where the classical Participle expresses a supposition, condition, concession, etc., the Modern language prefers

to define this: e.g. above p. 196, -npos . . . tw 'ladfjim o-ofi-

' battle at paXXwi' ev TreXayet . . . vavpaxr](Tti.s '. If yOU give the Isthmus, you will fight in open waters' (Herod, viii. 60): TriXayos 6a ih.v cXOtjs eif x*'P"^ napa tov 'laBpiov, els dyoLKTou 334 Appendix.

vuvnax^a-rjs (Gennadius) : p. 198, oiVoVa . . . PouX«uo|i£Voiai

avOpanouTi ft)? TO in'mav iOiXa ylyv(a6ai, }it) Se oIkotu ^ouXcuo-

oiiK ' fieVoiai t'diXd, k. t. X. (Herod. 1. c.) : When men form rational plans, success, as a rule, attends them ; but w/ten their

plans are not such, it does not.' orav fxtv ol avd^jtonoi aKe'irrwi'Tai Kara ra mSavarfpa, ravra as «rt to irXelarov Ttivovv va nfiaypaTonoi- ovvrai (tend to be realised)' otoi' 8« /*/) ra mOava Sia^ouXcuui/Tai,

b(v OfXei, K. r. X, (Gennadius).

3. AVhere the classical Participle forms a complementary

clause, the Modern idiom commonly resolves it into a clause

with a finite verb. Thus oi8a avrov Xe'yoi/ra, ' I know that he

^ ' Bays = fl^evpoD on Xtyti : aladavopai ifiaprdvuv, I perceive

that I err ^ KaTavoS> on ap-apn'tva).

4. After verbs of beginning, continuing, ceasing, being

ashamed, etc., the classical Participle is often rei)laced by vd

' with Subjunctive : e. g. biariKei noiwv, he continues doing,'

=.8iaTf\€i va Kapvp '. rjp^aTO \eya)v = rjpxKJ'e vaXfyrj,

5. The Genitive Absolute, though used in the higher lite-

rary style, is more commonly paraphrased. Hellenistic Greek

had already lost precision in this usage ; thus in the N. T. we

read, Matth. i. 18, fivrjarfvddaTjs Ttjs ynjTpos avrov . . . fiipidrj iv ya(TTp\ fxoia-a (Gen. Abs. referring to subject of principal verb):

Matth. ix. 1 8, ravra auToC XaXovvros . . . (Is . . . 7rpo (Gen. Abs. referring to object of principal verb). See above

p. 196, 'OXvpiricov Tcov e'<^€|^v ayopivatv, ' When the next Olympian

games were being held' (Plutarch) i — orav ireXeadrjo-av rd npHtra fierd TaiJTU 'oXi'firrta (Rangabe).

§ 75. Disuse of ilie Future Participle.—In classical Greek the Future Participle (when not preceded by the definite Art- icle, or by as) is usually (a) the subject of a verb of going, aa tpxofuu bpdauv, or (&) the object of a ^erb of sending, preparing,

' In the N. T. yivwaicoj is usually construed with ot«, tliough also with a Participle (Luke viii. 46, etc.) : oiSa never with a Part., but always with on or Infinitive. A Participle is construed with (patyo/xat (JIatth. vi. 16), and okovw (Acts viL la). — ': Classical and Modern Greek. 335 etc., as nffjLTTa tpdaovra. It is not used as the Latin Future

Participle is used (e.g.) by Pliny, E]). iii. 21, ' dcdit mihi quan- tum potuit, daturus amplius, si potuisset,' t.e. = ' while ready to have given.' Even such an example as Aesch. Agam. 66,

^Arpfui TratSaj Ztvs iriynTfi, naKaliryiaTa . . . Gi^awc, is very rare.

In the N. T. the Future Participle is seldom found : where it occurs, it generally has the Definite Article, as John vi. 64,

6 rrapabojcrav. In Heb. xiii. 1 7 we have dypvirvovaiv a»9 \6yov dnoSoiaoi'Tfs, ' in the expectation of giving an account.' But as the simple equivalent for a final clause it occurs only in the Acts, e.g. xxiv. 11, dve^r]v irpoa-Kwrja-iov. Modern Greek supplies it by a periphrasis: as ^\6ov 6\lfnpivos avTouj^vnrjya

VI. Particles.

§ 76. I. icai as a substitute/or oxf, when. This colloquial use occurs in such phrases as t6v (i8a Koi rjpxero, 'I saw him coming;

TJKOvtra Ka\ tXeyt, ' I heard him say ; ' poKis f(f)6a(re Koi fint,

' scarcely had he arrived when he said,' etc. This is essentially a return to the primitive mode of expressing temporal relation, which is still common in the best classical Greek, as Plato,

Symp. 220 C, rjbri Tjv pear]p^pia koi avdpoinoi ijaOuvovro. It is also frequent in Hellenistic, as Mark xv. 25. But here, as else- where, the popular Modern use oversteps the classical limit.

Hence :

2. Koi with Indicative, as an equivalent for the Infinitive

TTWf flpnopd Koi Tpa)yfi = va Tpoiyj], 'hoW is he able to e&tV rjpxiof

Kcn €K\ai( = ^pxi

1 ' a man ' Cp. "We will try and do it.'

3. Kai emphatic, = ' even' or 'also,' is regularly prefixed in

Modern Greek to na\iv, avdis, ertpos, aXXos, and similar words :

e. g. ' It will give me much pleasure to see you again,' pfyiarTjv

6a alaOavdS) repyj/iv va eras TSw Kttl Tiakiv. * I am in hopeS of ,

33^ Appendix.

receiving another letter,' fx<" ^'' e^»ri5oj ou ^a Xa3

tTriaroXriv. A redundant use of /cm' is not rare in classical

Greek ; e.g. Antiphon, de Caed. Herod. § 23, €^»;mro oiStV Tt /ioXXoi/ 11776 rwv nXXwi/ ^ Kal iw'

emphasis natural to popular speech, and is well marked in

the Hellenistic of the N. T. : as Rom. i. 13, Iva nva Kapnov

(rx& Kal fv vfiiv Ka6a>s Kal «V roij Xonro'n fdvf

§ 77. idv with the Indicative. While « with the Subjunc- tive (used by the classical poets, and supported by the MSS, in Thuc. vi, 21) is common in Hellenistic and Byzantine

writers, the converse solecism also gained ground : in the

N. T. some examples have good authority, as Luke vi. 34, tap Sdff I'^ere : I John V. 1 3 [o'ldafiev] : Rom. xiv. 8 {ano6vj](TKOfi(v). Modern Greek uses iav (contracted av) with Subj. Pies, and

Aor., Ind. Impei'f. and sometimes Aor. : tav epxria-ai {fpxn)—

(K6rji—fjpxtao (fipxov)—^\6es : €i is little used except in the

§ 78. ora»' is similarly used with Indicative Present, Mark

xi. 25 (o-rijKfre): Imperfect, iii. 11 (iOeapfi) : Aorist, Rev. viii. i (^foj^ev). In Modern Greek orav is colloquially used with

the Indicative, as otoi/ tpxerat (^ijpxfTo, r)k6e) : but in correct writing the classical rule is still observed, ore being used with

the Indicative and orav with the Subjunctive ^.

§ 79. vd with Indicative. The classical Iva, as a final particle, could be used not only with Subjunctive and Optative, but also with the past tenses of the Indicative. It then implied that the end had not been attained, because some condition had not been fulfilled : e. g. (f)ev,

* This later use of orav as = orf, (av (el dv) as = tl, with Indicative, may be compared with those instances in the old language where dv is irregularly retained after a relative word before the Optative: e.g.

Herod, viii. (iroUfTS . 13, re irav . okojs Slv i^iawOdr), k.t.\. (and so i. 75,

; Xen. iii. 3. tv(dptvoi, 99) Anab. § la, . . oiroaovs fi.v KaraKavoitv . .

Toaavrai x'A'O'pfly KaraOvanv. The principle is the same ; viz. that dv has come to be regarded as forming one word with oVcus, etc. Classical and Modern Greek. 337

?;^*ii»

' Nauck) : alas, that facts have not a voice for men, so tluit

! subtle words might be as nothing ' Here Iv ^aav differs from iv ojat by expressing that (since facts have no voice) subtle words are something. It has been seen how Modern Greek extends the use of vd with Subjunctive : it extends in an analogous manner the u^e with Indicative. (i) vd with Aorist Indicative = classical Infinitive where the reference is to that which must have or ought to have

* occurred : nptnft va fTeXdwaav = XPl" (^^tovs TeXeiaxrat, they ought to have finished :' 8fv ylvfrai va /^^ t6 dxav Kdixfi,^ovK

((TTiv avTovs y.T] irtTTOLrjKevai (ovK tariv ottus ovk (noirjaav^j ' they must have done it.' (f)ai(Tai va tnaSe jToXXd, ' it seems that he must have suffered much.'

(2) vd with the Pluperf., Aorist, or Imperfect Indicative = classical uxrirfp d with the same tenses : a>s va dx^v ipvdpidan

* 8m ToiovTov flei-y/xa piKpoyf/vx^as, (Trpoxa)pr]crt 6appa\€a>s '. as if he had blushed for such a sign of pusillanimity, he advanced,' &c. as va prj flxa Kiipd, 'as if I had not done it.' With the Im-

* perfect it can thus express a wish : va ^[ir]v vov\l, oh, that I '=(16' were a bird ! tjv opvis.

§ 80. Certain Adverbs exemplify the later tendency to sub- etitute more emphatic words for those used in classical Greek.

(i) Instead of dei, Modern Greek commonly employs irdv'TOTe, an un-Attic word used by writers of the Common Dialect, as by Dionysius of Halicarnassus (25 B.C.), Plutarch (90 A. D.), etc., and often in the Hellenistic of the N. T. Indeed, the N. T. has dd only in eight places, one of which

(Heb. iii. 10) is a quotation from the LXX, and another (Tit. i. 1 2) from Epimenides. (2) Instead of €Tt, 'yet,' 'still,' Modern Greek uses okojitj

(^=dKpT]v). For the classical use see Xen. Anab. iii. 3. 26,

6 o^Xos aKpTjv Su^aive, ' was just crossing.' But already in

Theocritus (270 b. c.) a question asked with «rt (is be still z '

^$S Appendix.

' . . .X) is answered by aKiiAv ye, yes, slill ' (iv. 60). So in

Hellenistic: Matth. XV. 16, aK)xr]v kcu. vfult aavvtroi (are, 'are ye, too, still without understanding 1

(3) Instead of yap, Modern Greek uses Siori (or cireiSi]).

In the N. T. Stdn seems to be never merely = ' for,' but =

'because:' such passages as i Thess. ii. 8, Galat. ii. 16, serve, however, to illustrate the ease of the colloquial transition.

(4) Instead of ovt>, Modern Greek uses XonrcJc {ceterum, du reste). Already in Plato an almost illative use of to Xomov may be seen : Gorg. 458 D, alcrxpov 8t) t6 Xomov yiyverai . , . (fie y€ fifj fdeXeip^. For the Hellenistic use, which often differs little from the Modern, see Acts xxvii. 20, prjTe 8f fjXlov, prire

' aoTpcov (TrKpaiiiovToov, k. t. X., . . . Xonrou (' then,' accordingly,') ntpir^pfiTo naaa (Kiris. Cp. 2 Cor. xiii. II. In I Thess. iv. I it is combined with ow.

(5) Instead of vvv, colloquial Modern Greek uses rwpa (sometimes written rt)pn), = Tg topa, ' at the hour' (which now

is). Here, as in the case of del, it might seem strange that a comparatively cumbrous substitute should have displaced a word so thoroughly established in familiar use; yet it is not more strange than that nunc should have been supplanted by maintenant. Cp. Ital. ora, Fr. tout a Vheure.

(6) Instead of ivBabe or ivravda, ' here,' Modern Greek uses

! cSw. The derivation from Ibov ('behold ') is supported by the cc^xistence of the forms (biKoi and tSi/co? (see § 23). It is, I think, further recommended by the analogy of the French id from ecee hie. § 81. a&v, contracted for wj uv, 'as,' 'like:* e

TT]s Trjs irarpidos, ' he has acted like a traitor to his country.*

Colloquially, adv is often followed by the Accusative, loh&n

the noun lias tJie article (but not otherwise) : e. g. depvovrai ahv

Toiig irereivovs, 'they maul each other like fighting-cocks.'

* In Prptag. 321 C, \oivdv Sfj dieoaprjTov (ti avrw ^v , . rh tuiv dvOpii-

TTjui' ytvos, I should not take it (with Ast) as = iam, but simply as -» velicimm erat. :

Classical and Modern Greek. 339

111 classical prose, d was almost always added to iy av : e. g. Plato, Gorgias 479 A, (po^ovfifiot u

Isocrates, Panegyricus § 148, hitnoptvdriaav uairep iiv [Stfjroptii-

^»;(rai/] ci Trpontpiroufvoi ^8ifnopfv6T](Tav\, * they traversed the country as safely as if the enemy had been their escort:' ib.

§ 69, opLoias Sif(j)6apr]

The form used in Modern Greek, which omits d, is also very old : Poly bins (145 B.C.), i. 46, (rvp^aivd 8e tov AiXv^aiov TOVTOV an(\(t.v TOV Tonov ws 0.V (kutov koI UKoat arabia, * it IS found that this place is distant from Lilybaeum about 120 stadia.' And. so in Hellenistic, 2 Cor. x. 9, wa pfj 86^

Greek, as av or crav is most frequently used where the com- parison implied is unfavourable or scornful.

§ 82. The Negative Particles %iv and ^r\. — %iv (short for

ovbiv), the Modern equivalent for ov, is regularly used in the protasis of a conditional sentence, alike with the Indicative

and with the Subjunctive Mood : e.g. (hv hiv dxov bwapeis avta-

Tfpas, rj6f\ov viKTjdrjj ' If they had not had superior forces, they

would have been conquered.' av biv poi doiarj Xoyov dnoxpS)VTa,

dev 6a fixapiaTri6S>, ' If he does not give me an adequate ac- count, I shall not be satisfied.* The progress of this use can be traced. Where in classical

Greek ov (and not the normal n^} follows «t or idv, it affects a 2)articular word, and not, as pt} does, the whole protasis

Plat. Apol. 25 B, (dv T€ ov-(})r]Te fdv re <^^Te, ' wheiher you deny or admit it:' Lysias, Agor. § 62, tl ov-ttoXXoI (zroXiyoi) ^aav.

But in later Greek the admission of ov is less restricted,

z 2 : :

340 Appendix.

In the Hellenistic of the N. T. ov reguhirly follows d with the Indicative, where this expresses fact : e.g. John v. 47,

' ft 8« . . . ov Tri(TTti(re : Luke xi. 8, (I Koi ov daxrei, though (it

; is the fact that) he will not give ' Heb. xii. 25, « yap fKfhoi ovK ftpvyov, ' If (as we know) they did not escape.' Where, however, tl with a past tense of tlie Indicative expresses hypothesis, the negative is always, in the N. T., /H17 : as John

Xviii. 30, ft fir) ^v ovTos KaKOTTOios, OVK av

§ 83. \i.-f\, never SeV, is the negative prefixed to the Participle in Modern Greek. Here the classical distinction was plain, ov

/X17, stated a negative /aci ; a negative conception. Hence (i)

OVK fiScbf, ov (pqcriv dde'vai, ' not knowing, [a simple statement of

* the fact,] he says that he does not know : (2) pf] etStoy, ov (prjatv ftSeVat, 'if {or when) he does not know, he says that he does not

:* know where /X17 d8ois-=:d (or ort) ixf) ol8f, ' if (or when) he does not know.' So with the Infinitive : (Prjaiv olx ovras ex**") ' ^^^

Bays that it is not so :' 8d pfj KKenrfiv, 'it is right not to steal.*

In later Greek, fifj tended to usurp the place of ov

(l) being used more freely with the relative, as tyi) 6s fxf)

' dfit, ' qui non sim,^ instead of ovk dpi, ' non sum (2) in oTt (if), as Lucian (160 A. D.), Nigrinus § 24, ayavaKTUi on ^r\

' . . . pLtTaKafi^avoviTi, I am vexed that they do not adopt (the dress) : ' (3) in causal clauses, Lucian, Hermotimus § 20,

' (nfn\r]^t . . . SioVt fir) . . . eiroufofv, reproved him because lie

: had not made ' (4) especially with Infinitive and Participle. dovvai, Infinitive, as Lucian, Peregrinus § 44, e0>? • • . f^T) ' said that he had not given.' Participle: id. Philojiseudes § 12, fXdrrfTO ds bpaKwv, TraXator, vno y^p(os, oipai, (^(pnvaui p,Y)

[iTjSew (vo)(Kr](Tas tovs IduvTOi, tvvap.(voi ; i&. § 1 9, 6 6e irapfp^fTM, 1

Classical and Modern Greek. 34

And so often in the Hellenistic of the N. T. : IJark v. 26, iroXXfi nadoixra . . . koi \iii]ikv w(f)f\r]df~iaa dWa fiaWov ds to x^^po" iKdovcra . . . rjylraro : Acts ix. 7, fiar^Ktia-av iveo'i, aKovovres fiiv rrjf

wviis, iir\hiva 6e dfcapovirres. Here classical Greek would require oil, ovbfv, ovBtva.

§ 84. Two principal causes contributed to this extension in the use of /ixij. (i) Classical Greek furnishes many examples of ov with the

Participle where fir/ is admissible, and might even seem more natural: as Herod, viii. 129, ol [lev 817 vteiv avrmv ouk iwurrd-

' fxevoi 8i€(pBetpovTo : Those, then, of them who did not know how to swim were drowned,' =5'Mt natare nonpoterant (certain definite persons): where oJ fit) eVtoTd^efot would have meant,

*8uch as did not know,' = 5'wi natare r^on x>ossent. First came the habit of preferring /x»; to ow whei-e the choice was thus open : the next step was to use /ii7 where ov alone was correct.

(2) lit} with Infinitive is classical after some verbs of be- lieving, 2>Totesting, &c., where, as the stress is on a fact, ov would have been natural; as Dem. In Ifid. § 221, irfniarTfvKe

' . . . fiTjSeVa fXIfti/, he is confident that no one will drag him.' [Dem.] or. 40 Adv. Boeotum de dote [probably by a con- temporary of Demosthenes], § 47, aiiros eavrov KaTafJUipTvpel fiT] f^ fKfivov yfyeyrjaOaiy * he testifies against himself, that he is not that man's son.* Here pr) has a force similar to that of a

' ' command or an oath : let no one suppose that,' may I not prosper if it is otherwise:' just as it is used in a statement of negative fact with the Infinitive when the principal verb is Imjierative: Aeschylus, Fers. 435, (v vvv toS" ictGi, p,T]S€ir ptaovv KOKov. The sense that pfj, in such contexts, was more forcible than oi helped to recommend it in other contexts also; thus illustrating by another example that straining after em- phasis which attends on the decay of a fine instinct for the powers of language.

R. C. JEBB. PRINTED IN ENGLAND AT THE OXFOKU UNIVERSITY PKESS

6i r

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

PA D'Abernon, Edgar Vincent 1058 1st viscount D25 A handbook to modern 1919 Greek 2d ed., rev. and enl.

(9